MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS INC (MLM)
SIC breadcrumb: Mining > SIC Major Group 14 > SIC 1400 Mining & Quarrying of Nonmetallic Minerals (No Fuels)
SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=916076. Latest filing source: 0001193125-26-059193.
Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.
Selected Fundamentals
| Metric | Value | Unit | FY | Filed |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 6,150,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-19 |
| Net income | 1,137,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-19 |
| Assets | 18,711,000,000 | USD | 2025 | 2026-02-19 |
Financials
Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-19. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000916076.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenue | 3,818,749,000 | 3,965,600,000 | 4,244,300,000 | 4,739,100,000 | 4,729,900,000 | 5,414,000,000 | 6,161,000,000 | 5,851,000,000 | 5,662,000,000 | 6,150,000,000 |
| Net income | 425,386,000 | 713,300,000 | 470,000,000 | 611,900,000 | 721,000,000 | 702,500,000 | 867,000,000 | 1,169,000,000 | 1,995,000,000 | 1,137,000,000 |
| Operating income | 677,266,000 | 700,400,000 | 690,700,000 | 884,900,000 | 1,005,400,000 | 973,800,000 | 1,207,000,000 | 1,333,000,000 | 2,479,000,000 | 1,437,000,000 |
| Gross profit | 911,738,000 | 971,900,000 | 966,600,000 | 1,179,000,000 | 1,252,800,000 | 1,348,400,000 | 1,423,000,000 | 1,745,000,000 | 1,636,000,000 | 1,889,000,000 |
| Diluted EPS | 6.63 | 11.25 | 7.43 | 9.74 | 11.54 | 11.22 | 13.87 | 18.82 | 32.41 | 18.77 |
| Operating cash flow | 688,940,000 | 657,600,000 | 705,100,000 | 966,100,000 | 1,050,100,000 | 1,137,700,000 | 991,000,000 | 1,528,000,000 | 1,459,000,000 | 1,785,000,000 |
| Capital expenditures | 387,267,000 | 410,300,000 | 376,000,000 | 393,500,000 | 359,700,000 | 423,100,000 | 482,000,000 | 650,000,000 | 855,000,000 | 807,000,000 |
| Dividends paid | 105,036,000 | 108,900,000 | 116,400,000 | 129,800,000 | 140,300,000 | 147,800,000 | 160,000,000 | 174,000,000 | 189,000,000 | 197,000,000 |
| Share buybacks | 259,228,000 | 100,000,000 | 100,400,000 | 98,200,000 | 50,000,000 | 0.00 | 150,000,000 | 150,000,000 | 450,000,000 | 450,000,000 |
| Assets | 7,300,905,000 | 8,992,500,000 | 9,551,400,000 | 10,131,600,000 | 10,580,800,000 | 14,393,000,000 | 14,993,600,000 | 15,125,000,000 | 18,170,000,000 | 18,711,000,000 |
| Liabilities | 3,158,315,000 | 4,310,034,000 | 4,602,000,000 | 4,778,300,000 | 4,687,500,000 | 7,855,400,000 | 7,820,800,000 | 7,089,000,000 | 8,714,000,000 | 8,677,000,000 |
| Stockholders' equity | 4,139,978,000 | 4,679,600,000 | 4,946,400,000 | 5,350,800,000 | 5,890,700,000 | 6,535,300,000 | 7,170,500,000 | 8,034,000,000 | 9,453,000,000 | 10,032,000,000 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 50,038,000 | 1,446,364,000 | 44,900,000 | 21,000,000 | 207,300,000 | 258,400,000 | 358,000,000 | 1,272,000,000 | 670,000,000 | 67,000,000 |
| Free cash flow | 301,673,000 | 247,300,000 | 329,100,000 | 572,600,000 | 690,400,000 | 714,600,000 | 509,000,000 | 878,000,000 | 604,000,000 | 978,000,000 |
Ratios
| Metric | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | 2019 | 2020 | 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Net margin | 11.14% | 17.99% | 11.07% | 12.91% | 15.24% | 12.98% | 14.07% | 19.98% | 35.23% | 18.49% |
| Operating margin | 17.74% | 17.66% | 16.27% | 18.67% | 21.26% | 17.99% | 19.59% | 22.78% | 43.78% | 23.37% |
| Return on equity | 10.28% | 15.24% | 9.50% | 11.44% | 12.24% | 10.75% | 12.09% | 14.55% | 21.10% | 11.33% |
| Return on assets | 5.83% | 7.93% | 4.92% | 6.04% | 6.81% | 4.88% | 5.78% | 7.73% | 10.98% | 6.08% |
| Liabilities / equity | 0.76 | 0.92 | 0.93 | 0.89 | 0.80 | 1.20 | 1.09 | 0.88 | 0.92 | 0.86 |
| Current ratio | 1.99 | 3.79 | 1.74 | 1.70 | 3.34 | 2.69 | 1.99 | 3.35 | 2.44 | 3.57 |
Financial Charts
Quarterly
Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-04-30. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000916076.json.
| Quarter | End Date | Revenue | Net Income | Diluted EPS | Method |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022-Q2 | 2022-06-30 | 5.86 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2022-Q3 | 2022-09-30 | 4.73 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q1 | 2023-03-31 | 1.95 | reported discrete quarter | ||
| 2023-Q2 | 2023-06-30 | 1,820,800,000 | 348,300,000 | 5.61 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q3 | 2023-09-30 | 1,994,100,000 | 416,700,000 | 6.72 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2023-Q4 | 2023-12-31 | 1,608,200,000 | 282,500,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2024-Q1 | 2024-03-31 | 1,251,000,000 | 1,045,000,000 | 16.87 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q2 | 2024-06-30 | 1,764,000,000 | 294,000,000 | 4.76 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q3 | 2024-09-30 | 1,889,000,000 | 363,000,000 | 5.91 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2024-Q4 | 2024-12-31 | 1,631,000,000 | 294,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2025-Q1 | 2025-03-31 | 1,353,000,000 | 116,000,000 | 1.90 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q2 | 2025-06-30 | 1,811,000,000 | 328,000,000 | 5.43 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q3 | 2025-09-30 | 1,846,000,000 | 414,000,000 | 6.85 | reported discrete quarter |
| 2025-Q4 | 2025-12-31 | 1,533,000,000 | 279,000,000 | derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD | |
| 2026-Q1 | 2026-03-31 | 1,362,000,000 | 1,513,000,000 | 25.06 | reported discrete quarter |
Quarterly Charts
Macro Cross-References
- CPIAUCSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items in U.S. City Average
- UNRATE - Unemployment Rate
- FEDFUNDS - Federal Funds Effective Rate
- CES0500000003 - Average Hourly Earnings of All Employees, Total Private
- DFEDTARU - Federal Funds Target Range - Upper Limit
- DFEDTARL - Federal Funds Target Range - Lower Limit
- DGS3MO - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 3-Month Constant Maturity
- DGS2 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 2-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS10 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 10-Year Constant Maturity
- DGS30 - Market Yield on U.S. Treasury Securities at 30-Year Constant Maturity
- T10Y2Y - 10-Year Treasury Constant Maturity Minus 2-Year Treasury Constant Maturity
- CPILFESL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: All Items Less Food and Energy
- CPIUFDSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Food
- CPIENGSL - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Energy
- CUSR0000SAH1 - Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers: Shelter
- PCEPI - Personal Consumption Expenditures: Chain-type Price Index
- PCEPILFE - Personal Consumption Expenditures Excluding Food and Energy: Chain-type Price Index
- PPIACO - Producer Price Index by Commodity: All Commodities
- T10YIE - 10-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate
- U6RATE - Total Unemployed, Plus All Marginally Attached Workers Plus Total Employed Part Time for Economic Reasons
- PAYEMS - All Employees, Total Nonfarm
- CIVPART - Labor Force Participation Rate
- EMRATIO - Employment-Population Ratio
- UNEMPLOY - Unemployed
- CE16OV - Employment Level
- ICSA - Initial Claims
- JTSJOL - Job Openings: Total Nonfarm
- JTSQUR - Quits: Total Nonfarm
- GDPC1 - Real Gross Domestic Product
- A191RL1Q225SBEA - Real Gross Domestic Product: Percent Change from Preceding Period
- INDPRO - Industrial Production: Total Index
- TCU - Capacity Utilization: Total Index
- HOUST - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Started: Total Units
- PERMIT - New Privately-Owned Housing Units Authorized in Permit-Issuing Places: Total Units
- RSAFS - Advance Retail Sales: Retail Trade
- PCE - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- DSPIC96 - Real Disposable Personal Income
- PSAVERT - Personal Saving Rate
- M2SL - M2
- BOPGSTB - U.S. International Trade in Goods and Services: Balance
- MSPUS - Median Sales Price of Houses Sold for the United States
- HSN1F - New One Family Houses Sold: United States
- RHORUSQ156N - Homeownership Rate in the United States
- TTLCONS - Total Construction Spending: Total Construction in the United States
- RRVRUSQ156N - Rental Vacancy Rate in the United States
- TOTALSL - Total Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- REVOLSL - Revolving Consumer Credit Owned and Securitized
- DRCCLACBS - Delinquency Rate on Credit Card Loans, All Commercial Banks
- GDP - Gross Domestic Product
- GPDI - Gross Private Domestic Investment
- GCE - Government Consumption Expenditures and Gross Investment
- PCEC - Personal Consumption Expenditures
- NETEXP - Net Exports of Goods and Services
- GFDEBTN - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt
- GFDEGDQ188S - Federal Debt: Total Public Debt as Percent of Gross Domestic Product
- FYFSD - Federal Surplus or Deficit
- FGRECPT - Federal Government Current Receipts
- FGEXPND - Federal Government: Current Expenditures
- MANEMP - All Employees, Manufacturing
- USCONS - All Employees, Construction
- USTRADE - All Employees, Retail Trade
- USFIRE - All Employees, Financial Activities
- USGOVT - All Employees, Government
- AWHAETP - Average Weekly Hours of All Employees, Total Private
- DGORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Durable Goods
- NEWORDER - Manufacturers' New Orders: Nondefense Capital Goods Excluding Aircraft
- BUSINV - Total Business Inventories
- EXPGS - Exports of Goods and Services
- IMPGS - Imports of Goods and Services
- IR - Import Price Index (End Use): All Commodities
- PPIFIS - Producer Price Index by Commodity: Final Demand
Latest quarter (10-Q)
Latest 10-Q source: 0001193125-26-196029.
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company. As of March 31, 2026, the Company supplies aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 480 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. Martin Marietta also provides other building materials, namely, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain vertically-integrated structured markets where the Company has a notable aggregates position.
The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates and other building materials product lines are reported collectively as the Building Materials business.
On February 23, 2026, the Company completed its previously announced asset exchange with QUIKRETE Holdings, Inc. (QUIKRETE). Under the terms of the transaction, Martin Marietta acquired aggregates operations producing approximately 20 million tons annually in Virginia, Missouri, Kansas and Vancouver, British Columbia and an asphalt and paving business in Vancouver, British Columbia, along with $450 million in cash. In exchange, QUIKRETE acquired the Company’s Midlothian cement plant, related cement distribution terminals, Texas ready mixed concrete assets and certain nonoperating land. The financial results for the Midlothian cement plant, related cement terminals and Texas ready mixed concrete plants are reported as discontinued operations through the divestiture date and for the comparable prior-year quarter (see Note 2 to the unaudited consolidated financial statements).
In connection with closing the asset exchange during the quarter ended March 31, 2026, the Company updated its reportable segments. As of March 31, 2026, the Building Materials business includes two reportable segments: East Group (comprised of the East and Southwest divisions) and West Group (comprised of the Central and West divisions). The Company has recast all comparative prior-period information presented in the related notes to the financial statements to reflect the updated reportable segments.
| BUILDING MATERIALS BUSINESS | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Reportable Segments | East Group | West Group | ||
| Operating Locations | Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Maryland, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Nova Scotia and The Bahamas | Arizona, California, Colorado, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, Nebraska, Tennessee, Utah, Washington, West Virginia, Wyoming, and British Columbia | ||
| Products and Services | Aggregates | Aggregates, Ready Mixed Concrete, Asphalt and Paving Services | ||
| Facility Types | Quarries and Distribution Facilities | Quarries, Mines, Asphalt Plants, Ready Mixed Concrete Plants and Distribution Facilities | ||
| Modes of Transportation | Truck, Railcar and Ship | Truck, Railcar and Barge |
Page 23 of 37
MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2026
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Continued)
The Building Materials business is significantly affected by weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions. Production and shipment levels for aggregates, ready mixed concrete and asphalt materials correlate with general construction activity levels, most of which occur in the spring, summer and fall. Thus, production and shipment levels vary by quarter. Excessive rainfall, drought, wildfire and extreme hot and cold temperatures can also jeopardize production, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. Due to the potentially significant impact of weather on the Company’s operations, current-period results are not necessarily indicative of expected performance for other interim periods or the full year.
The Company's Specialties business (formerly known as the Magnesia Specialties business), which represents a separate reportable segment, has manufacturing facilities in Michigan, Ohio, Nevada, North Carolina, Indiana and Pennsylvania. The Specialties business produces high-purity natural and synthetic magnesia-based products, including magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide and magnesium hydroxide, used in a wide range of environmental, industrial, agricultural, construction, consumer and specialty applications. The Specialties business also produces dolomitic lime, which is sold primarily to external customers for use in steel production and soil stabilization, and is used internally as a raw material input in synthetic magnesia production.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The Company outlined its critical accounting policies in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025. There were no changes to the Company’s critical accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2026.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
All financial and operating results included in this section are for continuing operations and comparisons are versus the prior-year first quarter, unless otherwise noted.
Page 24 of 37
MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2026
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Continued)
The following tables present revenues and gross profit (loss) for the Company and its reportable segments by product line for the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025.
| Three Months Ended March 31, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | ||||||||
| Amount | Amount | ||||||||
| (Dollars in Millions) | |||||||||
| Revenues: | |||||||||
| Building Materials business: | |||||||||
| East Group | |||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 854 | $ | 792 | |||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (19 | ) | (34 | ) | |||||
| East Group Total | 835 | 758 | |||||||
| West Group | |||||||||
| Aggregates | 288 | 210 | |||||||
| Other Building Materials | 116 | 122 | |||||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (20 | ) | (15 | ) | |||||
| West Group Total | 384 | 317 | |||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,219 | 1,075 | |||||||
| Specialties | 143 | 87 | |||||||
| Total | $ | 1,362 | $ | 1,162 |
| Three Months Ended March 31, | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2026 | 2025 | ||||||||
| Amount | Amount | ||||||||
| (Dollars in Millions) | |||||||||
| Gross profit (loss): | |||||||||
| Building Materials business: | |||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 288 | $ | 297 | |||||
| Other Building Materials | (16 | ) | (19 | ) | |||||
| Total Building Materials business | 272 | 278 | |||||||
| Specialties | 45 | 38 | |||||||
| Corporate | (7 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||
| Total | $ | 310 | $ | 315 |
Page 25 of 37
MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2026
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Continued)
The following table displays depreciation, depletion and amortization by product line included in the Costs of revenues line item in the consolidated statements of earnings and comprehensive earnings.
| Three Months Ended | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| March 31, | |||||||
| 2026 | 2025 | ||||||
| (Dollars in Millions) | |||||||
| Building Materials business: | |||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 131 | $ | 113 | |||
| Other Building Materials | 11 | 10 | |||||
| Total Building Materials business | 142 | 123 | |||||
| Specialties | 11 | 4 | |||||
| Corporate | 1 | 1 | |||||
| Total | $ | 154 | $ | 128 |
Building Materials Business
First-quarter aggregates shipments increased 12.4% to 43.9 million tons, driven by organic growth and partial-quarter contributions from the operations acquired in the QUIKRETE transaction, which closed on February 23, 2026. Average selling price (ASP) of $23.70 per ton was in line with prior-year first quarter, reflecting geographic and acquisition mix headwinds, as organic shipment growth was notable in the Central and West Divisions, which typically carry lower selling prices compared with the East and Southwest Divisions.
Aggregates gross profit decreased $9 million, or 3%, from the prior-year quarter to $288 million, inclusive of the $22 million charge for the impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair market value as part of acquisition accounting and higher depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.
Other Building Materials revenues decreased 5% to $116 million. Consistent with historical first-quarter trends, the business posted a gross loss of $16 million due to seasonal winter operational shutdowns in Colorado and Minnesota.
Specialties Business
Specialties achieved first-quarter revenues of $143 million and gross profit increased 17% to $45 million. These results reflected contributions from the 2025 Premier Magnesia, LLC acquisition and organic pricing gains, partially offset by lower organic shipments and higher energy costs, which weighed on input cost trends during the quarter.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Consolidated SG&A for the first quarter of 2026 was 9.8% of revenues compared with 10.8% in the prior-year quarter as revenue growth outpaced the increase in these expenses.
Income Taxes
For the three months ended March 31, 2026 and 2025, the effective income tax rates for continuing operations were 32.3% and 21.2%, respectively. The higher 2026 effective income tax rate versus 2025 was primarily attributable to the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities driven by changes in the state jurisdictional mix of the business following the QUIKRETE transaction.
Page 26 of 37
MARTIN MARIETTA MATERIALS, INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-Q
For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2026
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
(Continued)
Net Earnings and Earnings per Diluted Share from Continuing Operations Attributable to Martin Marietta
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $79 million, or $1.31 per diluted share, in 2026 compared with $104 million, or $1.70 per diluted share, in 2025. Results for 2026 included after-tax charges of $37 million, or $0.62 per diluted share, related to acquisition, integration and divestiture expenses, the impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting, an asset and portfolio rationalization charge and the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities driven by changes in the state jurisdictional mix of the business following the QUIKRETE transaction.
Discontinued Operations
The Company's Midlothian cement plant, related cement terminals and Texas ready mixed concrete plants were reported as discontinued operations through their February 2026 divestiture date. The collective businesses generated earnings, net of income tax expense, of $1.4 billion in 2026 compared with $12 million in 2025. The 2026 earnings included a $1.4 billion after-tax gain on the divestiture.
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization; earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates; acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses; the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting (the Inventory Markup); and an asset and por
[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]
Latest 10-K MD&A
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company, with 2025 revenues of $6.2 billion and 2025 net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $990 million. These results were achieved in part by supplying aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 400 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. As of December 31, 2025, Martin Marietta also provides other building materials, namely, cement, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain markets where the Company has a notable aggregates position. Specifically, the Company has one cement plant and four cement distribution facilities in Texas, ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona and Texas, and asphalt plants in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota. Asphalt paving services are offered in Colorado.
On August 3, 2025, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Quikrete Holding, Inc. (QUIKRETE) for the exchange of certain assets. The pending disposal of the Company's cement plant, related cement terminals and Texas ready mixed concrete plants meets the criteria for held for sale and the associated financial results of these operations are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented (see Note B to the consolidated financial statements). The Company has recast all comparative prior-period financial information presented in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, unless otherwise noted, to reflect this presentation.
The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates and other building materials product lines are reported collectively as the “Building Materials” business.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 36
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
As more fully discussed in the Strategic Objectives section, geography is critically important for the Building Materials business. The Company conducts its Building Materials business for continuing operations through two reportable segments, organized by geography: East Group and West Group. The East Group, consisting of the East and Central divisions, provides aggregates and asphalt products. The West Group is comprised of the Southwest and West divisions and its continuing operations provide aggregates, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services.
The following ten states accounted for 76% of the Building Materials business 2025 revenues from continuing operations:
Form 10-K ♦ Page 37
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Specialties
The Company operates a Specialties business (formerly known as the Magnesia Specialties business) which produces high‑purity natural and synthetic magnesia‑based products, including magnesium sulfate, magnesium oxide and magnesium hydroxide, used in environmental, industrial, agricultural, construction, consumer and specialty applications. The Specialties business also produces dolomitic lime, which is sold primarily to external customers for use in steel production and soil stabilization, and is used internally as a raw material input in synthetic magnesia production. The July 2025 acquisition of Premier Magnesia expanded the Company’s product portfolio and enhanced its domestic magnesia mineral reserves and processing capabilities. Specialties’ production facilities are located in Michigan, Ohio, Nevada, North Carolina, Indiana and Pennsylvania, and products are shipped to customers domestically and worldwide.
Strategic Objectives
The Company’s strategic planning process, or Strategic Operating Analysis and Review (SOAR), provides the framework for execution of Martin Marietta’s long-term strategic plan. Guided by this framework and considering the cyclicality of the Building Materials business, the Company determines capital allocation priorities to maximize long-term shareholder value creation. The Company’s strategy includes ongoing evaluation of aggregates-led opportunities of scale in new domestic markets (i.e., platform acquisitions) and expansion through acquisitions that complement existing operations (i.e., bolt-on acquisitions). The Company finances such opportunities with the goal of preserving its financial flexibility by having a leverage ratio (consolidated net debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates and certain other adjustments as specified in the Results of Operations section, or Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) within a range of 2.0 times to 2.5 times within a reasonable period of time (typically within 18 months) following the completion of a debt-financed transaction. SOAR also includes the identification and potential disposition of assets that are not consistent with stated strategic goals.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 38
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company, by purposeful design, is an aggregates-led business that focuses on markets with strong, underlying growth fundamentals where it can sustain or achieve a leading market position. Aggregates gross profit represented 88% of 2025 total reportable segment gross profit. For Martin Marietta, other building materials operations are located where the Company has, or envisions, among other things, a clear path toward a leading aggregates position. The Company's portfolio also includes a highly complementary Specialties business that possesses aggregates-like characteristics.
Generally, the Company’s building materials are both sourced and sold locally. As a result, geography is critically important when assessing market attractiveness and growth opportunities. Attractive geographies generally exhibit (a) population growth and/or high population density, both of which are drivers of heavy-side building materials consumption; (b) business and employment diversity, drivers of greater economic stability; and (c) a superior state financial position, a driver of public infrastructure investment.
Population growth and density are typically assessed based on a site’s proximity to one of the 11 megaregions in the United States. Megaregions are large networks of metropolitan population centers covering thousands of square miles. According to America 2050, a planning and policy program of the Regional Plan Association, most of the nation’s population and economic growth through 2050 will occur in the megaregions. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten megaregions. As evidence of the successful execution of SOAR, the Company’s leading positions in the Texas Triangle, Colorado’s Front Range, northern and southern California and Arizona’s Sun Corridor megaregions and its growth platforms in the southern portion of the Northeast megaregion, Piedmont Atlantic and Florida megaregions are the results of acquisitions since 2011. The Company has a legacy presence in the southeastern portion of the Great Lakes megaregion, encompassing operations in Indiana and Ohio, as well as the Gulf Coast megaregion in Texas.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 39
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company focuses its geographic footprint along significant transportation and commerce corridors, particularly in key Sunbelt metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) across the Southeast and Southwest. The retail sector (both e-commerce as well as brick and mortar) values transportation corridors, as logistics and distribution are critical considerations for construction supporting that industry. In addition, technology companies view these areas as attractive locations for data centers.
The Company considers a state’s financial health rating, as issued by S&P Global Ratings, in determining the opportunities and attractiveness of areas for both expansion and/or development. The Company’s top-ten revenue-generating states have been evaluated and scored a financial health rating of AA- or higher, where AAA is the highest score. The Company also reviews the state’s ability to secure additional infrastructure funding and financing.
In line with the Company’s strategic objectives, management’s overall focus includes:
•
Upholding the Company’s commitment to its Mission, Vision and Values
•
Building and maintaining the world's safest, best-performing and most-durable aggregates-led public company
•
Navigating effectively through construction cycles to balance investment decisions against expected product demand
•
Tracking shifts in population dynamics, as well as local, state and national economic conditions, to ensure changing trends are reflected in the execution of the strategic plan
•
Integrating acquired businesses efficiently to maximize the return on the investment
Form 10-K ♦ Page 40
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
Allocating capital in a prudent manner consistent with the following long-standing priorities while maintaining financial flexibility:
─
Acquisitions
─
Organic capital investment
─
Return of cash to shareholders through both meaningful and sustainable dividends as well as share repurchases
Safety Performance
The Company’s safety and health culture and performance sets the foundation for its long-term strategic plan and its financial and operational strength. For 2025, the Company achieved a company-wide Lost-Time Incident Rate (LTIR) of 0.17, the ninth consecutive year of world-class or better LTIR thresholds, and a company-wide Total Injury Incident Rate (TIIR) of 0.69, the fifth consecutive year of world-class or better TIIR thresholds.
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Building Materials Business
The Building Materials business serves customers in the construction marketplace. The business’ profitability is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and cyclical swings in construction spending, which are affected by fluctuations in levels of public-sector infrastructure funding; interest rates; access to capital markets; and demographic, geographic, employment and population dynamics.
The heavy-side construction business, inclusive of much of the Company’s operations, is conducted outdoors. Therefore, erratic weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions, including flooding, hurricanes, extreme hot and cold temperatures, earthquakes, droughts and wildfires, can significantly affect production schedules, shipments, costs, efficiencies and profitability. Generally, the financial results for the first and fourth quarters are influenced by the impacts of winter weather, while the second and third quarters can be subject to the impacts of heavy precipitation and excessive heat. The impacts of erratic weather patterns are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Product Lines
Aggregates are an engineered, granular material consisting of crushed stone, sand and gravel, manufactured to specific sizes, grades and chemistry for use primarily in construction applications. The Company’s operations consist mostly of open pit quarries; however, the Company is also the largest operator of underground aggregates mines in the United States, with 13 active underground mines located in the East Group. The Company’s aggregates reserves average approximately 85 years at the 2025 annual production level.
Cement is the basic agent used to bind coarse aggregates, sand and water in the production of ready mixed concrete. The Company has a cement production facility in Midlothian, Texas, south of Dallas/Fort Worth, and operates four related distribution terminals. This production facility produces Portland limestone and specialty cements, with an annual clinker (an intermediary product of cement production) capacity at December 31, 2025 of approximately 2.4 million tons. The facility operated at approximately 61% utilization for clinker production in 2025. The Company completed a finishing capacity expansion project at the Midlothian plant in August 2024, which provided 0.45 million tons of incremental annual cement production capacity. Further, the Company has converted its Midlothian plant to manufacture a less carbon-intensive Portland limestone cement, known as Type 1L, which has been approved by the Texas Department of Transportation and allows the production of more cement with less clinker. The Company's Midlothian cement plant and related cement terminals are classified as assets held for sale as part of the pending QUIKRETE transaction.
Ready mixed concrete is measured in cubic yards and specifically batched or produced for customers’ construction projects and then typically transported by mixer trucks and poured at the project site of a customer of the Company. The coarse aggregates used for ready mixed concrete are a washed material with limited amounts of fines (i.e., dirt and clay). The Company operates ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona and Texas as of December 31, 2025. The Texas ready mixed concrete plants are classified as assets held for sale as part of the pending QUIKRETE transaction.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 41
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Asphalt is typically used in surfacing roads and parking lots and consists of liquid asphalt, or bitumen (the binding medium), and aggregates. Like ready mixed concrete, each asphalt batch is produced to customer specifications. The Company’s asphalt operations are in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota and related paving services are offered in Colorado.
Market dynamics for the downstream ready mixed concrete and asphalt product lines include a highly competitive environment and lower barriers to entry compared with the Company’s upstream aggregates product line.
End-Use Trends
The principal end-use markets of the Building Materials business are public infrastructure (i.e., highways; streets; roads; bridges; and schools); nonresidential construction (i.e., manufacturing and distribution facilities; data centers; industrial complexes; office buildings; large retailers and wholesalers; healthcare; hospitality; and energy-related activity); and residential construction (i.e., subdivision development; and single- and multi-family housing). Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast, collectively comprising the ChemRock/Rail market.
Public infrastructure projects can require several years to complete, while residential and nonresidential construction projects are usually completed within one year. Generally, customer purchase orders do not contain firm quantity commitments, regardless of end-use market.
Infrastructure
The public infrastructure market accounted for 37% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2025. The Company’s shipments to this end-use market are in line with the most recent five-year average of 35% and the most recent ten-year average of 36%.
Public construction projects, once awarded, are typically seen through to completion. Thus, delays from weather or other factors can serve to extend the duration of the construction cycle. While construction spending in the public and private market sectors is affected by economic cycles, public infrastructure spending has been comparatively more stable due to the predictability of funding from federal, state and local governments. The Infrastructure Investments and Jobs Act (IIJ Act) was signed into law on November 15, 2021, and contains a five-year surface transportation reauthorization plus $110 billion in new funding for roads, bridges and other hard infrastructure projects.
State and local initiatives that support infrastructure funding, including gas tax increases, new funding mechanisms and other ballot initiatives, are increasing in size and number as these governments recognize the need for their expanded role in public infrastructure investment. During 2025, 83% of all infrastructure funding measures up for vote were approved. These approved infrastructure initiatives are estimated to generate $24 billion in one-time and recurring revenues, with initiatives in North Carolina, one of the Company’s largest revenue-generating states, accounting for $16 billion of this total.
Nonresidential
The nonresidential construction market accounted for 36% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2025. Heavy nonresidential construction demand remained steady in 2025 across key geographies due to rapid expansion in data centers, a recovery in warehousing and distribution, and early-stage momentum in energy and advanced manufacturing. The Company expects 2026 demand in these nonresidential segments to remain strong.
Residential
The residential construction market accounted for 22% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2025. This end use typically moves in direct correlation with economic cycles. The Company’s exposure to residential construction is split between aggregates used in the construction of subdivisions (including streets, sidewalks, utilities, and storm and sewage drainage), single-family homes and multi-family units. Construction of new subdivisions and single-family homes is highly correlated with aggregates demand due to the ancillary infrastructure and nonresidential construction activity that typically follows new suburban development (e.g. new roads/interchanges, retail centers, warehouses, schools and office buildings). Therefore, single-family housing starts are a strong leading indicator of aggregates demand. According to the United States Census Bureau, for the twelve months ended October 31, 2025, the most recent data available, seasonally-adjusted national single-family housing starts decreased 8% to approximately 0.9 million units compared with 2024. Housing demand far exceeds supply in the Company’s key markets; however, a housing recovery is not expected until mortgage rates decline and/or affordability headwinds recede.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 42
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
ChemRock/Rail
The ChemRock/Rail market, which includes ballast and agricultural limestone, accounted for the remaining 5% of the Company’s 2025 aggregates shipments. Ballast is an aggregates product used to stabilize railroad track beds. Agricultural lime, a high-calcium carbonate material, is used as a supplement in animal feed, a soil acidity neutralizer and agricultural growth enhancer. Additionally, ChemRock/Rail includes rip rap (used as a stabilizing material to control erosion caused by water runoff at embankments, ocean beaches, inlets, rivers and streams) and high-calcium limestone (used as filler in glass, plastic, paint, rubber, adhesives, grease and paper). Chemical-grade, high-calcium limestone is used as a desulfurization material in coal-fired power generation facilities.
Pricing Trends
Materials pricing for construction projects is typically based on agreements that guarantee the availability of specified products, in stated quantities, at agreed-upon prices for a defined period. Because infrastructure projects often span multiple years, announced price changes may take time to flow through as the Company continues to sell products under existing price commitments. Pricing escalators included in multi-year infrastructure contracts help mitigate this delay to some extent. However, during periods of significant or rapid increases in production costs, multi-year infrastructure contract pricing may provide only nominal pricing growth.
Additionally, the Company may implement multiple price increases throughout the year, as appropriate, on a market-by-market basis. Pricing is determined locally and is influenced by each market’s supply-and-demand dynamics. For further information on pricing, see the discussion in the Financial Overview section.
Cost Structure
Costs of revenues for the Building Materials business are components of costs incurred at the quarries, mines, ready mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants, paving operations and distribution yards and facilities. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of resale materials, freight expenses to transport materials from a producing location to a distribution yard or facility (internal freight), third-party freight and delivery costs incurred by the Company and then billed to customers (external freight) and production overhead costs.
Generally, the significant components of cost of revenues for the aggregates product line are (1) labor and benefits; (2) depreciation, depletion and amortization; (3) internal freight; (4) repairs and maintenance; (5) external freight; (6) supplies; (7) energy; and (8) contract services. In 2025, these categories represented 86% of the aggregates product line's total cost of revenues.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 43
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Variable costs are expenses that fluctuate with the level of production volume, while fixed costs are expenses that do not vary based on production or sales volume. Production is the key driver in determining the levels of variable costs, as it affects the number of hourly employees and related labor hours. Further, components of energy, supplies and repairs and maintenance costs also increase in connection with higher production volumes. Aggregates production facilities typically do not operate on a continuous basis, which provides the ability to flex production costs in response to changes in demand.
Generally, when the Company invests capital in facilities and equipment, increased capacity and productivity reduce labor and repair costs serving to offset increased fixed depreciation costs. However, the increased productivity and related efficiencies may not be fully realized in a lower-demand environment, resulting in under-absorption of fixed costs.
Wage and benefit inflation as well as other increases in labor costs may be somewhat mitigated by enhanced productivity. During economic downturns, the Company reviews its operations and, where practical, temporarily idles certain sites. The Company then serves these markets with other open and proximate facilities. In certain markets, management can create production “super crews” that work on a rotating basis at various locations. For example, within a market, a crew may work three days per week at one operation and the other two workdays at another operation. This has allowed the Company to responsibly manage headcount in periods of lower product demand.
Typically, diesel fuel represents the single-largest component of energy costs for the Building Materials business. The average cost per gallon for continuing operations was $2.58 and $2.80 in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Changes in energy costs also affect the prices that the Company pays for related supplies, including explosives, conveyor belting and tires. Further, the Company’s contracts for shipping products on its rail and waterborne distribution network typically include provisions for escalations or reductions in the amounts paid by the Company if the price of fuel moves outside a stated range.
The production of ready mixed concrete and asphalt requires the use of cement and liquid asphalt raw materials, respectively. Therefore, fluctuations in availability and prices for these raw materials directly affect the Company’s operating results.
Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations
Growth markets with limited supply of indigenous stone must be served via a long-haul distribution network
The U.S. Department of the Interior identified possible sources of indigenous rock and documented its limited supply in certain areas of the United States, including the coastal areas from Virginia to Texas. Further, certain interior United States markets may experience limited availability of locally sourced aggregates resulting from increasingly restrictive zoning, permitting and/or environmental laws and regulations. The Company’s long-haul distribution network is used to supplement or, in many cases, wholly supply, the local crushed stone needs of these areas and provides the Company with the flexibility to effectively serve customers primarily in the Southwest and Southeast coastal markets.
The long-haul distribution network can also diversify market risk for locations that engage in long-haul transportation of aggregates products. This is particularly true where a producing quarry both serves a local market and transports products via rail, water and/or truck to be sold and distributed in other markets. The risk of a downturn in one market may be somewhat mitigated by other distant markets served by the location.
Product shipments are moved by truck, rail and water through the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Company’s rail network primarily serves its Texas, Southeast and Gulf Coast markets, while the Company’s Bahamas and Nova Scotia locations transport materials via oceangoing ships. The Company’s strategic focus includes acquiring distribution yards and port locations to offload transported material. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's distribution network consisted of 89 aggregates yards and 4 cement terminals. The cement terminals are classified as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2025.
The Company’s rail shipments result in continued reliance on railroad operations, which are impacted by track congestion, crew and locomotive availability, the effects of adverse weather conditions and the ability to negotiate favorable railroad shipping contracts. Further, changes in the operating strategy of rail transportation providers can create operational inefficiencies and increased costs from the Company’s rail network.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 44
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
A portion of railcars and all ships in the Company’s long-haul distribution network are under short- and long-term leases, some with purchase options, and contracts of affreightment. The limited availability of water and rail transportation providers, coupled with limited distribution sites, can adversely affect lease rates for such services and ultimately the freight rates.
The Company has agreements providing dedicated shipping capacity from its Bahamas and Nova Scotia operations to its coastal ports that expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. These contracts of affreightment are take-or-pay contracts with minimum and maximum shipping requirements. The minimum requirements were met in 2025. There can be no assurance that such contracts will be renewed upon expiration or that terms will continue without significant increases.
Public infrastructure, historically the Company’s largest end-use market, is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources
Transportation investments typically stimulate economic growth by creating jobs and enhancing mobility and access, which are priorities of many of the government’s economic plans. Public-sector transportation infrastructure projects are funded through a mix of federal, state and local sources. The current federal infrastructure legislation, the IIJ Act, provides annual funding for public-sector highway construction and includes spending authorizations, which represent the maximum financial obligation that will result from the immediate or future outlays of federal funds for highway and transit programs.
The federal government’s surface transportation programs are funded mostly through highway user taxes deposited into the Highway Trust Fund, which is divided into the Highway Account and the Mass Transit Account. Most of the Trust Fund’s revenue comes from the federal gas tax, taxes on certain other motor fuels, and interest on accumulated balances. Of the federal gas tax of $0.184 per gallon, which has remained unchanged since 1993, $0.15 is allocated to the Highway Account of the Highway Trust Fund.
Since most states are required to balance their budgets, reductions in revenues generally require a reduction in states’ expenditures. However, the impact of state revenue reductions on highway investment will vary depending on whether the monies come from dedicated revenue sources, such as highway user fees, or whether portions are paid for with general funds.
In addition to federal appropriations, each state typically funds its infrastructure investment from specifically allocated amounts collected from various user fees, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees. States have assumed a significantly larger role in funding infrastructure investment, including initiating special-purpose taxes and raising state gas taxes. Management believes that financing at the state and local levels, such as bond issuances, toll roads, vehicle miles-traveled fees and tax initiatives, will continue to grow and have a fundamental role in advancing infrastructure projects. State infrastructure investment generally leads to increased growth opportunities for the Company. The level of state public-works spending varies across the nation and is dependent upon individual state economies, therefore the degree to which the Company could be affected by a reduction or slowdown in infrastructure spending varies by state. The state economies of the Building Materials business’ ten-largest revenue-generating states may disproportionately affect the Company’s financial performance.
Governmental appropriations and expenditures are typically less interest-rate sensitive than private-sector spending. Obligations of federal funds are a leading indicator of highway construction activity in the United States. Before a state or local transportation department can solicit bids on an eligible construction project, it enters into an agreement with the Federal Highway Administration to obligate the federal government to pay its portion of the project cost. These Federal obligations are subject to annual funding appropriation reviews by Congress.
In addition to highways and bridges, transportation infrastructure includes aviation, mass transit, ports and waterways. Railroad construction continues to benefit from economic growth, which ultimately generates a need for additional maintenance and improvements.
Erratic weather can significantly impact operations
Production and shipment levels for the Building Materials business correlate with general construction activity, most of which occurs outdoors and, as a result, is affected by erratic weather, seasonal changes and other environmental conditions. Typically, due to a general slowdown in heavy construction activity during winter months, the first and fourth quarters experience lower production and shipment activity. As such, temperatures in the months of March and November can meaningfully affect the Company’s first- and fourth-quarter results, respectively, where warm and/or moderate temperatures in March and November allow the construction season to start earlier and end later, respectively. Additionally, extreme heat during summer months can impact construction activities, as outdoor work may be limited to protect the health and safety of construction workers.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 45
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Excessive rainfall jeopardizes production efficiencies, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. In particular, the Company’s operations near the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and The Bahamas are at risk for hurricane activity from June through November, but most notably in August, September and October. The Company’s California operations are at risk for flooding, wildfire activity and water use restrictions in severe drought conditions.
Capital investment decisions are driven by capital intensity of the Building Materials business and focus on land
The Company’s organic capital program is designed to leverage construction market growth by investing in both permanent and portable facilities across its operations. Over the course of an economic cycle, the Company typically invests organic capital at an annual level that approximates depreciation expense. At mid-cycle and during cyclical peaks, organic capital investment generally exceeds depreciation expense as the Company addresses current capacity requirements and positions itself for future growth. Conversely, during cyclical troughs, capital investment may be reduced. Regardless of the economic environment, the Company prioritizes capital investments that ensure safe, environmentally responsible, and efficient operations, allow delivery of the highest quality of customer service, and establish a strong foundation for future growth.
The Company is diligent in evaluating land opportunities, including potential new sites (greensites) and expansions of existing locations. Land purchases are usually opportunistic and may involve acquiring property adjacent to or near existing quarry locations. Such property can serve as buffer land or provide additional mineral reserves, assuming regulatory requirements are met and the underlying geology supports economical aggregates mining. In either instance, acquiring land around an existing quarry typically allows the expansion of the quarry footprint and extends its operating life.
Specialties Business
The Specialties business produces and sells dolomitic lime from its Woodville, Ohio facility and manufactures high-purity natural and synthetic magnesia-based products for environmental, industrial, agricultural, construction, consumer and specialty applications at its Manistee, Michigan; Woodville, Ohio; Gabbs, Nevada; Waynesville, North Carolina; Greendale, Indiana; and Aspers, Pennsylvania facilities. These magnesia-based products have varying uses, including flame retardants, wastewater treatment, pulp and paper production and other specialty applications. Dolomitic lime products sold to external customers are primarily used by the domestic steel industry as a fluxing agent, and in construction applications for soil stabilization, while the remaining lime shipments are used internally as a raw material for the manufacturing of synthetic magnesia-based products. On July 25, 2025, the Company acquired Premier Magnesia, LLC (Premier), a privately-owned producer and distributor of magnesia-based products, using cash on hand and credit-facility borrowings. Premier is the largest producer of natural magnesite and magnesium sulfate, or Epsom salt, in the United States. This transaction expands the Company's product offerings to new and existing customers and enhances the Specialties business.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 46
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
With 33% of Specialties’ 2025 revenues related to products used in the steel industry, a portion of the segment’s revenues and profits is affected by production and inventory trends within the steel industry, which are guided by the rate of consumer consumption, the flow of offshore imports and other economic factors.
While revenues of the Specialties business were predominantly derived from domestic customers in 2025, financial results can be affected by foreign currency exchange rates, increasing transportation costs or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. To mitigate the short-term effect of currency exchange rates, foreign transactions are denominated in United States dollars.
A significant portion of the Specialties business’ costs is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. The production process requires the use of natural gas, coal and petroleum coke; therefore, fluctuations in their pricing directly affect operating results. To help mitigate this risk, the Company has fixed-price agreements for 34% of its anticipated 2026 energy needs for coal, petroleum coke and natural gas. Given inherently high fixed costs, low-capacity utilization can negatively affect the segment’s results of operations, while providing a high degree of operating leverage in periods of high-capacity utilization. Management expects future organic profit growth to result from increased pricing, commercialization of new products, entry into new markets and optimization of overall product mix.
In 2025, direct production costs represented 82% of the Specialties business' total cost of revenues:
The Specialties business is highly dependent on rail transportation, particularly for movement of dolomitic lime from Woodville to Manistee, magnesite from Gabbs to processing plants in North Carolina, Indiana and Pennsylvania and direct customer shipments of dolomitic lime and magnesia products from Woodville, Manistee and Gabbs. The segment can be affected by the risks mentioned in the long-haul distribution discussion in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Environmental Regulation and Litigation
The expansion of the aggregates industry faces growing pressure from environmental and political groups seeking to influence the pace and direction of future development. Some environmental groups have identified specific municipalities, including areas within the Company’s markets, as targets for environmental and suburban growth control. The impact of these initiatives on the Company’s growth is typically localized, though their influence is expected to fluctuate over time. In addition, these special-interest groups increasingly promote rail and other transportation alternatives as solutions to mitigate road congestion and overcrowding.
The Company’s operations are subject to federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to environmental protection, health and safety, and other regulatory matters. Certain operations may occasionally use substances classified as
Form 10-K ♦ Page 47
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
toxic or hazardous. To ensure compliance, the Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies. Nevertheless, as with other entities engaged in similar businesses, environmental liability remains an inherent risk.
Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for certain Company operations and are subject to modification, renewal or revocation. New permits are generally required when opening new sites or expanding existing operations, and the approval process can take several years. Moreover, land use, rezoning and special or conditional use permits are increasingly difficult to obtain. Once a permit is issued, the location is required to generally operate in accordance with the approved site plan.
The Clean Air Act (the Act), originally passed in 1963 and amended several times since, is the United States’ national air pollution control program that granted the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) authority to set limits on the level of various air pollutants. To meet National Ambient Air Quality Standards, a defined geographic area must maintain pollutant levels below established thresholds for six contaminants. Environmental groups have successfully challenged federal and certain state transportation departments under the Act, delaying highway construction in municipalities that are not in compliance.
The USEPA designates geographic areas as nonattainment areas when the level of air pollutants exceeds the national standard. Nonattainment areas receive deadlines to reduce air pollutants by instituting various control strategies or otherwise face fines or control by the USEPA. Included as nonattainment areas are several major metropolitan areas in the Company’s markets, such as Houston/Brazoria/Galveston, Texas; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Bexar County in San Antonio/New Braunfels, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Boulder, Colorado; Fort Collins/Greeley/Loveland, Colorado; Baltimore, Maryland; Phoenix/Mesa, Arizona; Los Angeles-San Bernardino Counties, California; Los Angeles – South Coast Basin, California; San Diego County, California; San Francisco Bay Area, California; San Joaquin Valley, California; and Sacramento County, California. Federal transportation funding has been directly tied to compliance with the Clean Air Act.
Large emitters (facilities that release 25,000 metric tons or more per year) of greenhouse gases (GHG) must report GHG generation to comply with the USEPA’s Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Reporting Rule (GHG Rule). In 2025, the Company submitted annual reports in accordance with the GHG Rule relating to operations at its cement plant in Texas, as well as its Specialties facilities in Woodville, Ohio, and Manistee, Michigan, each of which emits certain GHGs, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide. Should Congress enact additional legislation limiting GHG emissions, these operations will likely be subject to such legislation.
The Company believes that any increased operating costs or taxes related to GHG emission limitations at its cement or Woodville operations would be passed on to customers. The Manistee and Gabbs facilities may have to absorb extra costs due to the regulation of GHG emissions to maintain competitive pricing in its markets. The Company cannot reasonably predict the amount of those potential increased costs.
The Company is involved in certain legal and administrative proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. Based on currently available information, and in the opinion of management and counsel, it is remote that the ultimate resolution of any such litigation or proceedings, including those involving environmental matters, relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, will have a material adverse effect on the overall results of the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial position.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis reflect management’s assessment of the financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) of the Company for continuing operations and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements (Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). As discussed in more detail, the Company’s operating results are highly dependent upon activity within the construction marketplace, economic cycles within the public and private business sectors, and seasonal and other weather-related conditions. Accordingly, financial results for any year presented, or year-to-year comparisons of reported results, may not be indicative of future operating results.
The Company’s Building Materials business generated the majority of consolidated revenues and earnings from continuing operations. The following comparative analysis and discussion should be read within this context. Further, sensitivity analysis and certain other data are provided to enhance the reader’s understanding of MD&A and are not intended to be indicative of management’s judgment of materiality.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 48
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company’s consolidated operating results and certain operating results as a percentage of revenues are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions, except for % of revenues) | 2025 | % of Revenues | 2024 | % of Revenues | 2023 | % of Revenues | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenues | $ | 6,150 | 100 | $ | 5,662 | 100 | $ | 5,851 | 100 | ||||||||
| Cost of revenues | 4,261 | 69 | 4,026 | 71 | 4,106 | 70 | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,889 | 31 | 1,636 | 29 | 1,745 | 30 | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | 443 | 7 | 429 | 8 | 425 | 7 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 15 | 50 | 12 | ||||||||||||||
| Other operating income, net | (6 | ) | (1,322 | ) | (25 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from Operations | 1,437 | 23 | 2,479 | 44 | 1,333 | 23 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | 230 | 169 | 165 | ||||||||||||||
| Other nonoperating income, net | (19 | ) | (56 | ) | (58 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense | 1,226 | 2,366 | 1,226 | ||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 236 | 550 | 234 | ||||||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations | 990 | 16 | 1,816 | 32 | 992 | 17 | |||||||||||
| Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | 147 | 180 | 178 | ||||||||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings | 1,137 | 1,996 | 1,170 | ||||||||||||||
| Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests | — | 1 | 1 | ||||||||||||||
| Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,137 | 18 | $ | 1,995 | 35 | $ | 1,169 | 20 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 49
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Revenues
The following table presents revenues for the Company and its reportable segments by product line for continuing operations:
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||||||
| East Group: | ||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 3,065 | $ | 2,787 | $ | 2,593 | ||||||
| Other Building Materials | 156 | 184 | 199 | |||||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (27 | ) | (30 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||
| East Group Total | 3,194 | 2,941 | 2,763 | |||||||||
| West Group: | ||||||||||||
| Aggregates | 1,939 | 1,727 | 1,709 | |||||||||
| Other Building Materials | 836 | 894 | 1,280 | |||||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (260 | ) | (220 | ) | (216 | ) | ||||||
| West Group Total | 2,515 | 2,401 | 2,773 | |||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 5,709 | 5,342 | 5,536 | |||||||||
| Specialties | 441 | 320 | 315 | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 6,150 | $ | 5,662 | $ | 5,851 |
Gross Profit
The following table presents gross profit (loss) and gross margin data for the Company by product line for continuing operations:
| 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| years ended December 31 (dollars in millions) | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | |||||||||||||||
| Building Materials business: | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 1,677 | 34 | % | $ | 1,449 | 32 | % | $ | 1,378 | 32 | % | |||||||||
| Other Building Materials | 98 | 10 | % | 119 | 11 | % | 267 | 18 | % | ||||||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,775 | 31 | % | 1,568 | 29 | % | 1,645 | 30 | % | ||||||||||||
| Specialties | 137 | 31 | % | 107 | 33 | % | 97 | 31 | % | ||||||||||||
| Corporate | (23 | ) | NM | (39 | ) | NM | 3 | NM | |||||||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,889 | 31 | % | $ | 1,636 | 29 | % | $ | 1,745 | 30 | % |
The increase in Building Materials business gross profit from 2024 to 2025 was driven by higher organic shipments, continued strength in aggregates pricing that exceeded increased production costs, and contributions from acquired locations, partially offset by declines in other building materials. The decrease in Building Materials business gross profit in 2024 compared with 2023 was primarily due to the February 2024 divestiture of the South Texas cement plant and related ready mixed concrete operations (the Divestiture) as well as the $20 million Inventory Markup charge (the Inventory Markup) associated with the April 2024 acquisition of 20 active aggregates operations from affiliates of Blue Water Industries LLC (BWI Southeast). These factors were partially offset by pricing gains across all product lines and lower energy costs. Aggregates gross profit increased in 2024, as contributions from acquired operations and pricing growth more than offset lower shipments and the Inventory Markup.
Specialties gross profit increased in 2025 compared with 2024 because of strong organic performance, underscored by pricing gains, higher shipments and effective cost management, as well as partial-year contributions from the Premier acquisition. The increase in gross profit in 2024 compared with 2023 in Specialties was driven by pricing gains in both the lime and magnesia product lines, coupled with lower energy costs, which more than offset lower shipments.
Corporate gross profit includes intercompany royalty and rental revenues and expenses; depreciation and amortization for corporate owned assets; and unallocated operational expenses excluded from the Company’s evaluation of business segment performance.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 50
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Building Materials. Aggregates shipments increased 3.8% to 198.5 million tons in 2025 compared with 2024, driven by more normalized weather patterns in the Southeast and Texas, strong infrastructure and nonresidential demand, and shipments from acquired operations. During 2025, aggregates shipments to the infrastructure end use market increased 5%, nonresidential shipments increased 6% and residential end use shipments declined 1%. Aggregates pricing continued to improve, increasing 6.9% year over year.
Aggregates shipments decreased 3.8% to 191.1 million tons in 2024 compared with 198.8 million tons in 2023, reflecting the Company's value-over-volume pricing strategy, unfavorable weather and softer residential, warehouse and manufacturing demand, partially offset by shipments from acquired operations. During 2024, aggregates shipments to the infrastructure, nonresidential and residential end-use markets decreased 2%, 4% and 5%, respectively, compared with 2023. Aggregates pricing increased 9.9% driven by the cumulative effect of pricing actions taken in 2023 and 2024.
Other Building Materials revenues decreased 8% in 2025 to $992 million, and gross profit decreased 18% to $98 million, reflecting slightly lower asphalt pricing, reduced paving revenues following the April 2025 divestiture of the California paving operations, and higher production costs. In 2024, Other Building Materials reported 2024 revenues of $1.1 billion and gross profit of $119 million. Results for 2024 reflect lower ready mixed concrete and cement shipments compared with 2023, primarily due to the Divestiture. Asphalt shipments in 2024 also declined versus 2023, driven by unfavorable weather and softer market demand. Asphalt and paving gross profit decreased in 2024 versus 2023, due to lower shipments and general inflationary impacts that more than offset pricing gains and lower asphalt cement raw material costs.
Specialties. In 2025, Specialties reported revenues of $441 million and gross profit of $137 million, increases of 38% and 29%, respectively, compared with 2024. The profitability increase in 2025 reflects pricing gains in both the lime and magnesia heritage product lines and contributions from acquired operations.
In 2024, Specialties reported revenues of $320 million and gross profit of $107 million, up 2% and 10%, respectively, from 2023. The increase in 2024 profitability reflects pricing gains in both the lime and magnesia product lines and lower energy costs, which more than offset the impact of lower shipments.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2025, 2024 and 2023 were 7.2%, 7.6% and 7.3% of revenues, respectively.
Other Operating Income, Net
Other operating income, net, represented income of $6 million in 2025, $1.3 billion in 2024 and $25 million in 2023. The 2025 amount included $18 million of gains on land sales, which were offset by a $21 million pretax asset and portfolio rationalization charge (2025 Rationalization Charge; see Note R to the consolidated financial statements). The 2024 amount included a $1.3 billion pretax gain on the Divestiture and $28 million of gains on land sales, which were partially offset by a $50 million pretax asset and portfolio rationalization charge (2024 Rationalization Charge; see Note R to the consolidated financial statements). In 2023, other operating income, net, included $20 million of gains on land sales.
Earnings from Operations
Consolidated earnings from operations were $1.4 billion, $2.5 billion, $1.3 billion in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The 2024 amount included a $1.3 billion pretax gain on the Divestiture.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $230 million in 2025, $169 million in 2024 and $165 million in 2023. The 2025 increase in expense reflects interest on the $1.5 billion of publicly traded bonds issued in November 2024.
Other Nonoperating Income, Net
Consolidated other nonoperating income, net, was $19 million in 2025, $56 million in 2024 and $58 million in 2023, inclusive of interest income of $10 million, $40 million and $47 million, respectively.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 51
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Income Tax Expense
The Company’s estimated effective income tax rate for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was 19.2%, 23.2% and 19.1%, respectively. The higher 2024 effective income tax rate versus 2025 and 2023 was driven by the impact of the Divestiture, which included the write-off of certain nondeductible goodwill. For further information, see Note I to the consolidated financial statements.
Discontinued Operations
In connection with the pending QUIKRETE transaction, the financial results of the Company's Midlothian cement plant, related cement terminals and Texas ready mixed concrete plants are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Additionally, in 2023, the financial results of the Company's California cement businesses and certain California ready mixed concrete operations were reported as discontinued operations through their respective 2023 divestiture dates. The collective businesses generated net earnings of $147 million, or $2.43 per diluted share in 2025, $180 million, or $2.91 per diluted share in 2024, and $178 million, or $2.86 per diluted share in 2023.
Net Earnings and Earnings Per Diluted Share from Continuing Operations Attributable to Martin Marietta
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $990 million, or $16.34 per diluted share, for 2025; $1.8 billion, or $29.50 per diluted share, for 2024; and $991 million, or $15.96 per diluted share, for 2023. Results for 2025 include after-tax charges of $29 million, or $0.47 per diluted share related to the 2025 Rationalization Charge, acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses, and the Inventory Markup associated with the Premier acquisition (see Note B to the consolidated financial statements). Results for 2024 include an after-tax gain of $892 million, or $14.49 per diluted share, from the gain on the Divestiture, offset by the 2024 Rationalization Charge, the Inventory Markup, and after-tax acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses related to the BWI Southeast acquisition and the Divestiture.
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization; earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates; acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses; the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting (Inventory Markup); nonrecurring gain/loss on divestiture; and asset and portfolio rationalization charges, or Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, is an indicator used by the Company and investors to evaluate the Company’s operating performance from period to period. The Company has elected to add back, for purposes of its Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations calculation, acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses and the Inventory Markup only for transactions with consideration of at least $2.0 billion for the Building Materials business or $200 million for the Specialties business.
Adjusted EBITDA from discontinued operations includes the adjustments described above for discontinued operations only. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA includes the adjustments described above for both continuing and discontinued operations.
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, Adjusted EBITDA from discontinued operations and Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (Adjusted EBITDA measures) are not defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, as such, should not be construed as an alternative to net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta, earnings from operations or operating cash flow. Because all Adjusted EBITDA measures exclude some, but not all, items that affect net earnings and may vary among businesses, the Adjusted EBITDA measures as presented by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 52
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following table presents a reconciliation of net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta to Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 990 | $ | 1,815 | $ | 991 | |||||
| Add back (deduct): | |||||||||||
| Interest expense, net of interest income | 220 | 128 | 119 | ||||||||
| Income tax expense for controlling interests | 236 | 549 | 234 | ||||||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates | 581 | 500 | 449 | ||||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 12 | 40 | 12 | ||||||||
| Impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting | 5 | 20 | — | ||||||||
| Nonrecurring gain on divestiture | — | (1,331 | ) | — | |||||||
| Asset and portfolio rationalization charges | 21 | 50 | — | ||||||||
| Adjustments to net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | 1,075 | (44 | ) | 814 | |||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations | $ | 2,065 | $ | 1,771 | $ | 1,805 |
The following table presents a reconciliation of earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense, to Adjusted EBITDA from discontinued operations:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | $ | 147 | $ | 180 | $ | 178 | |||||
| Add back: | |||||||||||
| Income tax expense for discontinued operations | 42 | 51 | 48 | ||||||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense from discontinued operations | 43 | 64 | 56 | ||||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses for discontinued operations | 5 | — | 7 | ||||||||
| Nonrecurring loss on divestitures for discontinued operations | — | — | 25 | ||||||||
| Adjustments to earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | 90 | 115 | 136 | ||||||||
| Adjusted EBITDA from discontinued operations | $ | 237 | $ | 295 | $ | 314 |
The following tables presents a reconciliation of consolidated net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,137 | $ | 1,995 | $ | 1,169 | |||||
| Add back (Deduct): | |||||||||||
| Adjustments to net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | 1,075 | (44 | ) | 814 | |||||||
| Adjustments to earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | 90 | 115 | 136 | ||||||||
| Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 2,302 | $ | 2,066 | $ | 2,119 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 53
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Liquidity and Cash Flows
Cash flow information for the Company is as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2025 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cash Provided by Operating Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Continuing operations | $ | 1,598 | $ | 1,227 | $ | 1,307 | ||||||
| Discontinued operations | 187 | 232 | 221 | |||||||||
| $ | 1,785 | $ | 1,459 | $ | 1,528 | |||||||
| Cash (Used for) Provided by Investing Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Continuing operations | $ | (1,507 | ) | $ | (2,326 | ) | $ | 185 | ||||
| Discontinued operations | (81 | ) | (118 | ) | 274 | |||||||
| $ | (1,588 | ) | $ | (2,444 | ) | $ | 459 | |||||
| Cash (Used for) Provided by Financing Activities: | ||||||||||||
| Continuing operations | $ | (794 | ) | $ | 379 | $ | (1,058 | ) | ||||
| Discontinued operations | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | (6 | ) | ||||||
| $ | (800 | ) | $ | 373 | $ | (1,064 | ) |
Operating Activities
The Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities. Operating cash flow is substantially derived from consolidated net earnings before deducting depreciation, depletion and amortization and the impact of changes in working capital requirements. In 2024, operating cash flow for continuing operations also reflected higher tax payments related to the taxable gain on the Divestiture. Total cash provided by operations was $1.8 billion in 2025, $1.5 billion in 2024 and $1.5 billion in 2023.
The Internal Revenue Service granted disaster-related tax relief for North Carolina businesses affected by Hurricanes Debby and Helene, allowing the Company to defer estimated federal and certain state income, payroll and excise tax payments for the period from August 2024 through September 2025. The deferred taxes were paid on September 25, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, operating cash flow for continuing operations benefited from this deferral.
Investing Activities
Total net cash used for investing activities was $1.6 billion in 2025 and $2.4 billion in 2024 and total net cash provided by investing activities was $459 million in 2023.
Total cash paid for property, plant and equipment additions was $807 million in 2025, $855 million in 2024 and $650 million in 2023, which included $89 million, $100 million, and $102 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, for discontinued operations. The 2024 amount for continuing operations included the purchase of land, aggregates reserves and processing plants in Southern California.
Total pretax proceeds from divestitures and sales of assets were $38 million in 2025, $2.2 billion in 2024 and $427 million in 2023. The 2024 amount for continuing operations included proceeds from the Divestiture. The 2023 amount for discontinued operations included the proceeds from the divestitures of the Company's Tehachapi, California cement plant and Stockton, California cement import terminal.
In 2025, the Company used available liquidity to fund the July 2025 acquisition of Premier Magnesia, LLC. On April 5, 2024, the Company used $2.05 billion of cash on hand to fund the BWI Southeast acquisition. Subsequently, the Company used available liquidity to fund the South Florida aggregates acquisition in October 2024 and the West Texas aggregates acquisition in December 2024. In 2024, net cash used for investing activities for discontinued operations included the acquisition of several ready mixed concrete plants in North and West Texas.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 54
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In 2023, net cash provided by investing activities for continuing operations included $700 million in proceeds from the sale of restricted investments, which the Company had invested during 2022 and used to repay discharged debt and related interest in 2023.
Financing Activities
Total net cash used for financing activities was $800 million in 2025 and $1.1 billion in 2023 and net cash provided by financing activities was $373 million in 2024. In December 2025, the Company repaid the $125 million of 7% Debentures that matured by their own terms. Additionally, during 2025, the Company borrowed $640 million and repaid $610 million on its short-term facilities. In November 2024, the Company issued $1.5 billion of publicly traded debt and used the proceeds to repay short-term credit facility borrowings and for general corporate purposes. Also, in July 2024, the Company repaid the $400 million of 4.250% Senior Notes that matured by their own terms. In 2023, the Company repaid $700 million of discharged debt and related interest using restricted investments made in 2022.
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Board of Directors approved total cash dividends on the Company’s common stock of $3.24 per share, $3.06 per share and $2.80 per share, respectively. Total cash dividends paid were $197 million in 2025, $189 million in 2024 and $174 million in 2023.
During 2025, the Company repurchased 0.9 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $450 million. During 2024, the Company repurchased 0.8 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $450 million. During 2023, the Company repurchased 0.4 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $150 million. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, the average cost of the repurchases was $494.04 per share, $572.70 per share and $393.16, respectively.
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-term debt was $5.3 billion at December 31, 2025, and was predominately in the form of publicly-issued long-term notes.
The Company, through a wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, has a $400 million trade receivable securitization facility (the Trade Receivable Facility) that matures on September 16, 2026. The Trade Receivable Facility contains a cross-default provision to the Company’s other debt agreements. There was $30 million outstanding on the Trade Receivable Facility as of December 31, 2025.
The Company has an $800 million five-year senior unsecured revolving facility (the Revolving Facility), which matures in December 2030. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2025. The Revolving Facility requires the Company’s ratio of consolidated net debt-to-consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the trailing-twelve months (the Ratio) to not exceed 3.50x as of the end of any fiscal quarter. The Company may exclude from the Ratio certain debt incurred in connection with qualifying acquisitions during the current quarter or the three preceding quarters, provided that the Ratio calculated without such exclusion does not exceed 4.00x. In addition, if there are no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility and the Trade Receivable Facility, consolidated debt, including debt for which the Company is a guarantor, shall be reduced in an amount equal to the lesser of $500 million or the sum of the Company’s unrestricted cash and temporary investments, for purposes of the covenant calculation. The Company was in compliance with the Ratio and other requirements under the Revolving Facility at December 31, 2025.
Pursuant to authority granted by its Board of Directors, the Company may repurchase up to 20 million shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had 11.0 million shares remaining under the repurchase authorization. Future share repurchases are at management's discretion.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had $67 million in unrestricted cash and short-term investments that are considered cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are managed to ensure short-term operating cash needs are met while efficiently deploying excess funds. The Company’s investments in bank funds generally exceed the FDIC insurance limit.
Cash on hand, along with the Company’s projected internal cash flows and availability of financing resources, including its access to debt and equity capital markets, is expected to continue to be sufficient to provide the capital resources necessary to support anticipated operating needs, cover debt service requirements, meet capital expenditures and discretionary investment needs, fund certain acquisition opportunities that may arise and allow for payment of dividends for the foreseeable future. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are unsecured and may be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to borrow or issue securities is dependent upon, among other things, prevailing economic, financial and market conditions. At December 31, 2025, the Company had $1.2 billion of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 55
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company is exposed to credit markets through the interest cost related to borrowings under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
Contractual and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations
The Company has retirement benefits related to pension plans. At December 31, 2025, the fair value of the qualified pension plans’ assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $487 million. The Company does not plan to make any voluntary contributions to the qualified pension plans during 2026. Any contributions beyond 2026 are currently undeterminable and will depend on the investment return on the related pension assets. At December 31, 2025, the Company had a total obligation of $103 million related to unfunded nonqualified pension plans and expects to make contributions of $25 million to these plans in 2026.
In connection with normal, ongoing operations, the Company enters into market-rate leases for property, plant and equipment and royalty commitments principally associated with leased land and mineral reserves. Additionally, the Company enters into equipment rentals to meet shorter-term, nonrecurring and intermittent needs. At December 31, 2025, the Company had $392 million in operating lease obligations and $314 million in finance lease obligations, representing the present value of future payments, which include $22 million of lease obligations classified as held for sale. The imputed interest on operating and finance lease obligations was $268 million. Management anticipates that, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will enter into additional royalty agreements for land and mineral reserves during 2026. As permitted, short-term leases are excluded from Accounting Standards Codification 842, Leases (ASC 842) requirements and future noncancelable obligations for these leases as of December 31, 2025 are immaterial.
As of December 31, 2025, future interest payable on the Company’s publicly-traded debt through the various maturity dates was $3.2 billion. The Company had obligations related to a contract of affreightment not accounted for as a lease, and royalty agreements, totaling $35 million and $169 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2025. The Company had purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment of $119 million as of December 31, 2025 and other purchase obligations related to energy and service contracts totaling $154 million as of December 31, 2025. Of the total contractual purchase commitments, $14 million was for the Company's Texas cement business and related ready mixed concrete operations that are classified as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2025.
The Company invests in renewable energy investment entities which qualify for tax credits and other tax benefits. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has committed to an additional $51 million of tax equity investments related to renewable energy tax credit projects. These amounts are expected to be paid in 2026 and are recorded in the Unpaid commitments to limited liability companies line item on the consolidated balance sheet.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The Company has entered into standby letter of credit agreements relating to certain insurance claims, contract performance and permit requirements. At December 31, 2025, the Company had contingent liabilities guaranteeing its own performance under these outstanding letters of credit of $34 million.
In the normal course of business, at December 31, 2025, the Company was contingently liable for $850 million in surety bonds, which guarantee its own performance and are required by certain states and municipalities and their related agencies. The Company has indemnified the underwriting insurance companies against any exposure under the surety bonds. In the Company’s experience, no material claims have been made against these financial instruments.
Other Financial Information
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company uses certain significant accounting policies to prepare its audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting policies are described in Note A: Accounting Policies of the Notes to Financial Statements of the Company’s consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplemental Data of this Form 10-K.
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements include certain critical estimates regarding the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making subjective and complex judgments
Form 10-K ♦ Page 56
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements could differ materially if management used different assumptions in making these estimates, resulting in actual results differing from those estimates. Methodologies used and assumptions selected by management in making these estimates, as well as the related disclosures, have been reviewed by and discussed with the Company’s Audit Committee. Management’s determination of the critical nature of accounting estimates and judgments may change from time to time depending on facts and circumstances that management cannot currently predict.
Business Combinations – Allocation of Purchase Price
The Company’s Board of Directors and management regularly review long-term strategic plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses which would increase the Company’s market presence and/or are related to the Company’s existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings include the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets and equity interests transferred to the seller and any future obligations to the seller as of the date of acquisition.
The Company allocates the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation is a critical accounting policy because the estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions. Further, the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets versus amounts assigned to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and for periods following a business combination.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and, therefore, represents an exit price. Fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. The Company assigns the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:
•
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
•
Level 2 – Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets
•
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs, used to value the asset or liability which includes the use of valuation models
Level 1 fair values are used to value investments in publicly traded entities and assumed obligations for publicly traded long-term debt.
Level 2 fair values are typically used to value acquired receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment, land, buildings, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accruals for payables, asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations, and contingencies. Additionally, Level 2 fair values are typically used to value assumed contracts at other-than-market rates.
Level 3 fair values are used to value acquired mineral reserves and mineral interests produced and sold as final products, and separately-identifiable intangible assets. The fair values of mineral reserves and mineral interests are determined using an excess earnings approach, which requires significant judgment to estimate future cash flows, net of capital investments in the specific operation and contributory asset charges. The estimate of future cash flows is based on available historical information and future expectations and assumptions determined by management, but is inherently uncertain. Significant assumptions used to estimate future cash flows include changes in forecasted revenues based on sales price and shipment volumes, EBITDA margin and forecasted expenses inclusive of production costs and capital needs. The present value of the projected net cash flows represents the fair value assigned to mineral reserves and mineral interests. The discount rate is a significant assumption used in the valuation model and is based on the required rate of return that a hypothetical market participant would require if purchasing the acquired business, with an adjustment for the risk of these assets not generating the projected cash flows.
The Company values separately-identifiable acquired intangible assets which may include, but are not limited to, permits, customer relationships, water rights and noncompetition agreements. The fair values of these assets are typically determined by an excess earnings method, a replacement cost method or, in the case of water rights, a market approach.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 57
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The useful lives of amortizable intangible assets and the remaining useful lives for acquired machinery and equipment have a significant impact on earnings. The selected lives are based on the expected periods that the assets will provide value to the Company following the business combination.
The Company may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination during a measurement period after the acquisition date. Any such adjustments are based on the Company obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. The measurement period ends once the Company has obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded through earnings.
For additional information about business combinations and purchase price allocations, see Note B to the consolidated financial statements.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment by comparing a reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. Interim impairment reviews are performed if facts and circumstances arise that indicate a potential impairment. The goodwill impairment assessment is a critical accounting estimate because goodwill (excluding any goodwill allocated to assets held for sale) represented 19% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2025; the review requires management to apply judgment and make key assumptions; and an impairment charge could be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
As part of any qualitative assessment, or Step-0 analysis, the Company evaluates macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other business or reporting unit-specific events that could impact the fair values of its reporting units.
For reporting units evaluated using a qualitative assessment, or Step-1 analysis, the Company calculates its reporting units' fair values using both an income and market approach. The income approach determines fair values based on discounted cash flow models whereas the market approach involves the application of revenues and EBITDA multiples of comparable companies. Significant assumptions used in the Company's discounted cash flow model include management’s estimates of changes in average selling price, shipment volumes and production costs as well as assumptions of future profitability, capital requirements, discount rates and a terminal growth rate. Price, cost and volume assumptions are based on various factors, including historical averages, current forecasts, external sources, and market conditions, while also considering any production capacity constraints.
Future profitability and capital requirements are, by their nature, estimates. Capital requirements include maintenance-level needs and known efficiency- and capacity-increasing investments. The calculation of a reporting unit's discount rate includes the following components, which are primarily based on published sources: equity risk premium, historical beta, risk-free interest rate, size premium and borrowing rate. To assess the reasonableness of the reporting units' fair values, the Company compares the total of the reporting unit fair values to its market capitalization.
Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment. Further, mineral reserves, which represent underlying assets producing the reporting units’ cash flows for the aggregates product line, are depleting assets by their nature. Any potential impairment charges from future evaluations represent a risk to the Company.
For the 2025 annual impairment evaluation, the Company performed a Step-0 analysis for all reporting units, except for its West Division, as of October 1, 2025 and concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that each of these reporting units’ fair value exceeded its carrying value. The Company performed a Step-1 analysis for its West Division and determined its fair value exceeded its carrying value. For sensitivity purposes, a 100‐basis‐point increase in the discount rate, holding all other assumptions constant, would still result in the West Division passing the Step‐1 analysis.
For additional information about goodwill, see Note C to the consolidated financial statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 58
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Pension Benefit Obligation and Pension Expense – Selection of Assumptions
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that cover substantially all employees and a Supplemental Excess Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain retirees. Annually, as of December 31, management remeasures the defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligation based on the present value of the projected future benefit payments to all participants for services rendered to date, reflecting expected future pay increases through the participants’ expected retirement dates.
Annual pension expense (inclusive of SERP expense), referred to as net periodic benefit cost within the consolidated financial statements, consists of several components, which are calculated annually:
•
Service Cost, which represents the present value of benefits attributed to services rendered in the current year, measured by expected future salary levels to assumed retirement dates;
•
Interest Cost, which represents one year’s additional interest on the projected benefit obligation;
•
Expected Return on Assets, which represents the expected investment return on pension plan assets; and
•
Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Actuarial Gains and Losses, which represents components that are recognized over time rather than immediately. Prior service cost represents credit given to employees for years of service already accrued. Actuarial gains and losses arise from changes in assumptions regarding future events, a change in the benefit obligation resulting from experience different from assumed or when actual returns on pension assets differ from expected returns and are amortized over the participants' average remaining service period on a plan-by-plan basis.
Management believes the selection of assumptions related to the annual pension expense and related projected benefit obligation is a critical accounting estimate due to the high degree of volatility in the expense and obligation dependent on selected assumptions. The key assumptions include the discount rate, rate of increase in future compensation levels, expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, mortality table and mortality improvement scale.
Management’s selection of the discount rate is based on an analysis that estimates the current rate of return for high-quality, fixed-income investments with maturities matching the payment of pension benefits that could be purchased to settle the obligations. The Company selected a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality corporate bonds with maturities that match the benefit obligations to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2025, the Company selected a discount rate assumption of 5.97%, a 3-basis-point decrease compared with the December 31, 2024 assumption. Of the four key assumptions, the discount rate is generally the most volatile and sensitive estimate. Accordingly, a change in this assumption can have a significant impact on the annual pension expense and the projected benefit obligation.
Management’s selection of the rate of increase in future compensation levels, which reflects cost of living adjustments and merit and promotion increases, is generally based on the Company’s historical increases in pensionable earnings, while considering any future expectations. A higher rate of increase results in higher pension expense and a higher projected benefit obligation. The assumed long-term rate of increase is 4.50%.
Management’s selection of the expected long-term rate of return on pension fund assets is based on the current asset class mix of the Company's pension plan assets, current capital market conditions and a stochastic forecast of future conditions. Based on the currently projected returns on these assets and related expenses, the Company selected an expected return on assets of 6.75%, the same as the prior-year rate.
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension assets is included in actuarial gains and losses, which are amortized into annual pension expense as previously described.
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company estimated the remaining lives of participants in the pension plans using the Society of Actuaries’ Pri-2012 Base Mortality Table. The no-collar table was used for salaried participants and the blue-collar table was used for hourly participants, both adjusted to reflect the historical experience of the Company’s participants and a geospatial mortality analysis. The Company selected the MP-2020 scale for mortality improvement at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 59
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Assumptions are selected on December 31 to calculate the succeeding year’s expense. The assumptions selected at December 31, 2025 are as follows:
| Discount rate | 5.97% | |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in future compensation levels | 4.50% | |
| Expected long-term rate of return on assets | 6.75% | |
| Average remaining service period for participants | 9 years | |
| Mortality Tables: | ||
| Base Table | Pri-2012 | |
| Mortality Improvement Scale | MP-2020 |
Using these assumptions, the Company's pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2025 was $1.0 billion and 2026 pension expense is expected to be approximately $19 million based on current demographics and structure of the plans. Changes in the underlying assumptions would have the following estimated impact on the obligation and expected expense:
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would have changed the December 31, 2025 pension benefit obligation by approximately $30 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would not materially change the 2026 expected expense.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the expected long-term rate of return on assets would change the 2026 expected expense by approximately $3 million.
The Company made pension plan and SERP contributions of $42 million in 2025 and $281 million during the five-year period ended December 31, 2025. In total, the Company’s pension plans are overfunded (fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation) by $384 million at December 31, 2025. The Company expects to make pension plan and SERP contributions of $25 million in 2026, none of which is voluntary.
For additional information about pension benefit obligation and pension expense, see Note J to the consolidated financial statements.
Estimated Effective Income Tax Rate
The Company determines its provision for income taxes using the liability method. Under this approach, the annual income tax provision reflects estimates of the current liability for income taxes, estimates of the tax effect of financial reporting versus tax basis differences using statutory income tax rates and management’s judgment with respect to any valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and accruals for uncertain tax positions. The result is management’s estimate of the annual effective tax rate (the ETR).
Income for tax purposes is determined through the application of the rules and regulations under the United States Internal Revenue Code and the statutes of various foreign, state and local tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. Changes in the statutory tax rates and/or tax laws in these jurisdictions, as well as changes in the geographic mix of earnings, can have a material impact on the ETR and the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The effect of statutory tax law changes, if material, is recognized when the change is enacted.
Deferred tax assets representing future tax benefits are analyzed by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, all or a portion of the expected future benefits is more-likely-than-not to be realized by the Company. This analysis requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions about future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The establishment or increase of a valuation allowance increases income tax expense in the period such a determination is made; conversely, the decrease of a valuation allowance decreases income tax expense in the period such a determination is made.
The Company recognizes a tax benefit when it is judged to be more‐likely‐than‐not, based on the technical merits, that a tax position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 60
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company holds equity investments in renewable energy tax credit (RETC) projects which qualify for certain tax benefits. All of the Company's RETC investments are accounted for under the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method, the equity investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization expense and the income tax benefits presented on a net basis in the Income tax expense or benefit line item in the consolidated statements of earnings.
For additional information about income taxes, see Note I to the consolidated financial statements.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, net, represented 55% of total assets at December 31, 2025. Useful lives of the assets can vary depending on factors, including production levels, geographic location, portability and maintenance practices. Additionally, climate and inclement weather can reduce the useful life of an asset. Historically, the Company has not recognized significant losses on the disposal or retirement of fixed assets.
Aggregates mineral reserves and mineral interests are components within the property, plant and equipment balance on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates aggregates reserves, including those used in cement manufacturing, in several ways, depending on the geology at a particular location and whether the location is a greensite, an acquisition or an existing operation. Greensites require an extensive drilling program before any significant investment is made in terms of time, site development or efforts to obtain appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The depth of overburden (the layer of soil and other materials that lie above a mineral deposit) and the quality and quantity of the aggregates reserves are significant factors in determining whether to pursue opening the site. Further, the estimated average selling price for products in a market is also a significant factor in concluding that reserves are economically mineable. If the Company’s analysis based on these factors is satisfactory, the total aggregates reserves available are calculated and a determination is made whether to open the location. Reserve evaluation at existing locations is typically performed to evaluate purchasing adjoining properties, for quality control, calculating overburden volumes and for mine planning. Reserve evaluation of acquisitions may require a higher degree of sampling to verify the total reserves.
The quality of reserves within a deposit can vary. Construction contracts, for the infrastructure market in particular, include specifications related to the properties of the aggregates material. If a limiting characteristic in the deposit is discovered, the aggregates material may not meet the required specifications. Although it is possible that the aggregates material can still be used for non-specification uses, this can have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to serve certain customers or the Company’s profitability. In addition, other factors can arise that influence the Company’s ability to develop reserves, including geological occurrences, mining practices, environmental requirements and zoning ordinances.
In determining the amount of reserves, evaluations are completed by or under the supervision of a qualified person using industry best practices and internal controls defined by the Company. The designations the Company uses for reserve categories and those recognized by the aggregate industry are summarized as follows:
Mineral Reserves – Mineral reserves are an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality that, in the opinion of a qualified person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a mineral resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Reserves are categorized as Proven and Probable and represent net tons after consideration of applicable losses incurred during mining and plant processing.
Proven Reserves – Proven reserves are the portion of a mineral deposit for which quantity and quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive evidence from closely spaced drilling and sampling.
Probable Reserves – Probable reserves are estimated on the basis of less geologic evidence but are considered adequate for determining the quantity and quality.
The Company’s proven and probable reserves reflect reasonable economic and operating constraints and also include reserves at the Company’s inactive and undeveloped sites, including some sites where permitting and zoning applications will not be pursued until warranted by expected future growth. The Company has historically been successful in obtaining and maintaining appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The Company bases estimates on the information known at the time of determination and regularly reevaluates reserves whenever new information indicates a material change in reserves at one of the Company’s sites.
For additional information about property, plant and equipment, see Note F to the consolidated financial statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 61
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements – Safe Harbor Provisions Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
If you are interested in Martin Marietta stock, management recommends that, at a minimum, you read the Company’s current annual report and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the past year. The Company’s recent proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders also contains important information. These and other materials that have been filed with the SEC are accessible through the Company’s website at www.martinmarietta.com and are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also write or call the Company’s Corporate Secretary, who will provide copies of such reports.
Investors are cautioned that all statements in this Annual Report that relate to the future involve risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that the Company believes in good faith are reasonable but which may be materially different from actual results. These statements, which are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, provide the investor with the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. They may use words such as “anticipate,” “may,” “expect,” “should,” “believe,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with future events or future operating or financial performance. In addition to the statements included in this report, we may from time to time make other oral or written forward-looking statements in other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in other public disclosures. Any, or all, of management’s forward-looking statements herein and in other publications may turn out to be wrong.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that may be materially different from actual results, and include, but are not limited to:
•
The Company's ability to address challenges, including shipment declines caused by economic and weather events beyond its control;
•
A widespread decline in aggregates pricing, including reduced shipment volume negatively affecting price;
•
The termination, capping, reduction or suspension of federal and/or state fuel tax(es) or other revenue related to public construction;
•
The impact of the Administration on the availability and timing of federal and state infrastructure investment;
•
The level and timing of federal, state or local transportation or infrastructure or public projects funding, including any issues arising from such budgets, particularly in Texas, North Carolina, Colorado, California, Georgia, Florida, South Carolina, Arizona, Iowa and Minnesota;
•
The United States Congress’ inability to reach agreement among themselves or with the Executive Branch of the United States Federal government on policy affecting the federal budget;
•
The ability of states and/or other entities to finance approved projects through tax revenues or alternative financing;
•
Construction spending levels in the Company's markets;
•
Reductions in defense spending and impacts on construction activity on or near military bases;
•
Declines in energy-related construction due to sustained low global oil prices or changes in oil production or capital spending, particularly in Texas;
•
Sustained high mortgage interest rates and factors leading to a slowdown in private construction in some areas;
•
Unfavorable weather, including storms, hurricanes, wildfires, timing of seasons, drought, rainfall or extreme temperatures affecting production schedules, shipment volumes, product/geographic mix and profitability;
•
Volatility of fuel and energy costs, including diesel, electricity, natural gas and consumables, like steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts, as well as natural gas for the Company’s Specialties business;
•
Increased raw materials costs, such as bitumen;
•
Rising costs of repair and supply parts;
•
Construction labor shortages or supply chain challenges;
•
Unexpected equipment failures, unscheduled maintenance, industrial accident or prolonged production disruption;
•
Resiliency and potential declines of the Company's construction end-use markets;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 62
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
Potential impacts of disease outbreaks, epidemics, pandemics, or similar health threats, or fear of such events, and related economic/societal responses, affecting suppliers, customers, partners or employees;
•
The performance of the overall United States economy;
•
Governmental regulation, including environmental laws and climate change regulations at state and federal levels;
•
Implementation of emissions taxes, carbon-pricing schemes, or stricter climate-related rules that could increase operating costs or restrict cement or Specialties production;
•
Delays or difficulties in securing timely land use approvals or environmental permits amid changing regulatory expectations;
•
Increasing legal actions or public pressure related to environmental impact, emissions, or land use could result in reputational harm or financial liability;
•
Failure to meet evolving environmental, social, and governance (ESG) standards or investor benchmarks may affect access to capital or shareholder confidence;
•
Changes in external ESG ratings or methodologies could affect investor sentiment or index inclusion;
•
Increasing competition for water access or stricter water usage regulations could impact production, especially in drought-prone regions;
•
Outcomes of environmental or land-use proceedings, or increased costs associated with regulatory obligations, including site reclamation;
•
Elevated premiums or reduced coverage availability for property, casualty, or environmental liability could increase risk exposure;
•
Online misinformation campaigns or social media-driven reputational harm could affect stakeholder trust and market perception;
•
Transportation availability and investment in rail infrastructure impacting the movement of materials especially to the Company’s Texas, Southeast and Gulf Coast markets, including the movement of essential dolomitic lime to the Company’s Specialties plant in Manistee, Michigan and its customers and the movement of magnesite from its Specialties' Gabbs, Nevada facility to processing plants in North Carolina, Indiana and Pennsylvania and its customers;
•
Increased transportation costs, including increases from energy price fluctuations, fuel surcharges, and compliance with tightening regulations, including water shipments;
•
Availability of trucks and licensed drivers for material transport;
•
Availability and cost of construction equipment in the United States;
•
Weakness in the steel industry markets served by the Company’s dolomitic lime products;
•
Geopolitical risks affecting costs, supply chain, oil and gas prices, including conflict zones such as Russia- Ukraine, Israel-Middle East and potential China-Taiwan tensions;
•
Trade disputes and tariffs impacting the U.S. economy;
•
Unplanned cost changes or customer realignments affecting earnings, including in the Specialties business;
•
Dependence on information technology and automated systems;
•
Risks related to third-party vendors, including exposure to cybersecurity vulnerabilities or service outages;
•
Inflation pressures on production and interest costs;
•
Customer concentration in construction markets increasing the risk of potential losses on customer receivables;
•
Demand levels, production volumes and cost management affecting operating leverage and profitability;
•
Risks related to the Company's pending QUIKRETE transaction, including the ability to satisfy closing conditions, transaction costs, integration challenges, market conditions, and the impact of the transaction on the Company’s stakeholders;
•
The possibility that acquisition synergies may not be realized as expected or within anticipated timeframes, potentially impacting profitability and debt covenant compliance;
•
Risks related to executive succession, retention, leadership development critical to strategy execution, including impacts from unexpected leadership changes;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 63
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
Changes in tax laws or interpretations, including those related to acquisitions or divestitures, which could increase tax rates;
•
Violation of the Company’s debt covenants in the event of price and/or volume instability;
•
New or revised accounting rules could impact financial reporting, asset valuations, or covenant compliance;
•
Challenges in implementing new technologies or automation systems could lead to inefficiencies, cost overruns, or operational disruptions;
•
Improper use or reliance on predictive analytics or AI-driven decision-making could result in flawed forecasting, compliance issues, or reputational damage;
•
Cybersecurity risks;
•
Downward pressure on the Company’s common stock price affecting goodwill impairment evaluations;
•
Potential credit rating downgrades to non-investment grade; and
•
Other risk factors listed from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings.
Further, increased highway construction funding pressures resulting from either federal or state issues could result in reduced construction spending, which could in turn affect profitability. Cement is subject to cyclical supply and demand and price fluctuations.
The Company’s principal business serves customers in construction markets. This concentration could increase the risk of potential losses on customer receivables; however, payment bonds normally posted on public projects, together with lien rights on private projects, mitigate the risk of uncollectible receivables. The level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and the management of production costs will affect the operating leverage of the Building Materials business and, therefore, profitability. Production costs in the Building Materials business are also sensitive to energy and raw material prices, both directly and indirectly. Diesel fuel, natural gas, coal and other consumables change production costs directly through consumption or indirectly by increased energy-related input costs, such as steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts. Fluctuating diesel fuel pricing also affects transportation costs, primarily through fuel surcharges in the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Specialties business is sensitive to changes in domestic steel capacity utilization as well as the absolute price and fluctuation in the cost of natural gas.
Transportation in the Company’s long-haul network, particularly the supply of railcars and locomotive power and condition of rail infrastructure to move trains, affects the Company’s efficient transportation of aggregates products in certain markets, most notably Texas, the Southeast and the Gulf Coast. In addition, availability of railcars and locomotives affects the Company’s movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to both the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan, and its customers as well as the movement of magnesite from the Company's Gabbs, Nevada facility to processing plants in North Carolina, Indiana and Pennsylvania and its customers. The availability of trucks, drivers and railcars to transport the Company’s products, particularly in markets experiencing high growth and increased demand, is also a risk and pressures the associated costs.
All of the Company’s businesses are also subject to weather-related risks that can significantly affect production schedules and profitability. The first and fourth quarters are most adversely affected by winter weather. Hurricane and cyclone activity in the Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf Coast generally is most active during the second, third and fourth quarters.
In addition to the foregoing, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include but are not limited to those listed above in Item 1, Business – Competition, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note A: Accounting Policies and Note N: Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Financial Statements of the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
You should consider these forward-looking statements in light of risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 and other filings made with the SEC. All of the Company’s forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company considers immaterial could affect the accuracy of its forward-looking statements, or adversely affect or be material to the Company. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of filing or publication and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 64
Part II ♦ Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
MD&A history
Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.
FY 2024 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000950170-25-024770.
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company, with 2024 revenues of $6.5 billion and 2024 net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $2.0 billion, inclusive of a $976 million after-tax nonrecurring gain on the divestiture of the Company's South Texas cement plant and related ready mixed concrete operations (the Divestiture). These results were achieved in part by supplying aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 390 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. Martin Marietta also provides cement and downstream products, namely ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain markets where the Company has a leading aggregates position. Specifically, the Company has one cement plant and two cement distribution facilities in Texas, ready mixed concrete operations in Arizona and Texas, and asphalt operations in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota. Paving services are offered in California and Colorado.
The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt and paving product lines are reported collectively as the “Building Materials” business.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 34
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
As more fully discussed in the Strategic Objectives section, geography is critically important for the Building Materials business. The Company conducts its Building Materials business through two reportable segments, organized by geography: East Group and West Group. The East Group, consisting of the East and Central divisions, provides aggregates and asphalt products. The West Group is comprised of the Southwest and West divisions and provides aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services.
The following ten states accounted for 81% of the Building Materials business 2024 revenues: Texas, North Carolina, Colorado, California, Georgia, Florida, Minnesota, Arizona, South Carolina and Iowa.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 35
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties
The Company operates a Magnesia Specialties business with production facilities in Michigan and Ohio. The Magnesia Specialties business produces magnesia-based chemicals products used in industrial, agricultural and environmental applications. It also produces dolomitic lime sold primarily to customers for steel production and soil stabilization. Magnesia Specialties’ products are shipped to customers domestically and worldwide.
Strategic Objectives
The Company’s strategic planning process, or Strategic Operating Analysis and Review (SOAR), provides the framework for execution of Martin Marietta’s long-term strategic plan. Guided by this framework and considering the cyclicality of the Building Materials business, the Company determines capital allocation priorities to maximize long-term shareholder value creation. The Company’s strategy includes ongoing evaluation of aggregates-led opportunities of scale in new domestic markets (i.e., platform acquisitions) and expansion through acquisitions that complement existing operations (i.e., bolt-on acquisitions). The Company finances such opportunities with the goal of preserving its financial flexibility by having a leverage ratio (consolidated net debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates and certain other adjustments as specified in the Results of Operations section, or Adjusted EBITDA) within a range of 2.0 times to 2.5 times within a reasonable period of time (typically within 18 months) following the completion of a debt-financed transaction. SOAR also includes the identification and potential disposition of assets that are not consistent with stated strategic goals. Notably, the Company completed nearly $6.0 billion worth of portfolio-optimizing transactions in 2024, divesting non-strategic cement and related ready mixed concrete businesses and redeploying the net proceeds into aggregates-led acquisitions in attractive markets (see Note B to the consolidated financial statements).
The Company, by purposeful design, will continue to be an aggregates-led business that focuses on markets with strong, underlying growth fundamentals where it can sustain or achieve a leading market position. Aggregates gross profit represented 76% of 2024 total reportable segment gross profit. For Martin Marietta, strategic cement and targeted downstream operations are located where the Company has, or envisions, among other things, a clear path toward a leading aggregates position. Additionally, strategic cement operations are geared toward markets in which supply cannot be meaningfully interdicted by waterborne product deliveries.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 36
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Generally, the Company’s building materials are both sourced and sold locally. As a result, geography is critically important when assessing market attractiveness and growth opportunities. Attractive geographies generally exhibit (a) population growth and/or high population density, both of which are drivers of heavy-side building materials consumption; (b) business and employment diversity, drivers of greater economic stability; and (c) a superior state financial position, a driver of public infrastructure investment.
Population growth and density are typically assessed based on a site’s proximity to one of the megaregions in the United States. Megaregions are large networks of metropolitan population centers covering thousands of square miles. According to America 2050, a planning and policy program of the Regional Plan Association, most of the nation’s population and economic growth through 2050 will occur in 11 megaregions. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten megaregions. As evidence of the successful execution of SOAR, the Company’s leading positions in the Texas Triangle, Colorado’s Front Range, northern and southern California and Arizona’s Sun Corridor megaregions and its growth platform in the southern portion of the Northeast megaregion are the results of acquisitions since 2011. The Company's enhanced positions in the Piedmont Atlantic megaregion and Florida megaregion were expanded with the Blue Water Industries LLC (BWI Southeast) acquisition completed during 2024. The Company has a legacy presence in the southeastern portion of the Great Lakes megaregion, encompassing operations in Indiana and Ohio, as well as the Gulf Coast megaregion in Texas.
The Company focuses its geographic footprint along significant transportation and commerce corridors, particularly in key Sunbelt metropolitan statistical areas (MSAs) across the Southeast and Southwest. The retail sector (both e-commerce as well as brick and mortar) values transportation corridors, as logistics and distribution are critical considerations for construction supporting that industry. In addition, technology companies view these areas as attractive locations for data centers.
The Company considers a state’s financial health rating, as issued by S&P Global Ratings, in determining the opportunities and attractiveness of areas for both expansion and/or development. The Company’s top ten revenue-generating states have been evaluated and scored a financial health rating of AA- or higher, where AAA is the highest score. The Company also reviews the state’s ability to secure additional infrastructure funding and financing.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 37
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In line with the Company’s strategic objectives, management’s overall focus includes:
•
Upholding the Company’s commitment to its Mission, Vision and Values
•
Building and maintaining the world's safest, best-performing and most-durable aggregates-led public company
•
Navigating effectively through construction cycles to balance investment decisions against expected product demand
•
Tracking shifts in population dynamics, as well as local, state and national economic conditions, to ensure changing trends are reflected in the execution of the strategic plan
•
Integrating acquired businesses efficiently to maximize the return on the investment
•
Allocating capital in a prudent manner consistent with the following long-standing priorities while maintaining financial flexibility:
─
Acquisitions
─
Organic capital investment
─
Return of cash to shareholders through both meaningful and sustainable dividends as well as share repurchases
Safety Performance
The Company’s safety culture and performance sets the foundation for its long-term strategic plan and its financial and operational strength. For 2024, the Company achieved a record company-wide Lost-Time Incident Rate (LTIR) of 0.129, the eighth consecutive year of world-class or better LTIR thresholds, and a company-wide Total Injury Incident Rate (TIIR) of 0.650, the fourth consecutive year of world-class or better TIIR thresholds.
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Building Materials Business
The Building Materials business serves customers in the construction marketplace. The business’ profitability is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and cyclical swings in construction spending, which are affected by fluctuations in levels of public-sector infrastructure funding; interest rates; access to capital markets; and demographic, geographic, employment and population dynamics.
The heavy-side construction business, inclusive of much of the Company’s operations, is conducted outdoors. Therefore, erratic weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions, including flooding, hurricanes, extreme hot and cold temperatures, earthquakes, droughts and wildfires, can significantly affect production schedules, shipments, costs, efficiencies and profitability. Generally, the financial results for the first and fourth quarters are influenced by the impacts of winter weather, while the second and third quarters can be subject to the impacts of heavy precipitation and excessive heat. The impacts of erratic weather patterns are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Product Lines
Aggregates are an engineered, granular material consisting of crushed stone, sand and gravel, manufactured to specific sizes, grades and chemistry for use primarily in construction applications. The Company’s operations consist mostly of open pit quarries; however, the Company is also the largest operator of underground aggregates mines in the United States, with 14 active underground mines located in the East Group. The Company’s aggregates reserves average more than 85 years at the 2024 annual production level.
Cement is the basic agent used to bind coarse aggregates, sand and water in the production of ready mixed concrete. Calcium carbonate in the form of limestone is the principal raw material used in the production of cement. The Company has a cement production facility in Midlothian, Texas, south of Dallas/Fort Worth, and operates two related distribution terminals. This production facility produces Portland limestone and specialty cements, with an annual clinker (an intermediary product of cement production) capacity at December 31, 2024 of approximately 2.4 million tons. The facility operated at approximately 72% utilization for clinker production in 2024. The Company completed a finishing capacity expansion project at the Midlothian plant in August 2024, which will provide 0.45 million tons of incremental annual cement production capacity. Further, the Company has converted its Midlothian plant to manufacture a less carbon-intensive Portland limestone cement, known as Type 1L, which has been approved by the Texas Department of Transportation and allows the production of more cement with less clinker.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 38
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Ready mixed concrete is measured in cubic yards and specifically batched or produced for customers’ construction projects and then typically transported by mixer trucks and poured at the project site of a customer of the Company. The coarse aggregates used for ready mixed concrete are a washed material with limited amounts of fines (i.e., dirt and clay). The Company operates ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona and Texas.
Asphalt is typically used in surfacing roads and parking lots and consists of liquid asphalt, or bitumen (the binding medium), and aggregates. Similar to ready mixed concrete, each asphalt batch is produced to customer specifications. The Company’s asphalt operations are in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota and related paving services are offered in California and Colorado.
Market dynamics for the downstream ready mixed concrete and asphalt product lines include a highly competitive environment and lower barriers to entry compared with the Company’s upstream product lines of aggregates and cement.
End-Use Trends
The principal end-use markets of the Building Materials business are public infrastructure (i.e., highways; streets; roads; bridges; and schools); nonresidential construction (i.e., manufacturing and distribution facilities; data centers; industrial complexes; office buildings; large retailers and wholesalers; healthcare; hospitality; and energy-related activity); and residential construction (i.e., subdivision development; and single- and multi-family housing). Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast, collectively comprising the ChemRock/Rail market.
Public infrastructure projects can require several years to complete, while residential and nonresidential construction projects are usually completed within one year. Generally, customer purchase orders do not contain firm quantity commitments, regardless of end-use market.
Infrastructure
The public infrastructure market accounted for 37% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2024. The Company’s shipments to this end-use market are in line with the most recent five-year average of 36% and the most recent ten-year average of 37%.
Public construction projects, once awarded, are typically seen through to completion. Thus, delays from weather or other factors can serve to extend the duration of the construction cycle. While construction spending in the public and private market sectors is affected by economic cycles, public infrastructure spending has been comparatively more stable due to the predictability of funding from federal, state and local governments. The Infrastructure Investments and Jobs Act (IIJ Act) was signed into law on November 15, 2021 and contains a five-year surface transportation reauthorization plus $110 billion in new funding for roads, bridges and other hard infrastructure projects.
State and local initiatives that support infrastructure funding, including gas tax increases, new funding mechanisms and other ballot initiatives, are increasing in size and number as these governments recognize the need for their expanded role in public infrastructure investment. In November 2024, 77% of all infrastructure funding measures up for vote were approved. These approved infrastructure initiatives are estimated to generate $41 billion in one-time and recurring revenues, with initiatives in Texas, the Company’s largest revenue-generating state, accounting for $5 billion of this total.
Nonresidential
The nonresidential construction market accounted for 35% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2024. Large industrial projects of scale led by energy and domestic manufacturing continue to lead the segment, accounting for the majority of total nonresidential shipments. The Company expects enhanced federal investments will further support and accelerate growth trends in this end use, with a renewed focus on data centers for artificial intelligence infrastructure. While light nonresidential demand remained resilient through 2024, despite higher interest rates, high office vacancy rates and tighter commercial lending conditions, the Company expects 2025 demand in this segment to moderate, as it generally follows single-family residential development with a lag.
Residential
The residential construction market accounted for 23% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2024. This end use typically moves in direct correlation with economic cycles. The Company’s exposure to residential construction is split between aggregates used in the construction of subdivisions (including streets, sidewalks, utilities and storm and sewage drainage), single-family homes and multi-family units. Construction of both subdivisions and single-family homes is nearly three times
Form 10-K ♦ Page 39
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
more aggregates intensive than construction of multi-family units. Therefore, the level of new subdivision starts, as well as new single-family housing permits, is a strong leading indicator of residential volumes. According to the United States Census Bureau, for the year ended December 31, 2024, seasonally-adjusted national single-family housing starts decreased 3% to approximately 1.1 million units compared with 2023 and seasonally-adjusted national single-family housing permits decreased 3% versus 2023. Housing demand far exceeds supply in the Company’s key markets; however, a housing recovery is not expected until mortgage rates decline and/or affordability headwinds recede.
ChemRock/Rail
The remaining 5% of the Company’s 2024 aggregates shipments was to the ChemRock/Rail market, which includes ballast and agricultural limestone. Ballast is an aggregates product used to stabilize railroad track beds. Agricultural lime, a high-calcium carbonate material, is used as a supplement in animal feed, a soil acidity neutralizer and agricultural growth enhancer. Additionally, ChemRock/Rail includes rip rap (used as a stabilizing material to control erosion caused by water runoff at embankments, ocean beaches, inlets, rivers and streams) and high-calcium limestone (used as filler in glass, plastic, paint, rubber, adhesives, grease and paper). Chemical-grade, high-calcium limestone is used as a desulfurization material in utility plants.
Pricing Trends
Materials pricing for construction projects is generally based on terms committing to the availability of specified products of a stated quantity at an agreed-upon price during a definitive period. Because infrastructure projects often span multiple years, announced price changes can have a lag time before taking effect while the Company sells products under existing price agreements. Pricing escalators included in multi-year infrastructure contracts serve to somewhat mitigate this effect. However, during periods of heightened or rapid increases in production costs, multi-year infrastructure contract pricing may provide only nominal pricing growth. Additionally, the Company may implement multiple price increases throughout the year, on a market-by-market basis, where appropriate. Pricing is determined locally and is affected by supply and demand characteristics of the local market. For further information on pricing, see the discussion in the Financial Overview section.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 40
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Cost Structure
Costs of revenues for the Building Materials business are components of costs incurred at the quarries, mines, cement plants, ready mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants, paving operations and distribution yards and facilities. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of resale materials, freight expenses to transport materials from a producing quarry or cement plant to a distribution yard or facility (internal freight), third-party freight and delivery costs incurred by the Company and then billed to customers (external freight) and production overhead costs.
Generally, the significant components of cost of revenues for the aggregates product line are (1) labor and benefits; (2) depreciation, depletion and amortization; (3) repairs and maintenance; (4) internal freight; (5) external freight; (6) supplies; (7) energy; and (8) contract services. In 2024, these categories represented 89% of the aggregates product line's total cost of revenues.
Variable costs are expenses that fluctuate with the level of production volume, while fixed costs are expenses that do not vary based on production or sales volume. Production is the key driver in determining the levels of variable costs, as it affects the number of hourly employees and related labor hours. Further, components of energy, supplies and repairs and maintenance costs also increase in connection with higher production volumes. Accordingly, the Company’s operating leverage can be meaningful.
Generally, when the Company invests capital in facilities and equipment, increased capacity and productivity reduce labor and repair costs serving to offset increased fixed depreciation costs. However, the increased productivity and related efficiencies may not be fully realized in a lower-demand environment, resulting in under-absorption of fixed costs.
Wage and benefit inflation as well as other increases in labor costs may be somewhat mitigated by enhanced productivity in an expanding economy. During economic downturns, the Company reviews its operations and, where practical, temporarily idles certain sites. The Company then serves these markets with other open and proximate facilities. In certain markets, management can create production “super crews” that work on a rotating basis at various locations. For example, within a market, a crew may work three days per week at one quarry and the other two workdays at another quarry. This has allowed the Company to responsibly manage headcount in periods of lower product demand.
Typically, diesel fuel represents the single-largest component of energy costs for the Building Materials business. The average cost per gallon was $2.82 and $3.25 in 2024 and 2023, respectively. Changes in energy costs also affect the prices that the Company pays for related supplies, including explosives, conveyor belting and tires. Further, the Company’s contracts for shipping products on its rail and waterborne distribution network typically include provisions for escalations or reductions in the amounts paid by the Company if the price of fuel moves outside a stated range.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 41
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Cement production is a capital-intensive operation with high fixed costs requiring plants to operate continuously, except during maintenance shutdowns. Maintenance of kiln and finishing mills typically necessitates a temporary plant shut-down for repairs. The Company adjusts production levels in anticipation of these planned maintenance periods.
The production of ready mixed concrete and asphalt requires the use of cement and liquid asphalt raw materials, respectively. Therefore, fluctuations in availability and prices for these raw materials directly affect the Company’s operating results.
Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations
Growth markets with limited supply of indigenous stone must be served via a long-haul distribution network
The U.S. Department of the Interior identified possible sources of indigenous rock and documented its limited supply in certain areas of the United States, including the coastal areas from Virginia to Texas. Further, certain interior United States markets may experience limited availability of locally sourced aggregates resulting from increasingly restrictive zoning, permitting and/or environmental laws and regulations. The Company’s long-haul distribution network is used to supplement or, in many cases, wholly supply, the local crushed stone needs of these areas and provides the Company with the flexibility to effectively serve customers primarily in the Southwest and Southeast coastal markets.
The long-haul distribution network can also diversify market risk for locations that engage in long-haul transportation of aggregates products. This is particularly true where a producing quarry both serves a local market and transports products via rail, water and/or truck to be sold in other markets. The risk of a downturn in one market may be somewhat mitigated by other distant markets served by the location.
Product shipments are moved by truck, rail and water through the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Company’s rail network primarily serves its Texas, Southeast and Gulf Coast markets, while the Company’s Bahamas and Nova Scotia locations transport materials via oceangoing ships. The Company’s strategic focus includes expanding inland and offshore capacity and acquiring distribution yards and port locations to offload transported material. As of December 31, 2024, the Company's distribution network consisted of 78 aggregates yards and 2 cement terminals.
The Company’s rail shipments result in continued reliance on railroad operations, which are impacted by track congestion, crew and locomotive availability, the effects of adverse weather conditions and the ability to negotiate favorable railroad shipping contracts. Further, changes in the operating strategy of rail transportation providers can create operational inefficiencies and increased costs from the Company’s rail network.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 42
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
A portion of railcars and all ships in the Company’s long-haul distribution network are under short- and long-term leases, some with purchase options, and contracts of affreightment. The limited availability of water and rail transportation providers, coupled with limited distribution sites, can adversely affect lease rates for such services and ultimately the freight rates.
The Company has agreements providing dedicated shipping capacity from its Bahamas and Nova Scotia operations to its coastal ports that expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. These contracts of affreightment are take-or-pay contracts with minimum and maximum shipping requirements. The minimum requirements were met in 2024. There can be no assurance that such contracts will be renewed upon expiration or that terms will continue without significant increases.
Public infrastructure, historically the Company’s largest end-use market, is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources
Transportation investments generally boost the economy by creating jobs and enhancing mobility and access, which are priorities of many of the government’s economic plans. Public-sector construction related to transportation infrastructure is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources. The federal highway bill, currently the IIJ Act, provides annual funding for public-sector highway construction projects and includes spending authorizations, which represent the maximum financial obligation that will result from the immediate or future outlays of federal funds for highway and transit programs. The federal government’s surface transportation programs are funded mostly through the receipts of highway user taxes placed in the Highway Trust Fund, which is divided into the Highway Account and the Mass Transit Account. Revenues credited to the Highway Trust Fund are primarily derived from a federal gas tax, a federal tax on certain other motor fuels and interest on the accounts’ accumulated balances. Of the currently imposed federal gas tax of $0.184 per gallon, which has been static since 1993, $0.15 is allocated to the Highway Account of the Highway Trust Fund.
Since most states are required to balance their budgets, reductions in revenues generally require a reduction in states’ expenditures. However, the impact of state revenue reductions on highway investment will vary depending on whether the monies come from dedicated revenue sources, such as highway user fees, or whether portions are paid for with general funds.
In addition to federal appropriations, each state typically funds its infrastructure investment from specifically allocated amounts collected from various user fees, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees. States have assumed a significantly larger role in funding infrastructure investment, including initiating special-purpose taxes and raising state gas taxes. Management believes that financing at the state and local levels, such as bond issuances, toll roads, vehicle miles traveled fees and tax initiatives, will continue to grow and have a fundamental role in advancing infrastructure projects. State infrastructure investment generally leads to increased growth opportunities for the Company. The level of state public-works spending is varied across the nation and dependent upon individual state economies; the degree to which the Company could be affected by a reduction or slowdown in infrastructure spending varies by state. The state economies of the Building Materials business’ ten largest revenue-generating states may disproportionately affect the Company’s financial performance.
Governmental appropriations and expenditures are typically less interest rate-sensitive than private-sector spending. Obligations of federal funds are a leading indicator of highway construction activity in the United States. Before a state or local department of transportation can solicit bids on an eligible construction project, it enters into an agreement with the Federal Highway Administration to obligate the federal government to pay its portion of the project cost. These Federal obligations are subject to annual funding appropriation reviews by Congress.
In addition to highways and bridges, transportation infrastructure includes aviation, mass transit, ports and waterways. Railroad construction continues to benefit from economic growth, which ultimately generates a need for additional maintenance and improvements.
Erratic weather can significantly impact operations
Production and shipment levels for the Building Materials business correlate with general construction activity, most of which occurs outdoors and, as a result, is affected by erratic weather, seasonal changes and other environmental conditions. Typically, due to a general slowdown in heavy construction activity during winter months, the first and fourth quarters experience lower production and shipment activity. As such, temperatures in the months of March and November can meaningfully affect the Company’s first- and fourth-quarter results, respectively, where warm and/or moderate temperatures in March and November allow the construction season to start earlier and end later, respectively. Additionally, extreme heat during summer months can impact construction activities, as outdoor work may be limited to protect the health and safety of construction workers.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 43
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Excessive rainfall jeopardizes production efficiencies, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. In particular, the Company’s operations near the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and The Bahamas are at risk for hurricane activity from June through November, but most notably in August, September and October. The Company’s California operations are at risk for flooding, wildfire activity and water use restrictions in severe drought conditions.
Capital investment decisions are driven by capital intensity of the Building Materials business and focus on land
The Company’s organic capital program is designed to leverage construction market growth through investment in both permanent and portable facilities at the Company’s operations. Over an economic cycle, the Company typically invests organic capital at an annual level that approximates depreciation expense. At mid-cycle and through cyclical peaks, organic capital investment usually exceeds depreciation expense, as the Company supports current capacity needs and future growth. Conversely, at a cyclical trough, the Company may reduce levels of capital investment. Regardless of cycle, the Company sets a priority of investing capital to ensure safe, environmentally sound and efficient operations, as well as to provide the highest quality of customer service and establish a foundation for future growth.
The Company is diligent in its focus on land opportunities, including potential new sites (greensites) and existing site expansion. Land purchases are usually opportunistic and can include contiguous property around existing quarry locations. Such property can serve as buffer property or additional mineral reserves, assuming regulatory hurdles can be cleared and the underlying geology supports economical aggregates mining. In either instance, the acquisition of additional property around an existing quarry typically allows the expansion of the quarry footprint and an extension of quarry life.
Magnesia Specialties Business
The Magnesia Specialties business manufactures magnesia-based chemicals products for industrial, agricultural and environmental applications at its Manistee, Michigan facility. The chemical products business focuses on higher-margin specialty chemicals that can be produced at volumes that support efficient operations. The Magnesia Specialties business also produces and sells dolomitic lime from its Woodville, Ohio facility. Dolomitic lime products sold to external customers are primarily used by the domestic steel industry, while the remaining lime shipments are used internally as a raw material for the manufacturing of chemical products.
With 44% of Magnesia Specialties’ 2024 revenues related to products used in the steel industry, a portion of the segment’s revenues and profits is affected by production and inventory trends within the steel industry, which are guided by the rate of consumer consumption, the flow of offshore imports and other economic factors. The dolomitic lime business runs most profitably at 70% or greater steel capacity utilization. Domestic steel production averaged 70% of capacity in 2024 and 74% in 2023.
While revenues of the Magnesia Specialties business were predominantly derived from domestic customers in 2024, financial results can be affected by foreign currency exchange rates, increasing transportation costs or weak economic conditions in
Form 10-K ♦ Page 44
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
foreign markets. To mitigate the short-term effect of currency exchange rates, foreign transactions are denominated in United States dollars.
A significant portion of the Magnesia Specialties business’ costs is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. The production process requires the use of natural gas, coal and petroleum coke; therefore, fluctuations in their pricing directly affect operating results. To help mitigate this risk, the Company has fixed-price agreements for 43% of its anticipated 2025 energy needs for coal, petroleum coke and natural gas. Given inherently high fixed costs, low capacity utilization can negatively affect the segment’s results of operations. Management expects future organic profit growth to result from increased pricing, commercialization of new products, entry into new markets and optimization of overall product mix.
In 2024, direct production costs represented 81% of the Magnesia Specialties business' total cost of revenues:
The Magnesia Specialties business is highly dependent on rail transportation, particularly for movement of dolomitic lime from Woodville to Manistee and direct customer shipments of dolomitic lime and magnesia chemicals products from both Woodville and Manistee. The segment can be affected by the risks mentioned in the long-haul distribution discussion in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Environmental Regulation and Litigation
The expansion and growth of the aggregates industry is subject to increasing challenges from environmental and political advocates aiming to control the pace and direction of future development. Certain environmental groups have published lists of targeted municipal areas, including areas within the Company’s marketplace, for environmental and suburban growth control. The effect of these initiatives on the Company’s growth is typically localized. Further challenges are expected as the momentum of these initiatives ebb and flow. Rail and other transportation alternatives are being heralded by these special-interest groups as solutions to mitigate road traffic congestion and overcrowding.
The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. Certain of the Company’s operations may occasionally use substances classified as toxic or hazardous. The Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s businesses, as it is with other entities engaged in similar businesses.
Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for certain of the Company’s operations; such permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. New permits are generally required for opening new sites or for expansion at existing operations and can take several years to obtain. Moreover, land use, rezoning and special or conditional use permits are increasingly difficult to obtain. Once a permit is issued, the location is required to generally operate in accordance with the approved site plan.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 45
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Clean Air Act, originally passed in 1963 and periodically updated by amendments, is the United States’ national air pollution control program that granted the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) authority to set limits on the level of various air pollutants. To meet National Ambient Air Quality Standards, a defined geographic area must be below established limits for six pollutants. Environmental groups have been successful in proceedings against the federal and certain state departments of transportation, delaying highway construction in municipal areas not in compliance with the Clean Air Act. The USEPA designates geographic areas as nonattainment areas when the level of air pollutants exceeds the national standard. Nonattainment areas receive deadlines to reduce air pollutants by instituting various control strategies or otherwise face fines or control by the USEPA. Included as nonattainment areas are several major metropolitan areas in the Company’s markets, such as Houston/Brazoria/Galveston, Texas; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Bexar County in San Antonio/New Braunfels, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Boulder, Colorado; Fort Collins/Greeley/Loveland, Colorado; Baltimore, Maryland; Los Angeles-San Bernardino Counties, California; Los Angeles – South Coast Basin, California; Phoenix/Mesa, Arizona; San Diego County, California; San Francisco Bay Area, California; San Joaquin Valley, California; and Sacramento County, California. Federal transportation funding has been directly tied to compliance with the Clean Air Act.
Large emitters (facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more per year) of greenhouse gases (GHG) must report GHG generation to comply with the USEPA’s Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Reporting Rule (GHG Rule). In 2024, the Company filed annual reports in accordance with the GHG Rule relating to operations at its cement plant in Texas, as well as its Magnesia Specialties facilities in Woodville, Ohio, and Manistee, Michigan, each of which emit certain GHG, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide. If Congress passes additional legislation limiting GHG emissions, these operations will likely be subject to such legislation. The Company believes that any increased operating costs or taxes related to GHG emission limitations at its cement or Woodville operations would be passed on to its customers. The Manistee facility may have to absorb extra costs due to the regulation of GHG emissions to maintain competitive pricing in its markets. The Company cannot reasonably predict the amount of those potential increased costs.
The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings incidental to its normal business activities. In management's and counsel's opinion, based upon currently available facts, the likelihood is remote that the ultimate outcome of any litigation or other proceedings, including those pertaining to environmental matters, relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, will have a material adverse effect on the overall results of the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial position.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis reflect management’s assessment of the financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) of the Company for continuing operations and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements (Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data). As discussed in more detail, the Company’s operating results are highly dependent upon activity within the construction marketplace, economic cycles within the public and private business sectors, and seasonal and other weather-related conditions. Accordingly, financial results for any year presented, or year-to-year comparisons of reported results, may not be indicative of future operating results. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S-K, the Company has elected to omit the discussion of the earliest period (2022) presented because it was included in its MD&A in its 2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 23, 2024, incorporated by reference from Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations thereto.
The Company’s Building Materials business generated the majority of consolidated revenues and earnings from continuing operations. The following comparative analysis and discussion should be read within this context. Further, sensitivity analysis and certain other data are provided to enhance the reader’s understanding of MD&A and are not intended to be indicative of management’s judgment of materiality.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 46
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company’s consolidated operating results and operating results as a percentage of revenues are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions, except for % of revenues) | 2024 | % of Revenues | 2023 | % of Revenues | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Revenues | $ | 6,536 | 100 | $ | 6,777 | 100 | |||||||||
| Cost of revenues | 4,658 | 71 | 4,754 | 70 | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,878 | 29 | 2,023 | 30 | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | 447 | 7 | 443 | 7 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 50 | 12 | |||||||||||||
| Other operating income, net | (1,326 | ) | (28 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from Operations | 2,707 | 41 | 1,596 | 24 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | 169 | 165 | |||||||||||||
| Other nonoperating income, net | (58 | ) | (62 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense | 2,596 | 1,493 | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 600 | 293 | |||||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations | 1,996 | 31 | 1,200 | 18 | |||||||||||
| Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax benefit | — | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings | 1,996 | 1,170 | |||||||||||||
| Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests | 1 | 1 | |||||||||||||
| Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,995 | 31 | $ | 1,169 | 17 |
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization; earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates; acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses; the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting (Inventory Markup); nonrecurring gain on divestiture; and noncash asset and portfolio rationalization charge, or Adjusted EBITDA, is an indicator used by the Company and investors to evaluate the Company’s operating performance from period to period. Effective January 1, 2024, the Company has elected to add back, for purposes of its Adjusted EBITDA calculation, acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses and the Inventory Markup only for transactions with consideration of $2.0 billion or more and expected acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses of at least $15 million. For 2024, this includes the acquisition of 20 active aggregates operations from affiliates of Blue Water Industries LLC (BWI Southeast) and the Divestiture. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the BWI Southeast acquisition and the Divestiture.
Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, as such, should not be construed as an alternative to net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta, earnings from operations or operating cash flow. Because Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net earnings and may vary among businesses, Adjusted EBITDA as presented by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 47
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following table presents a reconciliation of net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | |||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,995 | $ | 1,199 | |||
| Add back (deduct): | |||||||
| Interest expense, net of interest income | 128 | 119 | |||||
| Income tax expense for controlling interests | 600 | 293 | |||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates | 564 | 505 | |||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 40 | 12 | |||||
| Impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting | 20 | — | |||||
| Nonrecurring gain on divestiture | (1,331 | ) | — | ||||
| Noncash asset and portfolio rationalization charge | 50 | — | |||||
| Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 2,066 | $ | 2,128 |
Mix-Adjusted Average Selling Price
Mix-adjusted average selling price (mix-adjusted ASP) is a non-GAAP measure that excludes the impact of period-over-period product, geographic and other mix on the Company's average selling price. Mix-adjusted ASP is calculated by comparing current-period shipments to like-for-like shipments in the comparable prior period. Management uses this metric to evaluate the realization of pricing changes and believes this information is useful to investors because it provides same-on-same pricing trends.
The following reconciles reported average selling price per ton to organic mix-adjusted ASP and corresponding variances:
| years ended December 31 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aggregates: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 21.80 | $ | 19.84 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of acquisitions | 0.22 | — | |||||
| Organic average selling price | $ | 22.02 | $ | 19.84 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.07 | ) | |||||
| Organic mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 21.95 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 9.9 | % | |||||
| Organic average selling price variance | 11.0 | % | |||||
| Organic mix-adjusted ASP variance | 10.7 | % |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 48
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Revenues
The following table presents revenues for the Company and its reportable segments by product line for continuing operations:
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | ||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||
| East Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 2,787 | $ | 2,593 | ||||
| Asphalt | 184 | 199 | ||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (30 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||
| East Group Total | 2,941 | 2,763 | ||||||
| West Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | 1,727 | 1,709 | ||||||
| Cement and ready mixed concrete | 1,083 | 1,518 | ||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 685 | 688 | ||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (220 | ) | (216 | ) | ||||
| West Group Total | 3,275 | 3,699 | ||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 6,216 | 6,462 | ||||||
| Magnesia Specialties | 320 | 315 | ||||||
| Total | $ | 6,536 | $ | 6,777 |
Gross Profit
The following table presents gross profit and gross margin data for the Company by product line for continuing operations:
| 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| years ended December 31 (dollars in millions) | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | ||||||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 1,449 | 32 | % | $ | 1,378 | 32 | % | ||||||
| Cement and ready mixed concrete | 260 | 24 | % | 436 | 29 | % | ||||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 101 | 12 | % | 109 | 12 | % | ||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,810 | 29 | % | 1,923 | 30 | % | ||||||||
| Magnesia Specialties | 107 | 33 | % | 97 | 31 | % | ||||||||
| Corporate | (39 | ) | NM | 3 | NM | |||||||||
| Total | $ | 1,878 | 29 | % | $ | 2,023 | 30 | % |
The decrease in Building Materials business gross profit in 2024 compared with 2023 was primarily attributable to the Divestiture and the $20 million Inventory Markup charge associated with the BWI Southeast acquisition, partially offset by pricing gains across all product lines and lower energy costs. Aggregates gross profit increased due to contributions from acquired operations and pricing growth, despite lower shipments and the Inventory Markup.
The increase in gross profit in Magnesia Specialties was driven by pricing gains in both the lime and chemical product lines, coupled with lower energy costs, which more than offset lower shipments.
Corporate gross profit includes intercompany royalty and rental revenues and expenses; depreciation and amortization for corporate owned assets; and unallocated operational expenses excluded from the Company’s evaluation of business segment performance.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 49
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Building Materials. Shipment data and volume variances by product line for the Building Materials business are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aggregates tons | 191.1 | 198.8 | (3.8 | %) | ||||||||
| Cement tons | 2.3 | 4.0 | (43.5 | %) | ||||||||
| Ready mixed concrete cubic yards | 5.0 | 6.5 | (24.2 | %) | ||||||||
| Asphalt tons | 8.8 | 9.4 | (5.9 | %) |
Aggregates shipments decreased 3.8% in 2024, driven by the Company's value-over-volume pricing strategy, unfavorable weather and softer residential, warehouse and manufacturing demand, which were partially offset by shipments from acquired operations. Aggregates pricing increased 9.9%, or 10.7% on an organic mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2023, due to the cumulative effect of 2023 and 2024 pricing actions. During 2024, aggregates shipments to the infrastructure, nonresidential and residential end use markets decreased 2%, 4% and 5%, respectively.
Cement shipments and ready mixed concrete shipments decreased 43.5% and 24.2%, respectively, versus prior year, primarily due to the Divestiture and significant precipitation in Texas in 2024 relative to 2023.
In 2024, asphalt shipments decreased 5.9% from 2023, driven by unfavorable weather and softer market demand. Asphalt and paving gross profit decreased 7% in 2024 versus prior year, due to lower shipments and general inflationary impacts that more than offset pricing gains and lower asphalt cement raw material costs.
Magnesia Specialties. In 2024, Magnesia Specialties reported revenues of $320 million and gross profit of $107 million, representing increases of 2% and 10%, respectively, compared with 2023. The profitability increase in 2024 reflects pricing gains in both the lime and chemical product lines and lower energy costs, which more than offset the impact of lower shipments.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2024 and 2023 were 6.8% and 6.5% of revenues, respectively.
Other Operating Income, Net
Other operating income, net, represented income of $1.3 billion in 2024 and $28 million in 2023. The 2024 amount included a $1.3 billion pretax gain on the Divestiture and $28 million of gains on land sales, which were partially offset by a $50 million pretax, noncash asset and portfolio rationalization charge (Rationalization Charge; see Note R to the consolidated financial statements). In 2023, other operating income, net, included $20 million of gains on land sales.
Earnings from Operations
Consolidated earnings from operations were $2.7 billion and $1.6 billion in 2024 and 2023, respectively. The 2024 amount included a $1.3 billion pretax gain on the Divestiture.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $169 million in 2024 and $165 million in 2023.
Other Nonoperating Income, Net
Consolidated other nonoperating income, net, was $58 million in 2024 and $62 million in 2023, inclusive of interest income of $40 million and $47 million, respectively.
Income Tax Expense
The Company’s estimated effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was 23.1% and 19.6%, respectively. The higher 2024 effective income tax rate versus 2023 was driven by the impact of the Divestiture, which included the write-off of certain nondeductible goodwill. For further information, see Note I to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company does not anticipate that the tax law changes due to Pillar Two will have a material impact on its estimated effective income tax rate.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 50
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Discontinued Operations
Through their respective divestiture dates, the financial results of the Company's California cement businesses and certain California ready mixed concrete operations, which were acquired in 2021, were reported as discontinued operations. The Company sold the Tehachapi, California cement plant on October 31, 2023 and the Stockton, California cement import terminal on May 3, 2023. The collective businesses generated a loss of $30 million in 2023, net of expenses associated with the divestitures and income tax benefit.
Net Earnings and Earnings Per Diluted Share From Continuing Operations Attributable to Martin Marietta
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $2.0 billion, or $32.41 per diluted share, for 2024 and $1.2 billion, or $19.32 per diluted share, for 2023. 2024 included an after-tax gain of $976 million, or $15.85 per diluted share, on the Divestiture, an after-tax loss of $37 million, or $0.61 per diluted share, for the Rationalization Charge, an after-tax charge of $15 million, or $0.24 per diluted share, for the Inventory Markup and after-tax acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses of $32 million, or $0.51 per diluted share, related to the BWI Southeast acquisition and the Divestiture.
Liquidity and Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Generally, the Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities. Operating cash flow is substantially derived from consolidated net earnings, before deducting depreciation, depletion and amortization, after adjusting for noncash gains and losses, and offset by working capital requirements. Cash provided by operations was $1.5 billion in each of 2024 and 2023.
The Internal Revenue Service has provided certain disaster tax relief for North Carolina businesses affected by Hurricanes Debby and Helene, which allows the Company to defer estimated federal and certain state income, payroll and excise tax payments for the period from August 2024 through April 2025. The deferred obligation will be due May 1, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, operating cash flow benefited from deferred income tax payments of $102 million under this provision.
Investing Activities
Net cash used for investing activities was $2.4 billion in 2024 and net cash provided by investing activities was $459 million in 2023.
Pretax proceeds from divestitures and sales of assets were $2.2 billion in 2024 and $427 million in 2023. The 2024 amount includes the Divestiture. On April 5, 2024, the Company used $2.05 billion of cash on hand to fund the BWI Southeast acquisition. Subsequently, the Company used available liquidity to fund the South Florida aggregates acquisition on October 25, 2024 and the West Texas aggregates acquisition on December 13, 2024.
Cash paid for property, plant and equipment additions was $855 million in 2024, which included a purchase of land, aggregates reserves and processing plants in Southern California, and $650 million in 2023.
In 2023, net cash provided by investing activities included $700 million in proceeds from the sale of restricted investments, which the Company had invested during 2022 and were used to repay discharged debt and related interest in 2023.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $373 million in 2024 and net cash used for financing activities was $1.1 billion in 2023. In November 2024, the Company issued $1.5 billion of publicly traded debt and in July 2024, repaid the $400 million of 4.250% Senior Notes that matured by their own terms. Additionally, during 2024, the Company borrowed and repaid $1.3 billion on its short-term facilities. In 2023, the Company used $700 million to repay discharged debt and related interest.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Board of Directors approved total cash dividends on the Company’s common stock of $3.06 per share and $2.80 per share, respectively. Total cash dividends paid were $189 million in 2024 and $174 million in 2023.
During 2024, the Company repurchased 0.8 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $450 million. During 2023, the Company repurchased 0.4 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $150 million. In 2024 and 2023, the average cost was $572.70 per share and $393.16 per share, respectively.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 51
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-term debt, including current maturities, was $5.4 billion at December 31, 2024, and was in the form of publicly-issued long-term notes and debentures. On November 4, 2024, the Company issued $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.150% Senior Notes due 2034 and $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2054. The Company used the net proceeds to repay the borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility and trade securitization facility. The remaining net proceeds were used for general corporate purposes and acquisitions.
The Company, through a wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, has a $400 million trade receivable securitization facility (the Trade Receivable Facility) that matures on September 17, 2025. The Trade Receivable Facility contains a cross-default provision to the Company’s other debt agreements. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Trade Receivable Facility as of December 31, 2024.
The Company has an $800 million five-year senior unsecured revolving facility (the Revolving Facility), which matures in December 2029. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2024. The Revolving Facility requires the Company’s ratio of consolidated net debt-to-consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the trailing-twelve months (the Ratio) to not exceed 3.50x as of the end of any fiscal quarter, provided that the Company may exclude from the Ratio debt incurred in connection with certain acquisitions during the quarter (or the three preceding quarters) so long as the Ratio calculated without such exclusion does not exceed 4.00x. Additionally, if there are no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and the Trade Receivable Facility, consolidated debt, including debt for which the Company is a guarantor, shall be reduced in an amount equal to the lesser of $500 million or the sum of the Company’s unrestricted cash and temporary investments, for purposes of the covenant calculation. The Company was in compliance with the Ratio and other requirements under the Revolving Facility at December 31, 2024.
Pursuant to authority granted by its Board of Directors, the Company can repurchase up to 20 million shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had 11.9 million shares remaining under the repurchase authorization. Future share repurchases are at management's discretion.
At December 31, 2024, the Company had $670 million in unrestricted cash and short-term investments that are considered cash equivalents. The Company manages its cash and cash equivalents to ensure short-term operating cash needs are met and excess funds are managed efficiently. The Company’s investments in bank funds generally exceed the FDIC insurance limit.
Cash on hand, along with the Company’s projected internal cash flows and availability of financing resources, including its access to debt and equity capital markets, is expected to continue to be sufficient to provide the capital resources necessary to support anticipated operating needs, cover debt service requirements, meet capital expenditures and discretionary investment needs, fund certain acquisition opportunities that may arise and allow for payment of dividends for the foreseeable future. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are unsecured and may be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to borrow or issue securities is dependent upon, among other things, prevailing economic, financial and market conditions. At December 31, 2024, the Company had $1.2 billion of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
The Company is exposed to credit markets through the interest cost related to borrowings under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
Contractual and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations
The Company has retirement benefits related to pension plans. At December 31, 2024, the fair value of the qualified pension plans’ assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $371 million. The Company estimates making contributions of $25 million to qualified pension plans in 2025. Any contributions beyond 2025 are currently undeterminable and will depend on the investment return on the related pension assets. At December 31, 2024, the Company had a total obligation of $100 million related to unfunded nonqualified pension plans and expects to make contributions of $15 million to these plans in 2025.
In connection with normal, ongoing operations, the Company enters into market-rate leases for property, plant and equipment and royalty commitments principally associated with leased land and mineral reserves. Additionally, the Company enters into equipment rentals to meet shorter-term, nonrecurring and intermittent needs. At December 31, 2024, the Company had $391 million in operating lease obligations and $221 million in finance lease obligations, representing the present value of future payments. The imputed interest on operating and finance lease obligations was $189 million. Management anticipates that, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will enter into additional royalty agreements for land and mineral reserves during
Form 10-K ♦ Page 52
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
2025. As permitted, short-term leases are excluded from Accounting Standards Codification 842, Leases (ASC 842) requirements and future noncancelable obligations for these leases as of December 31, 2024 are immaterial.
As of December 31, 2024, future interest payable on the Company’s publicly-traded debt through the various maturity dates was $3.4 billion. The Company had obligations related to a contract of affreightment not accounted for as a lease, and royalty agreements, totaling $52 million and $165 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The Company had purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment of $162 million as of December 31, 2024 and other purchase obligations related to energy and service contracts totaling $158 million as of December 31, 2024.
The Company invests in renewable energy investment entities which qualify for tax credits and other tax benefits. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has committed to an additional $44 million of tax equity investments related to renewable energy tax credit projects. These amounts are expected to be paid in 2025 and are recorded in the Other current liabilities line item on the consolidated balance sheet.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The Company has entered into standby letter of credit agreements relating to certain insurance claims, contract performance and permit requirements. At December 31, 2024, the Company had contingent liabilities guaranteeing its own performance under these outstanding letters of credit of $37 million.
In the normal course of business, at December 31, 2024, the Company was contingently liable for $818 million in surety bonds, which guarantee its own performance and are required by certain states and municipalities and their related agencies. The Company has indemnified the underwriting insurance companies against any exposure under the surety bonds. In the Company’s experience, no material claims have been made against these financial instruments.
Other Financial Information
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company uses certain significant accounting policies to prepare its audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting policies are described in Note A: Accounting Policies of the Notes to Financial Statements of the Company’s consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplemental Data of this Form 10-K.
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements include certain critical estimates regarding the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making subjective and complex judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements could differ materially if management used different assumptions in making these estimates, resulting in actual results differing from those estimates. Methodologies used and assumptions selected by management in making these estimates, as well as the related disclosures, have been reviewed by and discussed with the Company’s Audit Committee. Management’s determination of the critical nature of accounting estimates and judgments may change from time to time depending on facts and circumstances that management cannot currently predict.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 53
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Business Combinations – Allocation of Purchase Price
The Company’s Board of Directors and management regularly review long-term strategic plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses, which would increase the Company’s market presence and/or are related to the Company’s existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings include the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets and equity interests given to the seller and any future obligations to the seller as of the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation is a critical accounting policy because the estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions. Further, the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets versus amounts assigned to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and for periods following a business combination.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and, therefore, represents an exit price. Fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. The Company assigns the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:
•
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
•
Level 2 – Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets
•
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs, used to value the asset or liability which includes the use of valuation models
Level 1 fair values are used to value investments in publicly traded entities and assumed obligations for publicly traded long-term debt.
Level 2 fair values are typically used to value acquired receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment, land, buildings, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accruals for payables, asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations, and contingencies. Additionally, Level 2 fair values are typically used to value assumed contracts at other-than-market rates.
Level 3 fair values are used to value acquired mineral reserves and mineral interests produced and sold as final products, and separately-identifiable intangible assets. The fair values of mineral reserves and mineral interests are determined using an excess earnings approach, which requires significant judgment to estimate future cash flows, net of capital investments in the specific operation and contributory asset charges. The estimate of future cash flows is based on available historical information and future expectations and assumptions determined by management, but is inherently uncertain. Significant assumptions used to estimate future cash flows include changes in forecasted revenues based on sales price and shipment volumes, EBITDA margin and forecasted expenses inclusive of production costs and capital needs. The present value of the projected net cash flows represents the fair value assigned to mineral reserves and mineral interests. The discount rate is a significant assumption used in the valuation model and is based on the required rate of return that a hypothetical market participant would require if purchasing the acquired business, with an adjustment for the risk of these assets not generating the projected cash flows.
The Company values separately-identifiable acquired intangible assets which may include, but are not limited to, permits, customer relationships, water rights and noncompetition agreements. The fair values of these assets are typically determined by an excess earnings method, a replacement cost method or, in the case of water rights, a market approach.
The useful lives of amortizable intangible assets and the remaining useful lives for acquired machinery and equipment have a significant impact on earnings. The selected lives are based on the expected periods that the assets will provide value to the Company following the business combination.
The Company may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination during a measurement period after the acquisition date. Any such adjustments are based on the Company obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. Measurement-period adjustments are generally recorded as increases or decreases to the goodwill recognized in the transaction. The measurement period ends once the Company has obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year
Form 10-K ♦ Page 54
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded through earnings.
For additional information about business combinations and purchase price allocations, see Note B to the consolidated financial statements.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment by comparing a reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. An interim review is performed between annual tests if facts and circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The impairment review of goodwill is a critical accounting estimate because goodwill (excluding any goodwill allocated to assets held for sale) represented 21% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2024; the review requires management to apply judgment and make key assumptions; and an impairment charge could be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
As part of any qualitative assessment, or Step-0 analysis, the Company evaluates macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other business or reporting unit-specific events that could impact the fair values of its reporting units.
For reporting units evaluated using a qualitative assessment, or Step-1 analysis, the Company calculates its reporting units' fair values using both an income and market approach. The income approach determines fair values based on discounted cash flow models whereas the market approach involves the application of revenues and EBITDA multiples of comparable companies. Significant assumptions used in the Company's discounted cash flow model include management’s estimates of changes in average selling price, shipment volumes and production costs as well as assumptions of future profitability, capital requirements, discount rates and a terminal growth rate. Price, cost and volume assumptions are based on various factors, including historical averages and current forecasts, external sources, and market conditions, while also considering any production capacity constraints. Future profitability and capital requirements are, by their nature, estimates. Capital requirements include maintenance-level needs and known efficiency- and capacity-increasing investments. The calculation of a reporting unit's discount rate includes the following components, which are primarily based on published sources: equity risk premium, historical beta, risk-free interest rate, size premium and borrowing rate. To assess the reasonableness of the reporting units' fair values, the Company's compares the total of the reporting unit fair values to its market capitalization.
Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and goodwill impairment. Further, mineral reserves, which represent underlying assets producing the reporting units’ cash flows for the aggregates product line, are depleting assets by their nature. Any potential impairment charges from future evaluations represent a risk to the Company.
For the 2024 annual impairment evaluation, the Company performed a Step-0 analysis for all reporting units as of October 1, 2024 and concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that each of the reporting units’ fair value exceeded its carrying value.
For additional information about goodwill, see Note C to the consolidated financial statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 55
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Pension Benefit Obligation and Pension Expense – Selection of Assumptions
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that cover substantially all employees and a Supplemental Excess Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain retirees. Annually, as of December 31, management remeasures the defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligation based on the present value of the projected future benefit payments to all participants for services rendered to date, reflecting expected future pay increases through the participants’ expected retirement dates.
Annual pension expense (inclusive of SERP expense), referred to as net periodic benefit cost within the consolidated financial statements, consists of several components, which are calculated annually:
•
Service Cost, which represents the present value of benefits attributed to services rendered in the current year, measured by expected future salary levels to assumed retirement dates;
•
Interest Cost, which represents one year’s additional interest on the projected benefit obligation;
•
Expected Return on Assets, which represents the expected investment return on pension plan assets; and
•
Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Actuarial Gains and Losses, which represents components that are recognized over time rather than immediately. Prior service cost represents credit given to employees for years of service already accrued. Actuarial gains and losses arise from changes in assumptions regarding future events, a change in the benefit obligation resulting from experience different from assumed or when actual returns on pension assets differ from expected returns and are amortized over the participants' average remaining service period on a plan-by-plan basis.
Management believes the selection of assumptions related to the annual pension expense and related projected benefit obligation is a critical accounting estimate due to the high degree of volatility in the expense and obligation dependent on selected assumptions. The key assumptions include the discount rate, rate of increase in future compensation levels, expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets and mortality table and mortality improvement scale.
Management’s selection of the discount rate is based on an analysis that estimates the current rate of return for high-quality, fixed-income investments with maturities matching the payment of pension benefits that could be purchased to settle the obligations. The Company selected a hypothetical portfolio of Moody’s Aa bonds, with maturities that match the benefit obligations, to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2024, the Company selected a discount rate assumption of 6.00%, a 42-basis-point increase compared with the December 31, 2023 assumption. Of the four key assumptions, the discount rate is generally the most volatile and sensitive estimate. Accordingly, a change in this assumption can have a significant impact on the annual pension expense and the projected benefit obligation.
Management’s selection of the rate of increase in future compensation levels, which reflects cost of living adjustments and merit and promotion increases, is generally based on the Company’s historical increases in pensionable earnings, while giving consideration to any future expectations. A higher rate of increase results in higher pension expense and a higher projected benefit obligation. The assumed long-term rate of increase is 4.50%.
Management’s selection of the expected long-term rate of return on pension fund assets is based on the current asset class mix of the Company's pension plan assets, current capital market conditions and a stochastic forecast of future conditions. Based on the currently projected returns on these assets and related expenses, the Company selected an expected return on assets of 6.75%, the same as the prior-year rate.
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension assets is included in actuarial gains and losses, which are amortized into annual pension expense as previously described.
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company estimated the remaining lives of participants in the pension plans using the Society of Actuaries’ Pri-2012 Base Mortality Table. The no-collar table was used for salaried participants and the blue-collar table was used for hourly participants, both adjusted to reflect the historical experience of the Company’s participants and a geospatial mortality analysis. The Company selected the MP-2020 scale for mortality improvement at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 56
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Assumptions are selected on December 31 to calculate the succeeding year’s expense. The assumptions selected at December 31, 2024 are as follows:
| Discount rate | 6.00% | |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in future compensation levels | 4.50% | |
| Expected long-term rate of return on assets | 6.75% | |
| Average remaining service period for participants | 9 years | |
| Mortality Tables: | ||
| Base Table | Pri-2012 | |
| Mortality Improvement Scale | MP-2020 |
Using these assumptions, the Company's pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2024 was $967 million and 2025 pension expense is expected to be approximately $23 million based on current demographics and structure of the plans. Changes in the underlying assumptions would have the following estimated impact on the obligation and expected expense:
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would have changed the December 31, 2024 pension benefit obligation by approximately $29 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would not materially change the 2025 expected expense.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the expected long-term rate of return on assets would change the 2025 expected expense by approximately $3 million.
The Company made pension plan and SERP contributions of $34 million in 2024 and $328 million during the five-year period ended December 31, 2024. In total, the Company’s pension plans are overfunded (fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation) by $271 million at December 31, 2024. The Company expects to make pension plan and SERP contributions of $40 million in 2025, of which $25 million is voluntary.
For additional information about pension benefit obligation and pension expense, see Note J to the consolidated financial statements.
Estimated Effective Income Tax Rate
The Company uses the liability method to determine its provision for income taxes. Accordingly, the annual provision for income taxes reflects estimates of the current liability for income taxes, estimates of the tax effect of financial reporting versus tax basis differences using statutory income tax rates and management’s judgment with respect to any valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and accruals for uncertain tax positions. The result is management’s estimate of the annual effective tax rate (the ETR).
Income for tax purposes is determined through the application of the rules and regulations under the United States Internal Revenue Code and the statutes of various foreign, state and local tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. Changes in the statutory tax rates and/or tax laws in these jurisdictions, as well as changes in the geographic mix of earnings, can have a material impact on the ETR and the carrying value of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The effect of statutory tax law changes, if material, is recognized when the change is enacted.
Deferred tax assets representing future tax benefits are analyzed by evaluating all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, all or a portion of the expected future benefits is more-likely-than-not to be realized by the Company. This analysis requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions about future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The establishment or increase of a valuation allowance increases income tax expense in the period such a determination is made; conversely, the decrease of a valuation allowance decreases income tax expense in the period such a determination is made.
The Company recognizes a tax benefit when it is judged to be more‐likely‐than‐not, based on the technical merits, that a tax position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 57
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company holds equity investments in renewable energy tax credit (RETC) projects which qualify for certain tax benefits. All of the Company's RETC investments are accounted for under the proportional amortization method. Under the proportional amortization method, the equity investment is amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, with the amortization expense and the income tax benefits presented on a net basis in the Income tax expense or benefit line item in the consolidated statements of earnings.
For additional information about income taxes, see Note I to the consolidated financial statements.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment represented 56% of total assets at December 31, 2024. Useful lives of the assets can vary depending on factors, including production levels, geographic location, portability and maintenance practices. Additionally, climate and inclement weather can reduce the useful life of an asset. Historically, the Company has not recognized significant losses on the disposal or retirement of fixed assets.
Aggregates mineral reserves and mineral interests are components within the property, plant and equipment balance on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates aggregates reserves, including those used in cement manufacturing, in several ways, depending on the geology at a particular location and whether the location is a greensite, an acquisition or an existing operation. Greensites require an extensive drilling program before any significant investment is made in terms of time, site development or efforts to obtain appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The depth of overburden (the layer of soil and other materials that lie above a mineral deposit) and the quality and quantity of the aggregates reserves are significant factors in determining whether to pursue opening the site. Further, the estimated average selling price for products in a market is also a significant factor in concluding that reserves are economically mineable. If the Company’s analysis based on these factors is satisfactory, the total aggregates reserves available are calculated and a determination is made whether to open the location. Reserve evaluation at existing locations is typically performed to evaluate purchasing adjoining properties, for quality control, calculating overburden volumes and for mine planning. Reserve evaluation of acquisitions may require a higher degree of sampling to verify the total reserves.
The quality of reserves within a deposit can vary. Construction contracts, for the infrastructure market in particular, include specifications related to the aggregates material properties. If a limiting characteristic in the deposit is discovered, the aggregates material may not meet the required specifications. Although it is possible that the aggregates material can still be used for non-specification uses, this can have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to serve certain customers or the Company’s profitability. In addition, other factors can arise that influence the Company’s ability to develop reserves, including geological occurrences, mining practices, environmental requirements and zoning ordinances.
In determining the amount of reserves, evaluations are completed by or under the supervision of qualified person(s) using industry best practices and internal controls defined by the Company. The designations the Company uses for reserve categories and those recognized by the aggregate industry are summarized as follows:
Mineral Reserves – Mineral reserves are an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality that, in the opinion of a qualified person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a mineral resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Reserves are categorized as Proven and Probable and represent net tons after consideration of applicable losses incurred during mining and plant processing.
Proven Reserves – Proven reserves are the portion of a mineral deposit for which quantity and quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive evidence from closely spaced drilling and sampling.
Probable Reserves – Probable reserves are estimated on the basis of less geologic evidence but are considered adequate for determining the quantity and quality.
The Company’s proven and probable reserves reflect reasonable economic and operating constraints and also include reserves at the Company’s inactive and undeveloped sites, including some sites where permitting and zoning applications will not be pursued until warranted by expected future growth. The Company has historically been successful in obtaining and maintaining appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The Company bases estimates on the information known at the time of determination and regularly reevaluates reserves whenever new information indicates a material change in reserves at one of the Company’s sites.
For additional information about property, plant and equipment, see Note F to the consolidated financial statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 58
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements – Safe Harbor Provisions Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
If you are interested in Martin Marietta stock, management recommends that, at a minimum, you read the Company’s current annual report and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the past year. The Company’s recent proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders also contains important information. These and other materials that have been filed with the SEC are accessible through the Company’s website at www.martinmarietta.com and are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also write or call the Company’s Corporate Secretary, who will provide copies of such reports.
Investors are cautioned that all statements in this Annual Report that relate to the future involve risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that the Company believes in good faith are reasonable but which may be materially different from actual results. These statements, which are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, provide the investor with the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. They may use words such as “anticipate,” “may,” “expect,” “should,” “believe,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with future events or future operating or financial performance. In addition to the statements included in this report, we may from time to time make other oral or written forward-looking statements in other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in other public disclosures. Any, or all, of management’s forward-looking statements herein and in other publications may turn out to be wrong.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that may be materially different from actual results, and include, but are not limited to:
•
the ability of the Company to face challenges, including shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company's control;
•
a widespread decline in aggregates pricing, including a decline in aggregates shipment volume negatively affecting aggregates price;
•
the history of both cement and ready mixed concrete being subject to significant changes in supply, demand and price fluctuations;
•
the termination, capping and/or reduction or suspension of the federal and/or state fuel tax(es) or other revenue related to public construction;
•
the level and timing of federal, state or local transportation or infrastructure or public projects funding, most particularly in Texas, North Carolina, Colorado, California, Georgia, Florida, Minnesota, Arizona, South Carolina and Iowa;
•
the United States Congress’ inability to reach agreement among themselves or with the Executive Branch of the United States Federal government on policy issues that impact the federal budget;
•
the ability of states and/or other entities to finance approved projects either with tax revenues or alternative financing structures;
•
levels of construction spending in the markets the Company serves;
•
a reduction in defense spending and the subsequent impact on construction activity on or near military bases;
•
a decline in energy-related construction activity resulting from a sustained period of low global oil prices or changes in oil production patterns or capital spending in response to such a decline, particularly in Texas and West Virginia;
•
sustained high mortgage interest rates and other factors that have resulted in a slowdown in private construction of both residential and nonresidential projects in some geographies;
•
unfavorable weather conditions, particularly Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Mexico storm and hurricane activity, wildfires, the late start to spring or the early onset of winter and the impact of a drought, excessive rainfall or extreme temperatures in the markets served by the Company, any of which can significantly affect production schedules, volumes, product and/or geographic mix and profitability;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 59
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
the volatility of fuel and energy costs, particularly diesel fuel, electricity, natural gas and the impact on the cost, or the availability generally, of other consumables, namely steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts, and with respect to the Company’s Magnesia Specialties business, natural gas;
•
continued increases in the cost of other repair and supply parts;
•
construction labor shortages and/or supply chain challenges;
•
unexpected equipment failures, unscheduled maintenance, industrial accident or other prolonged and/or significant disruption to production facilities;
•
the resiliency and potential declines of the Company's various construction end-use markets;
•
the potential negative impacts of new waves of outbreak of diseases, epidemic or pandemic, or similar public health threat, or fear of such event and its related economic or societal response, including any impact on the Company's suppliers, customers, or other business partners as well as on its employees;
•
the performance of the United States economy;
•
Governmental regulation, including environmental laws and climate change regulations at both the state and federal levels;
•
transportation availability or a sustained reduction in capital investment by the railroads, notably the availability of railcars, locomotive power and the condition of rail infrastructure to move trains to supply the Company’s Texas, Southeast and Gulf Coast markets, including the movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan and its customers;
•
increased transportation costs, including increases from higher or fluctuating passed-through energy costs or fuel surcharges, and other costs to comply with tightening regulations, as well as higher volumes of rail and water shipments;
•
availability of trucks and licensed drivers for transport of the Company’s materials;
•
availability and cost of construction equipment in the United States;
•
weakening in the steel industry markets served by the Company’s dolomitic lime products;
•
potential impact on costs, supply chain, oil and gas prices, or other matters relating to geopolitical conflicts, including the war between Russia and Ukraine, the war in Israel and related conflict in the Middle East and the potential conflict between China and Taiwan;
•
trade disputes with one or more nations impacting the U.S. economy, including the impact of tariffs;
•
unplanned changes in costs or realignment of customers that introduce volatility to earnings, including that of the Magnesia Specialties business;
•
proper functioning of information technology and automated operating systems to manage or support operations;
•
inflation and its effect on both production and interest costs;
•
the concentration of customers in construction markets and the increased risk of potential losses on customer receivables;
•
the impact of the level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and management of production costs on the operating leverage and therefore profitability of the Company;
•
the possibility that the expected synergies from acquisitions will not be realized or will not be realized within the expected time period, including achieving anticipated profitability to maintain compliance with the Company’s leverage ratio debt covenant;
•
the possibility that the strategic benefits, outlook, performance and opportunities expected as a result of acquisitions and portfolio optimization will not be realized;
•
changes in tax laws, the interpretation of such laws and/or administrative practices, including acquisitions or divestitures, that would increase the Company’s tax rate;
•
violation of the Company’s debt covenant if price and/or volumes return to previous levels of instability;
•
downward pressure on the Company’s common stock price and its impact on goodwill impairment evaluations;
•
the possibility of a reduction of the Company’s credit rating to non-investment grade; and
Form 10-K ♦ Page 60
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
other risk factors listed from time to time found in the Company’s filings with the SEC.
Further, increased highway construction funding pressures resulting from either federal or state issues could result in reduced construction spending, which could in turn affect profitability. Cement is subject to cyclical supply and demand and price fluctuations.
The Company’s principal business serves customers in construction markets. This concentration could increase the risk of potential losses on customer receivables; however, payment bonds normally posted on public projects, together with lien rights on private projects, mitigate the risk of uncollectible receivables. The level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and the management of production costs will affect the operating leverage of the Building Materials business and, therefore, profitability. Production costs in the Building Materials business are also sensitive to energy and raw material prices, both directly and indirectly. Diesel fuel, natural gas, coal and other consumables change production costs directly through consumption or indirectly by increased energy-related input costs, such as steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts. Fluctuating diesel fuel pricing also affects transportation costs, primarily through fuel surcharges in the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Magnesia Specialties business is sensitive to changes in domestic steel capacity utilization as well as the absolute price and fluctuation in the cost of natural gas.
Transportation in the Company’s long-haul network, particularly the supply of railcars and locomotive power and condition of rail infrastructure to move trains, affects the Company’s efficient transportation of aggregates products in certain markets, most notably Texas, the Southeast and the Gulf Coast. In addition, availability of railcars and locomotives affects the Company’s movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to both the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan, and its customers. The availability of trucks, drivers and railcars to transport the Company’s products, particularly in markets experiencing high growth and increased demand, is also a risk and pressures the associated costs.
All of the Company’s businesses are also subject to weather-related risks that can significantly affect production schedules and profitability. The first and fourth quarters are most adversely affected by winter weather. Hurricane and cyclone activity in the Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf Coast generally is most active during the second, third and fourth quarters.
In addition to the foregoing, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include but are not limited to those listed above in Item 1, Business – Competition, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note A: Accounting Policies and Note N: Commitments and Contingencies of the Notes to Financial Statements of the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
You should consider these forward-looking statements in light of risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other filings made with the SEC. All of the Company’s forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company considers immaterial could affect the accuracy of its forward-looking statements, or adversely affect or be material to the Company. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of filing or publication and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 61
Part II ♦ Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
FY 2023 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000950170-24-019275.
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company, with 2023 total revenues of $6.78 billion and 2023 net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $1.20 billion. These results were achieved in part by supplying aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 360 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. Martin Marietta also provides cement and downstream products, namely ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain markets where the Company has a leading aggregates position. Specifically, the Company has two cement plants in Texas, ready mixed concrete operations in Arizona and Texas, and asphalt operations in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota. Paving services are offered in California and Colorado. As of December 31, 2023, the Company's South Texas cement business and 20 ready mixed concrete operations that serve the Austin and San Antonio region are classified as assets held for sale. The Company divested these operations on February 9, 2024.
On February 11, 2024, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to acquire 20 active aggregates operations in Alabama, South Carolina, South Florida, Tennessee, and Virginia from affiliates of Blue Water Industries LLC (BWI Southeast) for $2.05 billion in cash. The BWI Southeast acquisition complements Martin Marietta’s existing geographic footprint in the dynamic southeast region by allowing the Company to expand into new growth platforms in target markets including Nashville and Miami. The transaction is expected to close during 2024, subject to regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.
The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt and paving product lines are reported collectively as the “Building Materials” business.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 36
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
As more fully discussed in the Consolidated Strategic Objectives section, geography is critically important for the Building Materials business. The Company conducts its Building Materials business through two reportable segments, organized by geography: East Group and West Group. The East Group, consisting of the East and Central divisions, provides aggregates and asphalt products. The West Group is comprised of the Southwest and West divisions and provides aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services.
The following ten states accounted for 82% of the Building Materials business 2023 total revenues: Texas, North Carolina, Colorado, California, Georgia, Minnesota, Arizona, Iowa, Florida and Indiana.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 37
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties
The Company operates a Magnesia Specialties business with production facilities in Michigan and Ohio. The Magnesia Specialties business produces magnesia-based chemicals products used in industrial, agricultural and environmental applications. It also produces dolomitic lime sold primarily to customers for steel production and soil stabilization. Magnesia Specialties’ products are shipped to customers domestically and worldwide.
Strategic Objectives
The Company’s strategic planning process, or Strategic Operating Analysis and Review (SOAR), provides the framework for execution of Martin Marietta’s long-term strategic plan. Guided by this framework and considering the cyclicality of the Building Materials business, the Company determines capital allocation priorities to maximize long-term shareholder value creation. The Company’s strategy includes ongoing evaluation of aggregates-led opportunities of scale in new domestic markets (i.e., platform acquisitions) and expansion through acquisitions that complement existing operations (i.e., bolt-on acquisitions). To that effect, the Company has invested nearly $8.0 billion in acquisitions since the launch of SOAR in 2010. The Company finances such opportunities with the goal of preserving its financial flexibility by having a leverage ratio (consolidated net debt-to-consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates and certain other adjustments as specified below, or Adjusted EBITDA) within a range of 2.0 times to 2.5 times within a reasonable period of time, typically within 18 months, following the completion of a debt-financed transaction. SOAR also includes the identification and potential disposition of assets that are not consistent with stated strategic goals. Notably, since 2022, the Company divested its Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses and certain West Coast cement and ready mixed concrete operations and, as of February 9, 2024, completed the divestiture of its South Texas cement and related ready mixed concrete operations, refining its product mix and improving its margin profile, while providing balance sheet flexibility. In total, these divestitures provided pretax cash proceeds of $3.1 billion.
The Company, by purposeful design, will continue to be an aggregates-led business that focuses on markets with strong, underlying growth fundamentals where it can sustain or achieve a leading market position. Aggregates gross profit represented 68% of 2023 total consolidated gross profit. For Martin Marietta, strategic cement and targeted downstream operations are located where the Company has, or envisions, among other things, a clear path toward a leading aggregates position. Additionally, strategic cement operations are geared toward markets in which supply cannot be meaningfully interdicted by water.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 38
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Generally, the Company’s building materials are both sourced and sold locally. As a result, geography is critically important when assessing market attractiveness and growth opportunities. Attractive geographies generally exhibit (a) population growth and/or high population density, both of which are drivers of heavy-side building materials consumption; (b) business and employment diversity, drivers of greater economic stability; and (c) a superior state financial position, a driver of public infrastructure investment.
Population growth and density are assessed based on a site’s proximity to one of the megaregions in the United States. Megaregions are large networks of metropolitan population centers covering thousands of square miles. According to America 2050, a planning and policy program of the Regional Plan Association, a majority of the nation’s population and economic growth through 2050 will occur in 11 megaregions. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten megaregions. As evidence of the successful execution of SOAR, the Company’s leading positions in the Texas Triangle, Colorado’s Front Range, northern and southern California and Arizona’s Sun Corridor megaregions, its growth platform in the southern portion of the Northeast megaregion and its enhanced position in the Piedmont Atlantic megaregion, primarily in the Atlanta area, are the results of acquisitions since 2011. The Company has a legacy presence in the southeastern portion of the Great Lakes megaregion, encompassing operations in Indiana and Ohio, as well as the Florida megaregion and the Gulf Coast megaregion in Texas.
The Company focuses its geographic footprint along significant transportation and commerce corridors, particularly where both land is readily available and land use entitlement is likely achievable for the development of fulfillment and/or data centers. The retail sector (both e-commerce and brick and mortar) values transportation corridors, as logistics and distribution are critical considerations for construction supporting that industry. In addition, technology companies view these areas as attractive locations for data centers.
The Company considers a state’s financial health rating, as issued by S&P Global Ratings, in determining the opportunities and attractiveness of areas for expansion or development. The Company’s top ten revenue-generating states have been evaluated and scored a financial health rating of AA- or higher, where AAA is the highest score. The Company also reviews the state’s ability to secure additional infrastructure funding and financing.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 39
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In line with the Company’s strategic objectives, management’s overall focus includes:
•
Upholding the Company’s commitment to its Mission, Vision and Values
•
Navigating effectively through construction cycles to balance investment decisions against expected product demand
•
Tracking shifts in population trends, as well as local, state and national economic conditions, to ensure changing trends are reflected against the execution of the strategic plan
•
Integrating acquired businesses efficiently to maximize the return on the investment
•
Allocating capital in a prudent manner consistent with the following long-standing priorities while maintaining financial flexibility
─
Acquisitions
─
Organic capital investment
─
Return of cash to shareholders through both meaningful and sustainable dividends as well as share repurchases
2023 Performance Highlights
Achieved Industry-Leading Safety Performance:
•
Record company-wide Lost-Time Incident Rate (LTIR) of 0.13, the seventh consecutive year of world-class or better LTIR thresholds
•
Company-wide Total Injury Incident Rate (TIIR) of 0.78, the third consecutive year of world-class or better TIIR thresholds
Achieved Record Financial Performance:
The Company achieved record revenues, gross profit, diluted earnings per share and Adjusted EBITDA (defined in the Results of Operations section), reflecting the efficacy of its value-over-volume commercial strategy and continued focus on operational excellence and despite lower shipments due to the effects of restrictive monetary policies and a housing slowdown. Further, 2023 marked the twelfth consecutive year of growth for Adjusted EBITDA. The Company’s commitment to safety and operational and commercial excellence resulted in the following financial performance from continuing operations (comparisons with 2022):
•
Record consolidated total revenues of $6.78 billion compared with $6.16 billion, an increase of 10.0%
•
Record consolidated gross profit of $2.02 billion compared with $1.42 billion, an increase of 42.1%
•
Consolidated selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses representing 6.5% of total revenues
•
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $1.20 billion compared with $856.3 million, an increase of 40.1%
•
Record consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations of $2.13 billion, an increase of 33.0%
•
Operating cash flow of $1.53 billion, an increase of 54.2%
Continued Disciplined Execution Against Capital Allocation Priorities:
•
Optimized portfolio with divestitures of the Company's California cement operations
•
Capital investments into operations of $650.3 million
•
Quarterly dividend increase of 12% in August 2023, resulting in total annual dividends paid of $174.0 million, or $2.80 per share
•
Repurchase of 0.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $150.0 million
Form 10-K ♦ Page 40
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Building Materials Business
The Building Materials business serves customers in the construction marketplace. The business’ profitability is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and cyclical swings in construction spending, which are affected by fluctuations in levels of public-sector infrastructure funding; interest rates; access to capital markets; and demographic, geographic, employment and population dynamics.
The heavy-side construction business, inclusive of much of the Company’s operations, is conducted outdoors. Therefore, erratic weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions, including flooding, hurricanes, extreme hot and cold temperatures, earthquakes, droughts and wildfires, can significantly affect production schedules, shipments, costs, efficiencies and profitability. Generally, the financial results for the first and fourth quarters are most subject to the impacts of winter weather, while the second and third quarters can be subject to the impacts of heavy precipitation and excessive heat. The impacts of erratic weather patterns are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Product Lines
Aggregates are an engineered, granular material consisting of crushed stone, sand and gravel, manufactured to specific sizes, grades and chemistry for use primarily in construction applications. The Company’s operations consist mostly of open pit quarries; however, the Company is also the largest operator of underground aggregates mines in the United States, with 14 active underground mines located in the East Group. The Company’s aggregates reserves average approximately 75 years at the 2023 annual production level.
Cement is the basic agent used to bind coarse aggregates, sand and water in the production of ready mixed concrete. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had production facilities in Midlothian, Texas, south of Dallas/Fort Worth, and New Braunfels, Texas, centrally located along I-35 between San Antonio and Austin. The Company also operated several cement distribution terminals. The two production facilities produce Portland limestone and specialty cements, with an annual capacity at December 31, 2023 of approximately 4.5 million tons and collectively operated at approximately 71% utilization for clinker production in 2023; clinker is the initial product of cement production. The Midlothian plant has a permit that allows for capacity expansion of 0.8 million tons. The Company is currently undertaking a finishing capacity expansion project at the Midlothian plant, which is expected to be completed in mid-2024 and will provide 0.5 million tons of incremental annual capacity. Further, the Company has converted its Midlothian and Hunter plants to manufacture a less carbon-intensive Portland limestone cement, known as Type 1L, which has been approved by the Texas Department of Transportation. On February 9, 2024, the Company closed the sale of the Hunter cement business in South Texas, related distribution terminals and the Austin and San Antonio ready mix concrete business to CRH Americas Materials. This divestiture optimizes the Company's portfolio and product mix and provides additional balance sheet flexibility to redeploy net proceeds into pure-play aggregates acquisitions.
Calcium carbonate in the form of limestone is the principal raw material used in the production of cement. As of December 31, 2023, the Company owned more than 600 million tons of limestone reserves adjacent to its cement production plants in Texas. The cement grade limestone reserves used for cement production at the South Texas production facility were included with the divestiture to CRH Americas Materials, Inc. During 2021, the Company purchased two cement plants in Redding and Tehachapi, California, and related distribution facilities as part of the acquisition of Lehigh Hanson, Inc.'s West Region business (Lehigh West Region). The Redding plant and related distribution terminals were sold on June 30, 2022. The Tehachapi plant was sold on October 31, 2023.
Ready mixed concrete is measured in cubic yards and specifically batched or produced for customers’ construction projects and then typically transported by mixer trucks and poured at the project site. The coarse aggregates used for ready mixed concrete are a washed material with limited amounts of fines (i.e., dirt and clay). The Company operates ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona and Texas.
Asphalt is most commonly used in surfacing roads and parking lots and consists of liquid asphalt, or bitumen, the binding medium, and aggregates. Similar to ready mixed concrete, each asphalt batch is produced to customer specifications. The Company’s asphalt operations are located in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota and paving services are offered in California and Colorado.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 41
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Market dynamics for the downstream ready mixed concrete and asphalt product lines include a highly competitive environment and lower barriers to entry compared with the Company’s upstream product lines of aggregates and cement.
End-Use Trends
•
According to the latest available data published by the U.S. Geological Survey, for the nine months ended September 30, 2023, estimated construction aggregates consumption decreased slightly compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2022, and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2023, cement consumption decreased slightly versus the comparable prior-year period.
•
National not-seasonally-adjusted construction spending statistics for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, according to U.S. Census Bureau, reveal:
- Total value of construction put in place increased 7%
- Public construction spending increased 16%
- Private nonresidential construction market spending increased 22%
- Private residential construction market spending decreased 6%
The principal end-use markets of the Building Materials business are public infrastructure (i.e., highways; streets; roads; bridges; and schools); nonresidential construction (i.e., manufacturing and distribution facilities; industrial complexes; office buildings; large retailers and wholesalers; healthcare; hospitality; and energy-related activity); and residential construction (i.e., subdivision development; and single- and multi-family housing). Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast, collectively comprising the ChemRock/Rail market.
Public infrastructure projects can require several years to complete, while residential and nonresidential construction projects are usually completed within one year. Generally, customer purchase orders do not contain firm quantity commitments, regardless of end-use market. Therefore, management does not utilize a Company backlog in managing its business.
Infrastructure
The public infrastructure market accounted for 36% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2023. The Company’s shipments to this end-use market are in line with the most recent five-year average of 35% but remain slightly below the most recent ten-year average of 38%.
Public construction projects, once awarded, are typically seen through to completion. Thus, delays from weather or other factors can serve to extend the duration of the construction cycle. While construction spending in the public and private market sectors is affected by economic cycles, public infrastructure spending has been comparatively more stable due to the predictability of funding from federal, state and local governments. The Infrastructure Investments and Jobs Act (IIJ Act) was signed into law on November 15, 2021 and contains a five-year surface transportation reauthorization plus $110 billion in new funding for roads, bridges and other hard infrastructure projects.
State and local initiatives that support infrastructure funding, including gas tax increases, new funding mechanisms and other ballot initiatives, are increasing in size and number as these governments recognize the need for their expanded role in public infrastructure funding. In November 2023, 248 state and local ballot initiatives, or 88% of all infrastructure funding measures up for vote, were approved. These approved infrastructure initiatives are estimated to generate $7.0 billion in one-time and recurring revenues, with initiatives in Texas, the Company’s largest revenue-generating state, accounting for $4.2 billion of this total.
Nonresidential
The nonresidential construction market accounted for 35% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2023. Large industrial projects of scale led by energy and domestic manufacturing continue to lead the segment, accounting for the majority of total nonresidential shipments. The Company continues to expect enhanced federal investment from the Inflation Reduction Act and the Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semiconductors, or CHIPS Act, will further support and accelerate growth trends in this end use, including restructured manufacturing and energy supply chains and electric vehicle transition. While light nonresidential demand remained resilient through 2023 despite higher interest rates, high office vacancy rates and tighter commercial lending conditions, the Company expects 2024 demand in this segment to moderate, as it generally follows single-family residential development with a lag.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 42
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Residential
The residential construction market accounted for 24% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2023. This end use typically moves in direct correlation with economic cycles. The Company’s exposure to residential construction is split between aggregates used in the construction of subdivisions (including streets, sidewalks, utilities and storm and sewage drainage), single-family homes and multi-family units. Construction of both subdivisions and single-family homes is nearly three times more aggregates intensive than construction of multi-family units. Therefore, the level of new subdivision starts, as well as new single-family housing permits, is a strong leading indicator of residential volumes. For the year ended December 31, 2023, not seasonally-adjusted national housing starts decreased 9% to 1.41 million units compared with 2022 and not-seasonally-adjusted national housing permits decreased 12% versus 2022. As interest rates stabilize and affordability headwinds recede, the Company expects single-family residential construction to recover as demand still far exceeds supply, particularly in the Company's key markets.
ChemRock/Rail
The remaining 5% of the Company’s 2023 aggregates shipments was to the ChemRock/Rail market, which includes ballast and agricultural limestone. Ballast is an aggregates product used to stabilize railroad track beds. Agricultural lime, a high-calcium carbonate material, is used as a supplement in animal feed, a soil acidity neutralizer and agricultural growth enhancer. Additionally, ChemRock/Rail includes rip rap (used as a stabilizing material to control erosion caused by water runoff at embankments, ocean beaches, inlets, rivers and streams), and high-calcium limestone (used as filler in glass, plastic, paint, rubber, adhesives, grease and paper). Chemical-grade, high-calcium limestone is used as a desulfurization material in utility plants.
Pricing Trends
Materials pricing for construction projects is generally based on terms committing to the availability of specified products of a stated quantity at an agreed-upon price during a definitive period. Since infrastructure projects span multiple years, announced price changes can have a lag time before taking effect while the Company sells products under existing price agreements. Pricing escalators included in multi-year infrastructure contracts serve to somewhat mitigate this effect. However, during periods of sharp or rapid increases in production costs, multi-year infrastructure contract pricing may provide only nominal pricing growth. Additionally, the Company may implement multiple price increases throughout the year, on a market-by-market basis, where appropriate, as was done in 2023 and 2022. Pricing is determined locally and is affected by supply and demand characteristics of the local market. For further information on pricing, see the discussion in the Financial Overview section.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 43
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Cost Structure
Costs of revenues for the Building Materials business are components of costs incurred at the quarries, mines, cement plants, ready mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants, paving operations and distribution yards and facilities. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of resale materials, freight expenses to transport materials from a producing quarry or cement plant to a distribution yard or facility (internal freight), third-party freight and delivery costs incurred by the Company and then billed to customers (external freight) and production overhead costs.
Generally, the significant components of cost of revenues for the aggregates product line are (1) labor and benefits; (2) internal freight; (3) repairs and maintenance; (4) depreciation, depletion and amortization; (5) external freight; (6) supplies; (7) energy; and (8) contract services. In 2023, these categories represented 86% of the aggregates product line's total cost of revenues, excluding inventory change.
Variable costs are expenses that fluctuate with the level of production volume, while fixed costs are expenses that do not vary based on production or sales volume. Production is the key driver in determining the levels of variable costs, as it affects the number of hourly employees and related labor hours. Further, components of energy, supplies and repairs and maintenance costs also increase in connection with higher production volumes. Accordingly, the Company’s operating leverage can be substantial.
Generally, when the Company invests capital in facilities and equipment, increased capacity and productivity reduce labor and repair costs, and can offset increased fixed depreciation costs. However, the increased productivity and related efficiencies may not be fully realized in a lower-demand environment, resulting in under-absorption of fixed costs.
Wage and benefit inflation and other increases in labor costs may be somewhat mitigated by enhanced productivity in an expanding economy. During economic downturns, the Company reviews its operations and, where practical, temporarily idles certain sites. The Company is able to serve these markets with other open facilities that are in close proximity. In certain markets, management can create production “super crews” that work on a rotating basis at various locations. For example, within a market, a crew may work three days per week at one quarry and the other two workdays at another quarry. This has allowed the Company to responsibly manage headcount in periods of lower demand.
Cement production is a capital-intensive operation with high fixed costs to run plants that operate continuously with the exception of maintenance shutdowns. Kiln and finishing mill maintenance typically requires a plant to be shut down for a period of time as repairs are made. In 2023 and 2022, the cement operations incurred outage costs of $38.4 million and $33.3 million, respectively. The increase in outage costs in 2023 compared with 2022 is primarily attributable to first-time work on a clinker cooler and partial shell replacements in two kilns. The Company adjusts production levels in anticipation of planned maintenance shutdowns.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 44
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The production of ready mixed concrete and asphalt requires the use of cement and liquid asphalt raw materials, respectively. Therefore, fluctuations in availability and prices for these raw materials directly affect the Company’s operating results.
Typically, diesel fuel represents the single-largest component of energy costs for the Building Materials business. The average cost per gallon was $3.25 and $4.01 in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Changes in energy costs also affect the prices that the Company pays for related supplies, including explosives, conveyor belting and tires. Further, the Company’s contracts for shipping products on its rail and waterborne distribution network typically include provisions for escalations or reductions in the amounts paid by the Company if the price of fuel moves outside a stated range.
Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations
Growth markets with limited supply of indigenous stone must be served via a long-haul distribution network
The U.S. Department of the Interior identified possible sources of indigenous rock and documented its limited supply in certain areas of the United States, including the coastal areas from Virginia to Texas. Further, certain interior United States markets may experience limited availability of locally sourced aggregates resulting from increasingly restrictive zoning, permitting and/or environmental laws and regulations. The Company’s long-haul distribution network is used to supplement, or in many cases, wholly supply, the local crushed stone needs of these areas and provides the Company with the flexibility to effectively serve customers primarily in the Southwest and Southeast coastal markets.
The long-haul distribution network can also diversify market risk for locations that engage in long-haul transportation of aggregates products. This is particularly true where a producing quarry serves a local market and transports products via rail, water and/or truck to be sold in other markets. The risk of a downturn in one market may be somewhat mitigated by other markets served by the location.
Product shipments are moved by rail, water and truck through the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Company’s rail network primarily serves its Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Colorado and Gulf Coast markets, while the Company’s Bahamas and Nova Scotia locations transport materials via oceangoing ships. The Company’s strategic focus includes expanding inland and offshore capacity and acquiring distribution yards and port locations to offload transported material. As of December 31, 2023, the Company's distribution network consisted of 76 aggregates yards and 5 cement terminals.
The Company’s rail shipments result in continued reliance on railroad operations, including track congestion, crew and locomotive availability, the effects of adverse weather conditions and the ability to negotiate favorable railroad shipping contracts. Further, changes in the operating strategy of rail transportation providers can create operational inefficiencies and increased costs from the Company’s rail network.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 45
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
A portion of railcars and all ships in the Company’s long-haul distribution network are under short- and long-term leases, some with purchase options, and contracts of affreightment. The limited availability of water and rail transportation providers, coupled with limited distribution sites, can adversely affect lease rates for such services and ultimately the freight rates.
The Company has long-term agreements providing dedicated shipping capacity from its Bahamas and Nova Scotia operations to its coastal ports that expire in 2026 and 2027, respectively. These contracts of affreightment are take-or-pay contracts with minimum and maximum shipping requirements. The minimum requirements were met in 2023. There can be no assurance that such contracts will be renewed upon expiration or that terms will continue without significant increases.
Public infrastructure, historically, the Company’s largest end-use market, is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources
Transportation investments generally boost the economy by creating jobs and enhancing mobility and access, which are priorities of many of the government’s economic plans. Public-sector construction related to transportation infrastructure is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources. The federal highway bill, currently the IIJ Act, provides annual funding for public-sector highway construction projects and includes spending authorizations, which represent the maximum financial obligation that will result from the immediate or future outlays of federal funds for highway and transit programs. The federal government’s surface transportation programs are funded mostly through the receipts of highway user taxes placed in the Highway Trust Fund, which is divided into the Highway Account and the Mass Transit Account. Revenues credited to the Highway Trust Fund are primarily derived from a federal gas tax, a federal tax on certain other motor fuels and interest on the accounts’ accumulated balances. Of the currently imposed federal gas tax of $0.184 per gallon, which has been static since 1993, $0.15 is allocated to the Highway Account of the Highway Trust Fund.
Since most states are required to balance their budgets, reductions in revenues generally require a reduction in states’ expenditures. However, the impact of state revenue reductions on highway investment will vary depending on whether the monies come from dedicated revenue sources, such as highway user fees, or whether portions are paid for with general funds.
In addition to federal appropriations, each state typically funds its infrastructure investment from specifically allocated amounts collected from various user fees, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees. States have assumed a significantly larger role in funding infrastructure investment, including initiating special-purpose taxes and raising state gas taxes. Management believes that financing at the state and local levels, such as bond issuances, toll roads, vehicle miles traveled fees and tax initiatives, will continue to grow and have a fundamental role in advancing infrastructure projects. State infrastructure investment generally leads to increased growth opportunities for the Company. The level of state public-works spending is varied across the nation and dependent upon individual state economies, and the degree to which the Company could be affected by a reduction or slowdown in infrastructure spending varies by state. The state economies of the Building Materials business’ ten largest revenue-generating states may disproportionately affect the Company’s financial performance.
Governmental appropriations and expenditures are typically less interest rate-sensitive than private-sector spending. Obligations of federal funds are a leading indicator of highway construction activity in the United States. Before a state or local department of transportation can solicit bids on an eligible construction project, it enters into an agreement with the Federal Highway Administration to obligate the federal government to pay its portion of the project cost. Federal obligations are subject to annual funding appropriations by Congress.
The need for surface transportation improvements continues to significantly outpace the amount of available funding. A large number of roads, highways and bridges built following the establishment of the Interstate Highway System in 1956 now require major repair or reconstruction. According to the latest information available from The Road Information Program (TRIP), a national transportation research group, vehicle travel on the nation's roads increased 18% from 2000 to 2022, while new lane road mileage increased only 9% over a similar period. TRIP also reports that 40% of the nation’s major roads are in poor or mediocre condition, while 7% of the nation’s bridges are in poor/structurally deficient condition. Additionally, there is an estimated backlog of $123 billion of improvements to the nation’s highway system that requires an increase in annual investment from $23 billion to $57 billion for the next 20 years to address these improvements and meet mobility and modernization needs. Management believes infrastructure activity for 2024 and beyond should benefit from the IIJ Act and additional state and local infrastructure initiatives.
In addition to highways and bridges, transportation infrastructure includes aviation, mass transit, ports and waterways. Railroad construction continues to benefit from economic growth, which ultimately generates a need for additional maintenance and improvements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 46
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Erratic weather can significantly impact operations
Production and shipment levels for the Building Materials business correlate with general construction activity, most of which occurs outdoors and, as a result, is affected by erratic weather, seasonal changes and other climate-related conditions. Typically, due to a general slowdown in construction activity during winter months, the first and fourth quarters experience lower production and shipment activity. As such, temperatures in the months of March and November can meaningfully affect the Company’s first- and fourth-quarter results, respectively, where warm and/or moderate temperatures in March and November allow the construction season to start earlier and end later, respectively. Additionally, extreme heat during summer months can impact construction activities, as outdoor work may be limited to protect the health and safety of construction workers.
Excessive rainfall jeopardizes production efficiencies, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. In particular, the Company’s operations in the Atlantic and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and The Bahamas are at risk for hurricane activity from June through November, but most notably in August, September and October. The Company’s California operations are at risk for flooding, wildfire activity and water use restrictions in severe drought conditions. Increased intensity and frequency of extreme weather events have been linked to climate change, and further global warming may increase the risk of adverse weather conditions.
Capital investment decisions driven by capital intensity of the Building Materials business and focus on land
The Company’s organic capital program is designed to leverage construction market growth through investment in both permanent and portable facilities at the Company’s operations. Over an economic cycle, the Company typically invests organic capital at an annual level that approximates depreciation expense. At mid-cycle and through cyclical peaks, organic capital investment typically exceeds depreciation expense, as the Company supports current capacity needs and future growth. Conversely, at a cyclical trough, the Company may reduce levels of capital investment. Regardless of cycle, the Company sets a priority of investing capital to ensure safe, environmentally sound and efficient operations, as well as to provide the highest quality of customer service and establish a foundation for future growth.
The Company is diligent in its focus on land opportunities, including potential new sites (greensites) and existing site expansion. Land purchases are usually opportunistic and can include contiguous property around existing quarry locations. Such property can serve as buffer property or additional mineral reserves, assuming regulatory hurdles can be cleared and the underlying geology supports economical aggregates mining. In either instance, the acquisition of additional property around an existing quarry typically allows the expansion of the quarry footprint and an extension of quarry life.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 47
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties Business
The Magnesia Specialties business manufactures magnesia-based chemicals products for industrial, agricultural and environmental applications at its Manistee, Michigan facility. The Magnesia Specialties business produces and sells dolomitic lime from its Woodville, Ohio facility. Of 2023 total Magnesia Specialties revenues, 66% was attributable to chemicals products, 33% was attributable to lime and 1% was attributable to stone.
In 2023, 78% of lime shipments was sold to third-party customers, while the remaining 22% was used internally as a raw material for the manufacturing of chemicals products. Dolomitic lime products sold to external customers are primarily used by the domestic steel industry and, overall, 38% of Magnesia Specialties’ 2023 total revenues was related to products used in the steel industry. Accordingly, a portion of the segment’s revenues and profits is affected by production and inventory trends within the steel industry, which are guided by the rate of consumer consumption, the flow of offshore imports and other economic factors. The dolomitic lime business runs most profitably at 70% or greater steel capacity utilization. Domestic steel production averaged 74% of capacity in 2023 and 75% in 2022. The chemical products business focuses on higher-margin specialty chemicals that can be produced at volumes that support efficient operations.
While total revenues of the Magnesia Specialties business were predominantly derived from domestic customers in 2023, financial results can be affected by foreign currency exchange rates, increasing transportation costs or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. To mitigate the short-term effect of currency exchange rates, foreign transactions are denominated in United States dollars.
A significant portion of the Magnesia Specialties business’ costs is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. The production process requires the use of natural gas, coal and petroleum coke; therefore, fluctuations in their pricing directly affect operating results. To help mitigate this risk, the Company has fixed-price agreements for 81% of its 2024 energy needs for coal, petroleum coke and natural gas. For 2023, the segment’s average cost per MMBtu (1,000,000 British thermal units) of natural gas decreased 19% versus 2022. Given high fixed costs, low capacity utilization can negatively affect the segment’s results of operations. Management expects future organic profit growth to result from increased pricing, commercialization of new products, entry into new markets and optimization of overall product mix.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 48
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Magnesia Specialties business is highly dependent on rail transportation, particularly for movement of dolomitic lime from Woodville to Manistee and direct customer shipments of dolomitic lime and magnesia chemicals products from both Woodville and Manistee. The segment can be affected by the risks mentioned in the long-haul distribution discussion in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Environmental Regulation and Litigation
The expansion and growth of the aggregates industry is subject to increasing challenges from environmental and political advocates aiming to control the pace and direction of future development. Certain environmental groups have published lists of targeted municipal areas, including areas within the Company’s marketplace, for environmental and suburban growth control. The effect of these initiatives on the Company’s growth is typically localized. Further challenges are expected as the momentum of these initiatives ebb and flow. Rail and other transportation alternatives are being heralded by these special-interest groups as solutions to mitigate road traffic congestion and overcrowding.
The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. Certain of the Company’s operations may occasionally use substances classified as toxic or hazardous. The Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses.
Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for certain of the Company’s operations; such permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. New permits are generally required for opening new sites or for expansion at existing operations and can take several years to obtain. Moreover, land use, rezoning and special or conditional use permits are increasingly difficult to obtain. Once a permit is issued, the location is required to generally operate in accordance with the approved site plan.
The Clean Air Act, originally passed in 1963 and periodically updated by amendments, is the United States’ national air pollution control program that granted the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) authority to set limits on the level of various air pollutants. To be in compliance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards, a defined geographic area must be below established limits for six pollutants. Environmental groups have been successful in lawsuits against the federal and certain state departments of transportation, delaying highway construction in municipal areas not in compliance with the Clean Air Act. The USEPA designates geographic areas as nonattainment areas when the level of air pollutants exceeds the national standard. Nonattainment areas receive deadlines to reduce air pollutants by instituting various control strategies or otherwise face fines or control by the USEPA. Included as nonattainment areas are several major metropolitan areas in the Company’s markets, such as Houston/Brazoria/Galveston, Texas; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Bexar County in San Antonio/New Braunfels, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Boulder, Colorado; Fort Collins/Greeley/Loveland, Colorado; Atlanta, Georgia; Baltimore, Maryland;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 49
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Los Angeles-San Bernardino Counties, California; Los Angeles – South Coast Basin, California; Phoenix/Mesa, Arizona; San Diego County, California; San Francisco Bay Area, California; San Joaquin Valley, California; and Sacramento County, California. Federal transportation funding has been directly tied to compliance with the Clean Air Act.
Large emitters (facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more per year) of greenhouse gases (GHG) must report GHG generation to comply with the USEPA’s Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Reporting Rule (GHG Rule). The Company in 2023 filed annual reports in accordance with the GHG Rule relating to operations at its two cement plants in Texas, as well as its Magnesia Specialties facilities in Woodville, Ohio, and Manistee, Michigan, each of which emit certain GHG, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide. If Congress passes additional legislation limiting GHG emissions, these operations will likely be subject to such legislation. The Company believes that any increased operating costs or taxes related to GHG emission limitations at its cement or Woodville operations would be passed on to its customers. The Manistee facility may have to absorb extra costs due to the regulation of GHG emissions in order to maintain competitive pricing in its markets. The Company cannot reasonably predict how much those increased costs may be.
The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings incidental to its normal business activities. In the opinion of management, based upon currently available facts, the likelihood is remote that the ultimate outcome of any litigation or other proceedings, including those pertaining to environmental matters, relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, will have a material adverse effect on the overall results of the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial position.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
In 2023, the Company achieved record revenues, gross profit, diluted earnings per share and Adjusted EBITDA, extending its track record of profitability growth to twelve consecutive years. This section presents metrics for continuing operations.
Results of Operations
The discussion and analysis that follow reflect management’s assessment of the financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements. As discussed in more detail, the Company’s operating results are highly dependent upon activity within the construction marketplace, economic cycles within the public and private business sectors, and seasonal and other weather-related conditions. Accordingly, financial results for any year presented, or year-to-year comparisons of reported results, may not be indicative of future operating results. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S-K, the Company has elected to omit the discussion of the earliest period (2021) presented as it was included in its MD&A in its 2022 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 24, 2023, incorporated by reference from Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” thereto.
The Company’s Building Materials business generated the majority of consolidated total revenues and earnings from continuing operations. The following comparative analysis and discussion should be read within this context. Further, sensitivity analysis and certain other data are provided to enhance the reader’s understanding of MD&A and are not intended to be indicative of management’s judgment of materiality.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 50
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company’s consolidated operating results and operating results as a percentage of total revenues are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions, except for % of total revenues) | 2023 | % of Total revenues | 2022 | % of Total revenues | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Total Revenues | $ | 6,777.2 | 100.0 | $ | 6,160.7 | 100.0 | |||||||||
| Total cost of revenues | 4,754.6 | 70.2 | 4,737.4 | 76.9 | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 2,022.6 | 29.8 | 1,423.3 | 23.1 | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | 442.8 | 6.5 | 396.7 | 6.4 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 12.2 | 9.1 | |||||||||||||
| Other operating income, net | (28.4 | ) | (189.2 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from Operations | 1,596.0 | 23.5 | 1,206.7 | 19.6 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | 165.3 | 169.0 | |||||||||||||
| Other nonoperating income, net | (62.1 | ) | (53.4 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense | 1,492.8 | 1,091.1 | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 292.5 | 234.8 | |||||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations | 1,200.3 | 17.7 | 856.3 | 13.9 | |||||||||||
| (Loss) Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax (benefit) expense | (30.9 | ) | 10.5 | ||||||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings | 1,169.4 | 866.8 | |||||||||||||
| Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests | 0.5 | — | |||||||||||||
| Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,168.9 | 17.2 | $ | 866.8 | 14.1 |
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization; earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates; acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses; and the nonrecurring gain on the divestiture of certain ready mixed concrete operations (Adjusted EBITDA) is an indicator used by the Company and investors to evaluate the Company’s operating performance from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, as such, should not be construed as an alternative to net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta, earnings from operations or operating cash flow. Since Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net earnings and may vary among companies, Adjusted EBITDA as presented by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The following table presents a reconciliation of net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 1,199.8 | $ | 856.3 | ||||
| Add back (subtract): | ||||||||
| Interest expense, net of interest income | 118.6 | 155.4 | ||||||
| Income tax expense for controlling interests | 292.3 | 234.8 | ||||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates | 504.8 | 496.6 | ||||||
| Acquisition, divestiture and integration expenses | 12.2 | 9.1 | ||||||
| Nonrecurring gain on divestiture | –– | (151.9 | ) | |||||
| Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 2,127.7 | $ | 1,600.3 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 51
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Mix-Adjusted Average Selling Price
Mix-adjusted average selling price (mix-adjusted ASP) is a non-GAAP measure that excludes the impacts of period-over-period product, geographic and other mix on the average selling price. Mix-adjusted ASP is calculated by comparing current-period shipments to like-for-like shipments in the comparable prior period. Management uses this metric to evaluate the realization of pricing increases and believes this information is useful to investors as it provides same-on-same pricing trends.
The following reconciles reported average selling price to mix-adjusted ASP and corresponding variances:
| years ended December 31 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aggregates: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 19.84 | $ | 16.68 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.28 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 19.56 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 18.9 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 17.2 | % | |||||
| Cement - Continuing Operations: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 174.27 | $ | 142.83 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.62 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 173.65 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 22.0 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 21.6 | % |
Total Revenues
The following table presents total revenues for the Company and its reportable segments by product line for continuing operations:
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||
| East Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 2,592.5 | $ | 2,294.3 | ||||
| Asphalt | 198.9 | 194.2 | ||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (28.0 | ) | (20.4 | ) | ||||
| East Group Total | 2,763.4 | 2,468.1 | ||||||
| West Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | 1,709.1 | 1,584.7 | ||||||
| Cement | 725.5 | 620.0 | ||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 1,009.3 | 953.2 | ||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 688.2 | 593.7 | ||||||
| Less: interproduct revenues | (433.7 | ) | (363.0 | ) | ||||
| West Group Total | 3,698.4 | 3,388.6 | ||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 6,461.8 | 5,856.7 | ||||||
| Magnesia Specialties | 315.4 | 304.0 | ||||||
| Total consolidated revenues | $ | 6,777.2 | $ | 6,160.7 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 52
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Gross Profit
The following table presents gross profit and gross margin data for the Company by product line for continuing operations:
| 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| years ended December 31 (dollars in millions) | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | ||||||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 1,378.1 | 32.0 | % | $ | 983.8 | 25.4 | % | ||||||
| Cement | 333.6 | 46.0 | % | 202.7 | 32.7 | % | ||||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 102.0 | 10.1 | % | 70.7 | 7.4 | % | ||||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 109.0 | 12.3 | % | 81.0 | 10.3 | % | ||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,922.7 | 29.8 | % | 1,338.2 | 22.8 | % | ||||||||
| Magnesia Specialties | 97.1 | 30.8 | % | 90.9 | 29.9 | % | ||||||||
| Corporate | 2.8 | NM | (5.8 | ) | NM | |||||||||
| Consolidated gross profit | $ | 2,022.6 | 29.8 | % | $ | 1,423.3 | 23.1 | % |
The increase in Building Materials business gross profit in 2023 compared with 2022 was primarily attributable to pricing growth and lower energy costs, which more than offset lower shipments and higher repairs and maintenance costs. Aggregates gross margin increased 660 basis points, as a result of pricing growth and lower diesel expense, offsetting lower shipments and higher production costs. Cement gross margin expanded 1,330 basis points, as pricing growth and lower energy costs more than offset lower shipments and higher raw materials and maintenance costs.
The increase in gross profit in Magnesia Specialties was driven by pricing gains in both the lime and chemical product lines, coupled with lower energy costs, which more than offset higher repair costs.
Corporate gross profit includes intercompany royalty and rental revenue and expenses, depreciation and unallocated operational expenses excluded from the Company’s evaluation of business segment performance.
Building Materials. Shipment data and volume variances by product line for the Building Materials business are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aggregates tons | 198.8 | 207.7 | (4.3 | %) | ||||||||
| Cement tons | 4.0 | 4.2 | (3.4 | %) | ||||||||
| Ready mixed concrete cubic yards | 6.5 | 7.4 | (12.1 | %) | ||||||||
| Asphalt tons | 9.4 | 9.1 | 3.5 | % |
Average selling price and pricing variances by product line for the Building Materials business are as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2023 | 2022 | % Change | |||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Aggregates - per ton | $ | 19.84 | $ | 16.68 | 18.9 | % | ||||||
| Cement – per ton | $ | 174.27 | $ | 142.83 | 22.0 | % | ||||||
| Ready mixed concrete – per cubic yard | $ | 154.34 | $ | 128.15 | 20.4 | % | ||||||
| Asphalt – per ton | $ | 65.90 | $ | 61.77 | 6.7 | % |
Aggregates volume decreased 4.3% in 2023, driven by the Company's value-over-volume pricing strategy, an affordability-driven residential slowdown and moderation in portions of nonresidential construction. Aggregates pricing increased 18.9%, or 17.2% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2022, due to the cumulative effect of 2022 and 2023 pricing actions.
Cement shipments decreased 3.4% in 2023 versus prior year driven by import pressures and general softening of market demand in South Texas. Cement pricing increased 22.0%, or 21.6% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2022, driven by the impact of multiple price increases during 2022 and 2023.
Ready mixed concrete shipments decreased 12.1%, largely driven by the April 2022 divestiture of the Company's Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses. Pricing increased 20.4% from pricing actions implemented in all Arizona and Texas markets.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 53
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In 2023, asphalt pricing increased 6.7%. Shipments increased 3.5%, reflecting pent-up demand in many of the Company's Arizona and California markets.
Magnesia Specialties. In 2023, Magnesia Specialties reported total revenues of $315.4 million and gross profit of $97.1 million, representing increases of 3.8% and 6.9%, respectively, compared with 2022. The profitability increase in 2023 reflects pricing gains in both the lime and chemical product lines and lower energy costs, which more than offset higher repair costs and lower sales volumes of chemical products.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2023 and 2022 were 6.5% and 6.4% of total revenues, respectively.
Other Operating Income, Net
Other operating income, net, is comprised generally of gains and losses on the sale of assets; recoveries and losses related to certain customer accounts receivable; rental, royalty and services income; accretion expense, depreciation expense and gains and losses related to asset retirement obligations. These net amounts represented income of $28.4 million in 2023 and $189.2 million in 2022. In 2023, other operating income, net, included $19.5 million of gains on land sales. In 2022, other operating income, net, included a $151.9 million pretax gain on the divestiture of the Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete operations.
Earnings from Operations
Consolidated earnings from operations were $1.60 billion and $1.21 billion in 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $165.3 million in 2023 and $169.0 million in 2022.
Other Nonoperating Income, Net
Other nonoperating income, net, is comprised generally of interest income; foreign currency transaction gains and losses; pension and postretirement benefit cost (excluding service cost); net equity earnings from nonconsolidated investments and other miscellaneous income and expenses. Consolidated other nonoperating income, net, was $62.1 million in 2023 and $53.4 million in 2022. In 2023, other nonoperating income, net, included $46.7 million of interest income and $8.9 million of third-party railroad track maintenance expense. Other nonoperating income, net, for 2022 included $13.6 million of interest income, a $12.0 million pretax gain related to the repurchase of the Company's debt and $8.2 million of third-party railroad track maintenance expense.
Income Tax Expense
Variances in the estimated effective income tax rates, when compared with the statutory corporate income tax rate, are due primarily to the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves, the effect of state income taxes, stock compensation deductions, and the impact of foreign income or losses for which no tax expense or benefit is recognized. Additionally, certain acquisition-related expenses have limited deductibility for income tax purposes.
The permanent benefit associated with the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves is typically the significant driver of the variance in the estimated effective income tax rate compared with the statutory rate. The statutory depletion deduction is calculated as a percentage of revenues subject to certain limitations. Due to these limitations, changes in sales volumes and pretax earnings may not proportionately affect the statutory depletion deduction and the corresponding impact on the effective income tax rate. However, the impact of the depletion deduction on the estimated effective tax rate is inversely affected by increases or decreases in pretax earnings.
The Company’s estimated effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was 19.6% and 21.5%, respectively. The lower 2023 effective income tax rate versus 2022 was primarily driven by the impact of the divestiture of the Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses in 2022.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 54
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The effective income tax rate for 2023 and 2022 included an $11.2 million and $10.3 million discrete benefit from financing third-party railroad track maintenance, respectively. In exchange, the Company received a federal income tax credit and deduction.
Discontinued Operations
Since October 1, 2021, and through their respective divestiture dates, the financial results of the California cement businesses and certain California ready mixed concrete operations acquired as part of the Lehigh West Region acquisition were reported as discontinued operations. The Company sold the Tehachapi, California cement plant on October 31, 2023 and the Stockton, California cement import terminal on May 3, 2023. Additionally, the Redding cement plant, related cement terminals and 14 ready mixed concrete plants were sold in June 2022. The collective businesses generated a loss of $30.9 million in 2023 and earnings of $10.5 million in 2022, net of expenses associated with the divestitures and income tax (benefit) expense.
Net Earnings and Earnings Per Diluted Share From Continuing Operations Attributable to Martin Marietta
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $1.20 billion, or $19.32 per diluted share, for 2023 and $856.3 million, or $13.70 per diluted share, for 2022.
Liquidity and Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Generally, the Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities. Operating cash flow is substantially derived from consolidated net earnings, before deducting depreciation, depletion and amortization, and offset by working capital requirements. Cash provided by operations was $1.53 billion in 2023 and $991.2 million in 2022. The primary driver of the increase in cash provided by operations in 2023 was higher earnings and improved working capital utilization.
Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $458.7 million in 2023 and net cash used for investing activities was $483.8 million in 2022. The 2023 amount reflected $700.0 million in proceeds from the sale of restricted investments, which the Company had invested in during 2022 and which were used to repay discharged debt and related interest in 2023 (see Capital Structure and Resources section).
Cash paid for property, plant and equipment additions was $650.3 million in 2023 and $481.8 million in 2022.
Pretax proceeds from divestitures and sales of assets were $426.5 million in 2023 and $687.1 million in 2022.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 55
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Financing Activities
Net cash used for financing activities was $1.06 billion in 2023 and $407.5 million in 2022. The 2023 amount reflects using $700.0 million to repay discharged debt and related interest.
During 2022, the Company repurchased $67.7 million (par value) of its Senior Notes, resulting in a pretax gain of $12.0 million.
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Board of Directors approved total cash dividends on the Company’s common stock of $2.80 per share and $2.54 per share, respectively. Total cash dividends paid were $174.0 million in 2023 and $159.1 million in 2022.
In each of 2023 and 2022, the Company repurchased 0.4 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $150.0 million. In 2023 and 2022, the average cost was $393.16 per share and $358.56 per share, respectively.
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-term debt, including current maturities, was $4.35 billion at December 31, 2023, and was in the form of publicly-issued long-term notes and debentures.
On September 29, 2022, the Company satisfied and discharged its $700 million of 0.650% Senior Notes due 2023 (the 0.650% Senior Notes), which were issued in July 2021. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge, the Company irrevocably deposited funds in an amount sufficient to satisfy all remaining principal and interest payments on the 0.650% Senior Notes with Regions Bank (the Trustee). The money was placed in a fund that invested exclusively in U.S. Treasury securities and was classified as Restricted investments (to satisfy discharged debt and related interest) on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022. The Company utilized existing cash resources to fund the satisfaction and discharge. The 0.650% Senior Notes remained on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022 and continued to accrete to their par value over the period until maturity. On July 17, 2023, the deposited funds were applied to satisfy the remaining principal and interest payments and the 0.650% Senior Notes have been paid in full.
The Company, through a wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, has a $400.0 million trade receivable securitization facility (the Trade Receivable Facility). In September 2023, the Company extended the maturity of the Trade Receivable Facility to September 19, 2024. The Trade Receivable Facility is backed by eligible trade receivables, as defined. Borrowings are limited to the lesser of the facility limit or the borrowing base, as defined. These receivables are originated by the Company and then sold or contributed to the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Company continues to be responsible for the servicing and administration of the receivables purchased by the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Trade Receivable Facility contains a cross-default provision to the Company’s other debt agreements. Subject to certain conditions, including lenders providing the requisite commitments, the Trade Receivable Facility may be increased to a borrowing base not to exceed $500.0 million. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Trade Receivable Facility as of December 31, 2023.
The Company has an $800.0 million five-year senior unsecured revolving facility (the Revolving Facility), which matures in December 2028. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2023. The Revolving Facility requires the Company’s ratio of consolidated net debt-to-consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the trailing-twelve months (the Ratio) to not exceed 3.50x as of the end of any fiscal quarter, provided that the Company may exclude from the Ratio debt incurred in connection with certain acquisitions during the quarter or the three preceding quarters so long as the Ratio calculated without such exclusion does not exceed 4.00x. Additionally, if there are no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and the Trade Receivable Facility, consolidated debt, including debt for which the Company is a guarantor, shall be reduced in an amount equal to the lesser of $500.0 million or the sum of the Company’s unrestricted cash and temporary investments, for purposes of the covenant calculation. The Company was in compliance with the Ratio and other requirements under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2023.
Total equity was $8.03 billion at December 31, 2023. At that date, the Company had an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $49.2 million, primarily resulting from unrecognized prior service cost and actuarial loss related to pension benefits.
Pursuant to authority granted by its Board of Directors, the Company can repurchase up to 20 million shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2023, the Company had 12.7 million shares remaining under the repurchase authorization. Future share repurchases are at the discretion of management.
At December 31, 2023, the Company had $1.27 billion in unrestricted cash and short-term investments that are considered cash equivalents. The Company manages its cash and cash equivalents to ensure short-term operating cash needs are met and excess funds are managed efficiently. The Company funds shortages in operating cash through credit facilities. The Company
Form 10-K ♦ Page 56
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
utilizes excess cash to either pay down credit facility borrowings or invest in money market funds, money market demand deposit accounts or Eurodollar time deposit accounts. Money market demand deposits and Eurodollar time deposit accounts are exposed to bank solvency risk. Money market demand deposit accounts are FDIC insured up to $250,000. The Company’s investments in bank funds generally exceed the FDIC insurance limit.
Cash on hand, along with the Company’s projected internal cash flows and availability of financing resources, including its access to debt and equity capital markets, is expected to continue to be sufficient to provide the capital resources necessary to support anticipated operating needs, cover debt service requirements, meet capital expenditures and discretionary investment needs, fund certain acquisition opportunities that may arise and allow for payment of dividends for the foreseeable future. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are unsecured and may be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to borrow or issue securities is dependent upon, among other things, prevailing economic, financial and market conditions. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $1.20 billion of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
The Company may be required to obtain additional financing in order to fund certain strategic acquisitions or to refinance outstanding debt. The Company is exposed to credit markets through the interest cost related to borrowings under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
Contractual and Off Balance Sheet Obligations
Postretirement medical benefits will be paid from the Company’s assets. The obligation, if any, for retiree medical payments is subject to the terms of the plan. At December 31, 2023, the Company’s recorded benefit obligation related to these benefits totaled $8.3 million.
The Company has other retirement benefits related to pension plans. At December 31, 2023, the fair value of the qualified pension plans’ assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $307.8 million. The Company estimates that it will make contributions of $25.0 million to qualified pension plans in 2024. Any contributions beyond 2024 are currently undeterminable and will depend on the investment return on the related pension assets. At December 31, 2023, the Company had a total obligation of $100.2 million related to unfunded nonqualified pension plans and expects to make contributions of $7.7 million to these plans in 2024.
In connection with normal, ongoing operations, the Company enters into market-rate leases for property, plant and equipment and royalty commitments principally associated with leased land and mineral reserves. Additionally, the Company enters into equipment rentals to meet shorter-term, nonrecurring and intermittent needs. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $395.5 million in operating lease obligations and $200.4 million in finance lease obligations, representing the present value of future payments, which include $16.3 million of lease obligations classified as held for sale. The imputed interest on operating and finance lease obligations was $175.3 million. Management anticipates that, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will enter into additional royalty agreements for land and mineral reserves during 2024. As permitted, short-term leases are excluded from Accounting Standards Codification 842, Leases (ASC 842) requirements and future noncancelable obligations for these leases as of December 31, 2023 are immaterial.
As of December 31, 2023, future interest payable on the Company’s publicly-traded debt through the various maturity dates was $1.97 billion. The Company had obligations related to contracts of affreightment not accounted for as a lease and royalty agreements totaling $69.1 million and $148.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The Company had purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment of $162.1 million as of December 31, 2023. In addition, as of December 31, 2023, the Company has a purchase commitment for 394 railcars at an aggregate value of $42.7 million. The Company also had other purchase obligations related to energy and service contracts which totaled $233.1 million as of December 31, 2023.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The Company has entered into standby letter of credit agreements relating to certain insurance claims, contract performance and permit requirements. At December 31, 2023, the Company had contingent liabilities guaranteeing its own performance under these outstanding letters of credit of $32.2 million.
In the normal course of business, at December 31, 2023, the Company was contingently liable for $698.3 million in surety bonds, which guarantee its own performance and are required by certain states and municipalities and their related agencies. The Company has indemnified the underwriting insurance companies against any exposure under the surety bonds. In the Company’s past experience, no material claims have been made against these financial instruments.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 57
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Other Financial Information
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements include certain critical estimates regarding the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates require management’s subjective and complex judgments. Amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements could differ materially if management used different assumptions in making these estimates, resulting in actual results differing from those estimates. Methodologies used and assumptions selected by management in making these estimates, as well as the related disclosures, have been reviewed by and discussed with the Company’s Audit Committee. Management’s determination of the critical nature of accounting estimates and judgments may change from time to time depending on facts and circumstances that management cannot currently predict.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment. An interim review is performed between annual tests if facts and circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company performs its impairment evaluation as of October 1, which represents the annual evaluation date. The impairment review of goodwill is a critical accounting estimate because goodwill (excluding goodwill allocated to assets held for sale) represented 22% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2023; the review requires management to apply judgment and make key assumptions; and an impairment charge could be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Certain operating segments within the Building Materials business meet the aggregation criteria and are consolidated into reportable segments for financial reporting. The Company’s reporting units, which represent the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment, are based on the operating segments of the Building Materials business. Goodwill is assigned to the respective reporting unit(s) based on the location of acquisitions at the time of consummation. If subsequent organizational changes result in operations being transferred to a different reporting unit, a proportionate amount of goodwill is transferred from the former to the new reporting unit. For divestitures, goodwill is allocated on a proportional basis based on the relative fair values of the portion of the reporting unit being disposed of and the portion of the reporting unit remaining.
The Southwest Division is the most significant reporting unit and includes $1.5 billion of the Company’s goodwill, excluding amounts classified as held for sale. At December 31, 2023, the Company allocated $260.0 million of goodwill to assets held for sale for a pending divestiture in the Southwest Division. There is also $1.1 billion of goodwill in the West Division reporting unit. There is no goodwill related to the Magnesia Specialties business.
Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, which represents a Step-1 analysis. However, prior to Step 1, the Company may perform an optional qualitative assessment, or Step 0. As part of the qualitative assessment, the Company considers, among other things, the following events and circumstances: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other business or reporting unit-specific events. If the Company concludes it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that a reporting unit’s fair value is higher than its carrying value, the Company does not perform any further goodwill impairment testing for that reporting unit. Otherwise, it proceeds to Step 1 of its goodwill impairment analysis. If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its carrying value, no further calculation is necessary. A reporting unit with a carrying value in excess of its fair value constitutes a Step-1 failure and results in an impairment charge. When the Company validates its conclusion by measuring fair value, it may resume performing a qualitative assessment for a reporting unit in any subsequent period. The Company may bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly with the quantitative calculation in Step 1. The Company performs a Step-1 analysis for all its reporting units every three years.
For the 2023 annual impairment evaluation, the Company performed a Step-0 analysis for all reporting units and concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that each of the reporting units’ fair value exceeded its carrying value.
Any potential impairment charges from future evaluations represent a risk to the Company.
Pension Benefit Obligation and Pension Expense – Selection of Assumptions
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that cover substantially all employees and a Supplemental Excess Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain retirees (see Note J to the consolidated financial statements). Annually, as of December 31, management remeasures the defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligation based on the present value of the projected future benefit payments to all participants for services rendered to date, reflecting expected
Form 10-K ♦ Page 58
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
future pay increases through the participants’ expected retirement dates. A discount rate assumption is selected annually based on corporate bond rates as of the measurement date to calculate the present value of the projected benefit obligation.
Annual pension expense, referred to as net periodic benefit cost within the consolidated financial statements, (inclusive of SERP expense) consists of several components:
•
Service Cost, which represents the present value of benefits attributed to services rendered in the current year, measured by expected future salary levels to assumed retirement dates;
•
Interest Cost, which represents one year’s additional interest on the projected benefit obligation;
•
Expected Return on Assets, which represents the expected investment return on pension plan assets; and
•
Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Actuarial Gains and Losses, which represents components that are recognized over time rather than immediately. Prior service cost represents credit given to employees for years of service already accrued. At December 31, 2023, unrecognized prior service cost was $42.4 million. Management currently expects to amortize $5.9 million of the unrecognized prior service cost in 2024. Actuarial gains and losses arise from changes in assumptions regarding future events, a change in the benefit obligation resulting from experience different from assumed or when actual returns on pension assets differ from expected returns. At December 31, 2023, the unrecognized actuarial loss was $63.4 million. Pension accounting rules currently allow companies to amortize the portion of the unrecognized actuarial loss that represents more than 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or pension plan assets, using the average remaining service life for the amortization period. The calculation is performed on a plan-by-plan basis. Management currently expects to amortize $1.5 million of the unrecognized actuarial loss in 2024.
The aforementioned components are calculated annually to determine the annual pension expense.
Management believes the selection of assumptions related to the annual pension expense and related projected benefit obligation is a critical accounting estimate due to the high degree of volatility in the expense and obligation dependent on selected assumptions. The key assumptions are as follows:
•
The discount rate is used to present value the projected benefit obligation and represents the current rate at which the projected benefit obligations could be effectively settled.
•
The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is used to estimate future asset returns and should reflect the average rate of long-term earnings on assets invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation.
•
The mortality table and mortality improvement scale represent published statistics on the expected lives of people.
•
The rate of increase in future compensation levels is used to project the pay-related pension benefit formula and should estimate actual future compensation levels.
Management’s selection of the discount rate is based on an analysis that estimates the current rate of return for high-quality, fixed-income investments with maturities matching the payment of pension benefits that could be purchased to settle the obligations. The Company selected a hypothetical portfolio of Moody’s Aa bonds, with maturities that match the benefit obligations, to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2023, the Company selected a discount rate assumption of 5.58%, a 30-basis-point decrease compared with the December 31, 2022 assumption. Of the four key assumptions, the discount rate is generally the most volatile and sensitive estimate. Accordingly, a change in this assumption can have a significant impact on the annual pension expense and the projected benefit obligation.
Management’s selection of the rate of increase in future compensation levels, which reflects cost of living adjustments and merit and promotion increases, is generally based on the Company’s historical increases in pensionable earnings, while giving consideration to any future expectations. A higher rate of increase results in higher pension expense and a higher projected benefit obligation. The assumed long-term rate of increase is 4.50%.
Management’s selection of the expected long-term rate of return on pension fund assets is based on the current asset class mix of the Company's pension plan assets, current capital market conditions and a stochastic forecast of future conditions. Based on the currently projected returns on these assets and related expenses, the Company selected an expected return on assets of 6.75%, the same as the prior-year rate.
The following table presents the expected return on pension assets as compared with the actual return on pension assets:
Form 10-K ♦ Page 59
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
| (in millions) | Expected Return on Pension Assets | Actual Return on Pension Assets | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2023 | $71.4 | $123.1 | ||
| 2022 | $77.3 | ($171.4) |
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension assets is included in actuarial gains and losses, which are amortized into annual pension expense as previously described.
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company estimated the remaining lives of participants in the pension plans using the Society of Actuaries’ Pri-2012 Base Mortality Table. The no-collar table was used for salaried participants and the blue-collar table was used for hourly participants, both adjusted to reflect the historical experience of the Company’s participants and a geospatial mortality analysis. The Company selected the MP-2020 scale for mortality improvement at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Assumptions are selected on December 31 to calculate the succeeding year’s expense. The assumptions selected at December 31, 2023 are as follows:
| Discount rate | 5.58% | |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in future compensation levels | 4.50% | |
| Expected long-term rate of return on assets | 6.75% | |
| Average remaining service period for participants | 9 years | |
| Mortality Tables: | ||
| Base Table | Pri-2012 | |
| Mortality Improvement Scale | MP-2020 |
Using these assumptions, the Company's pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2023 was $969.2 million and 2024 pension expense is expected to be approximately $21.0 million based on current demographics and structure of the plans. Changes in the underlying assumptions would have the following estimated impact on the obligation and expected expense:
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would have changed the December 31, 2023 pension benefit obligation by approximately $29.4 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would change the 2024 expected expense by approximately $1.2 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the expected long-term rate of return on assets would change the 2024 expected expense by approximately $2.9 million.
The Company made pension plan and SERP contributions of $31.8 million in 2023 and $352.1 million during the five-year period ended December 31, 2023. In total, the Company’s pension plans are overfunded (fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation) by $207.6 million at December 31, 2023. The Company’s projected benefit obligation was $969.2 million at December 31, 2023, an increase of $111.6 million, or 13%, versus the prior year, driven by the lower discount rate compared with the prior year. The Company expects to make pension plan and SERP contributions of $32.7 million in 2024, of which $25.0 million is voluntary.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 60
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Estimated Effective Income Tax Rate
The Company uses the liability method to determine its provision for income taxes. Accordingly, the annual provision for income taxes reflects estimates of the current liability for income taxes, estimates of the tax effect of financial reporting versus tax basis differences using statutory income tax rates and management’s judgment with respect to any valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and accruals for uncertain tax positions. The result is management’s estimate of the annual effective tax rate (the ETR).
Income for tax purposes is determined through the application of the rules and regulations under the United States Internal Revenue Code and the statutes of various foreign, state and local tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. Changes in the statutory tax rates and/or tax laws in these jurisdictions can have a material impact on the ETR. The effect of these changes, if material, is recognized when the change is enacted.
As prescribed by these tax regulations, as well as U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the manner in which revenues and expenses are recognized for financial reporting and income tax purposes is not always the same. Therefore, these differences between the Company’s pretax income for financial reporting purposes and the amount of taxable income for income tax purposes are treated as either temporary or permanent, depending on their nature.
Temporary differences reflect revenues or expenses that are recognized in financial reporting in one period and taxable income in a different period. An example of a temporary difference is the use of the straight-line method of depreciation of machinery and equipment for financial reporting purposes and the use of an accelerated method for income tax purposes. Temporary differences result in differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of assets or liabilities and give rise to deferred tax assets or liabilities (i.e., future tax deductions or future taxable income). Therefore, when temporary differences occur, they are offset by a corresponding change in a deferred tax account. As such, total income tax expense as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings is not changed by temporary differences.
The Company has deferred tax liabilities, primarily for right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, employee pension and postretirement benefits and partnerships and joint ventures. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to property, plant and equipment relate to accelerated depreciation and depletion methods used for income tax purposes as compared with the straight-line and units-of-production methods used for financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences will reverse over the remaining useful lives of the related assets. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to goodwill arise as a result of amortizing goodwill for income tax purposes but not for financial reporting purposes. This temporary difference reverses when goodwill is written off for financial reporting purposes, either through divestitures or an impairment charge. The timing of such events cannot be estimated. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to employee pension and postretirement benefits relate to deductions as plans are funded for income tax purposes compared with deductions for financial reporting purposes based on accounting standards. The reversal of these differences depends on the timing of the Company’s contributions to the related benefit plans as compared to the annual expense for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to partnerships and joint ventures relate to the difference between the tax basis of the investments in partnerships and joint ventures when compared to the basis for financial reporting purposes. The temporary difference reverses through differences recognized over the life of the investment or through divestiture.
The Company has deferred tax assets, primarily for inventories, valuation reserves, stock-based compensation awards, unrecognized losses related to the funded status of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, lease liabilities, net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. The deferred tax assets attributable to inventories and valuation reserves relate to the deduction of estimated cost reserves and various period expenses for financial reporting purposes that are deductible in a later period for income tax purposes. The reversal of these differences depends on facts and circumstances, including the timing of deduction for income tax purposes for reserves previously established and the establishment of additional reserves for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards relate to differences in the timing of deductibility for financial reporting purposes versus income tax purposes. For financial reporting purposes, the fair value of the awards is deducted ratably over the requisite service period. For income tax purposes, no deduction is allowed until the award is vested or no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company reflects all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in income tax expense as a discrete event in the period in which the award vests or settles, increasing volatility in the income tax rate from period to period.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment (excluding the amount allocated to assets held for sale) represented 41% of total assets at December 31, 2023.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 61
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Aggregates mineral reserves and mineral interests are components within the property, plant and equipment balance on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates aggregates reserves, including those used in the cement manufacturing process, in several ways, depending on the geology at a particular location and whether the location is a greensite, an acquisition or an existing operation. Greensites require an extensive drilling program before any significant investment is made in terms of time, site development or efforts to obtain appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The depth of overburden and the quality and quantity of the aggregates reserves are significant factors in determining whether to pursue opening the site. Further, the estimated average selling price for products in a market is also a significant factor in concluding that reserves are economically mineable. If the Company’s analysis based on these factors is satisfactory, the total aggregates reserves available are calculated and a determination is made whether to open the location. Reserve evaluation at existing locations is typically performed to evaluate purchasing adjoining properties, for quality control, calculating overburden volumes and for mine planning. Reserve evaluation of acquisitions may require a higher degree of sampling to verify the total reserves.
Well-ordered subsurface sampling of the underlying deposit is basic to determining reserves at any location. This subsurface sampling usually involves one or more types of drilling, determined by the nature of the material to be sampled and the objective of the sampling. The Company’s objectives are to ensure that the underlying deposit meets aggregate specifications and that the total reserves on site are sufficient for mining and economically recoverable. Locations underlain with hard rock deposits, such as granite and limestone, are drilled using the diamond core method, which provides the most useful and accurate samples of the deposit. Selected core samples are tested for soundness, abrasion resistance and other physical properties relevant to the aggregate's use and standard to the aggregates industry. The number, depth and spacing of the holes are determined by the size of the site and the complexity of the site-specific geology. Some geological factors that may affect the number and depth of holes include faults, folds, chemical irregularities, clay pockets, thickness of formations and weathering.
The quality of reserves within a deposit can vary. Construction contracts, for the infrastructure market in particular, include specifications related to the aggregates material properties. If a limiting characteristic in the deposit is discovered, the aggregates material may not meet the required specifications. Although it is possible that the aggregates material can still be used for non-specification uses, this can have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to serve certain customers or the Company’s profitability. In addition, other factors can arise that influence the Company’s ability to develop reserves, including geological occurrences, mining practices, environmental requirements and zoning ordinances.
Locations underlain with sand and gravel are typically drilled using auger or sonic methods, whereby a corkscrew or hollow-stem tooling brings up material from below the ground, which is then sampled. Deposits in these locations are typically limited in thickness. Additionally, the deposit's quality and sand-to-gravel ratio can vary both horizontally and vertically. The extent and type of drilling is determined by the characteristics and the continuity of the deposit.
In determining the amount of reserves, evaluations are completed by or under the supervision of qualified person(s) using industry best practices and internal controls defined by the Company. The designations the Company uses for reserve categories, and those recognized by the aggregate industry are summarized as follows:
Mineral Reserves – Mineral reserves are an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality that, in the opinion of a qualified person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a mineral [deposit], which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Reserves are categorized as Proven and Probable and represent net tons after consideration of applicable losses incurred during mining and plant processing.
Proven Reserves – Proven reserves are the portion of a mineral deposit for which quantity and quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive evidence from closely spaced drilling and sampling.
Probable Reserves – Probable reserves are estimated on the basis of less geologic evidence but are considered adequate for determining the quantity and quality.
The Company’s proven and probable reserves reflect reasonable economic and operating constraints and also include reserves at the Company’s inactive and undeveloped sites, including some sites where permitting and zoning applications will not be filed until warranted by expected future growth. The Company has historically been successful in obtaining and maintaining appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The Company bases estimates on the information known at the time of determination and regularly reevaluates reserves whenever new information indicates a material change in reserves at one of the Company’s sites.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 62
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Mineral reserves and mineral interests, when acquired in connection with a business combination, are valued using an excess earnings approach for the life of the proven and probable reserves.
The Company uses proven and probable reserves as the denominator in its units-of-production calculation to record depletion expense for its mineral reserves and mineral interests. For 2023, depletion expense was $52.8 million.
The Company begins capitalizing quarry development costs at a point when reserves are determined to be proven or probable, economically mineable and when demand supports investment in the market. Capitalization of these costs ceases when production commences. Capitalized quarry development costs are classified as land improvements.
New mining areas may be developed at existing quarries in order to access additional reserves. When this occurs, management reviews the facts and circumstances of each situation in making a determination as to the appropriateness of capitalizing or expensing the related pre-production development costs. If the additional mining location operates in a separate and distinct area of a quarry, the costs are capitalized as quarry development costs and depreciated over the life of the uncovered reserves. Further, a separate asset retirement obligation is created for additional mining areas when the liability is incurred. Once a new mining area enters the production phase, all post-production stripping costs are expensed as incurred as periodic inventory production costs.
Useful lives of the assets can vary depending on factors, including production levels, geographic location, portability and maintenance practices. Additionally, climate and inclement weather can reduce the useful life of an asset. Historically, the Company has not recognized significant losses on the disposal or retirement of fixed assets.
Forward-Looking Statements – Safe Harbor Provisions Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
If you are interested in Martin Marietta stock, management recommends that, at a minimum, you read the Company’s current annual report and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the past year. The Company’s recent proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders also contains important information. These and other materials that have been filed with the SEC are accessible through the Company’s website at www.martinmarietta.com and are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also write or call the Company’s Corporate Secretary, who will provide copies of such reports.
Investors are cautioned that all statements in this Annual Report that relate to the future involve risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that the Company believes in good faith are reasonable but which may be materially different from actual results. These statements, which are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, provide the investor with the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. They may use words such as “anticipate,” “may,” “expect,” “should,” “believe,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with future events or future operating or financial performance. In addition to the statements included in this report, we may from time to time make other oral or written forward-looking statements in other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in other public disclosures. Any or all of management’s forward-looking statements here and in other publications may turn out to be wrong.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that may be materially different from actual results, and include, but are not limited to:
•
the ability of the Company to face challenges, including shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company's control;
•
a widespread decline in aggregates pricing, including a decline in aggregates shipment volume negatively affecting aggregates price;
•
the history of both cement and ready mixed concrete being subject to significant changes in supply, demand and price fluctuations;
•
the termination, capping and/or reduction or suspension of the federal and/or state fuel tax(es) or other revenue related to public construction;
•
the level and timing of federal, state or local transportation or infrastructure or public projects funding, most particularly in Texas, North Carolina, Colorado, California, Georgia, Minnesota, Arizona, Iowa, Florida and Indiana;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 63
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
the United States Congress’ inability to reach agreement among themselves or with the Executive Branch on policy issues that impact the federal budget;
•
the ability of states and/or other entities to finance approved projects either with tax revenues or alternative financing structures;
•
levels of construction spending in the markets the Company serves;
•
a reduction in defense spending and the subsequent impact on construction activity on or near military bases;
•
a decline in energy-related construction activity resulting from a sustained period of low global oil prices or changes in oil production patterns or capital spending, particularly in Texas and West Virginia;
•
sustained high residential mortgage interest rates and other factors that have resulted in a slowdown in residential construction in some geographies;
•
unfavorable weather conditions, particularly Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Mexico storm and hurricane activity, wildfires, the late start to spring or the early onset of winter and the impact of a drought or excessive rainfall in the markets served by the Company, any of which can significantly affect production schedules, volumes, product and/or geographic mix and profitability;
•
the volatility of fuel costs and energy, particularly diesel fuel, electricity, natural gas and the impact on the cost, or the availability generally, of other consumables, namely steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts, and with respect to the Company’s Magnesia Specialties business, natural gas;
•
continued increases in the cost of other repair and supply parts;
•
construction labor shortages and/or supply chain challenges;
•
unexpected equipment failures, unscheduled maintenance, industrial accident or other prolonged and/or significant disruption to production facilities;
•
the resiliency and potential declines of the Company's various construction end-use markets;
•
the potential negative impacts of new waves of outbreak of diseases, epidemic or pandemic, or similar public health threat, or fear of such event and its related economic or societal response, including any impact on the Company's suppliers, customers, or other business partners as well as on its employees;
•
the performance of the United States economy;
•
increasing governmental regulation, including environmental laws and climate change regulations at the federal and state levels;
•
transportation availability or a sustained reduction in capital investment by the railroads, notably the availability of railcars, locomotive power and the condition of rail infrastructure to move trains to supply the Company’s Texas, Colorado, Florida, Carolinas and Gulf Coast markets, including the movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan and its customers;
•
increased transportation costs, including increases from higher or fluctuating passed-through energy costs or fuel surcharges, and other costs to comply with tightening regulations, as well as higher volumes of rail and water shipments;
•
availability of trucks and licensed drivers for transport of the Company’s materials;
•
availability and cost of construction equipment in the United States;
•
weakening in the steel industry markets served by the Company’s dolomitic lime products;
•
potential impact on costs, supply chain, oil and gas prices, or other matters relating to geopolitical conflicts, including the war between Russia and Ukraine, the war in Israel and related conflict in the Middle East and the conflict between China and Taiwan;
•
trade disputes with one or more nations impacting the U.S. economy, including the impact of tariffs on the steel industry;
•
unplanned changes in costs or realignment of customers that introduce volatility to earnings, including that of the Magnesia Specialties business that is running at capacity;
•
proper functioning of information technology and automated operating systems to manage or support operations;
•
inflation and its effect on both production and interest costs;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 64
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
the concentration of customers in construction markets and the increased risk of potential losses on customer receivables;
•
the impact of the level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and management of production costs on the operating leverage and therefore profitability of the Company;
•
the possibility that the expected synergies from acquisitions will not be realized or will not be realized within the expected time period, including achieving anticipated profitability to maintain compliance with the Company’s leverage ratio debt covenant;
•
the strategic benefits, outlook, performance and opportunities expected as a result of acquisitions and portfolio optimization;
•
changes in tax laws, the interpretation of such laws and/or administrative practices, including acquisitions or divestitures, that would increase the Company’s tax rate;
•
violation of the Company’s debt covenant if price and/or volumes return to previous levels of instability;
•
downward pressure on the Company’s common stock price and its impact on goodwill impairment evaluations;
•
the possibility of a reduction of the Company’s credit rating to non-investment grade; and
•
other risk factors listed from time to time found in the Company’s filings with the SEC.
Further, increased highway construction funding pressures resulting from either federal or state issues can affect profitability. If these negatively affect transportation budgets more than in the past, construction spending could be reduced. Cement is subject to cyclical supply and demand and price fluctuations.
The Company’s principal business serves customers in construction markets. This concentration could increase the risk of potential losses on customer receivables; however, payment bonds normally posted on public projects, together with lien rights on private projects, mitigate the risk of uncollectible receivables. The level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and the management of production costs will affect the operating leverage of the Building Materials business and, therefore, profitability. Production costs in the Building Materials business are also sensitive to energy and raw material prices, both directly and indirectly. Diesel fuel, natural gas, coal and other consumables change production costs directly through consumption or indirectly by increased energy-related input costs, such as steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts. Fluctuating diesel fuel pricing also affects transportation costs, primarily through fuel surcharges in the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Magnesia Specialties business is sensitive to changes in domestic steel capacity utilization as well as the absolute price and fluctuation in the cost of natural gas.
Transportation in the Company’s long-haul network, particularly the supply of railcars and locomotive power and condition of rail infrastructure to move trains, affects the Company’s efficient transportation of aggregates products in certain markets, most notably Texas, Colorado, Florida, North Carolina and the Gulf Coast. In addition, availability of railcars and locomotives affects the Company’s movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to both the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan, and its customers. The availability of trucks, drivers and railcars to transport the Company’s product, particularly in markets experiencing high growth and increased demand, is also a risk and pressures the associated costs.
All of the Company’s businesses are also subject to weather-related risks that can significantly affect production schedules and profitability. The first and fourth quarters are most adversely affected by winter weather. Hurricane and cyclone activity in the Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf Coast generally is most active during the second, third and fourth quarters.
Risks also include shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company’s control.
In addition to the foregoing, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include but are not limited to those listed above in Item 1, “Business – Competition,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note A: Accounting Policies” and “Note N: Commitments and Contingencies” of the “Notes to Financial Statements” of the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
You should consider these forward-looking statements in light of risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and other filings made with the SEC. All of the Company’s forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company considers immaterial could affect the accuracy of its forward-looking statements, or adversely affect or be material to the Company. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of filing or publication and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 65
Part II ♦ Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
FY 2022 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0000950170-23-004361.
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company, with 2022 total revenues of $6.16 billion and 2022 net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $856.3 million. These results were achieved in part by supplying aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 350 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. Martin Marietta also provides cement and downstream products, namely ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain markets where the Company has a leading aggregates position. Specifically, the Company has two cement plants in Texas, ready mixed concrete operations in Arizona, California and Texas, and asphalt operations in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota. Paving services are offered in California and Colorado. The Company also has one cement plant, related cement distribution terminals and ready mixed concrete operations in California that are classified as assets held for sale and reported as discontinued operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt and paving product lines are reported collectively as the “Building Materials” business.
As more fully discussed in the Consolidated Strategic Objectives section, geography is critically important for the Building Materials business. The Company conducts its Building Materials business through two reportable segments, organized by geography: East Group and West Group. The East Group, consisting of the East and Central divisions, provides aggregates and asphalt products. The West Group is comprised of the Southwest and West divisions and provides aggregates, cement, downstream products and paving services. Further, the following five states accounted for 64% of the Building Materials business 2022 total revenues: Texas, Colorado, North Carolina, Minnesota and California.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 35
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties
The Company operates a Magnesia Specialties business with production facilities in Michigan and Ohio. The Magnesia Specialties business produces magnesia-based chemicals products used in industrial, agricultural and environmental applications. It also produces dolomitic lime sold primarily to customers for steel production and soil stabilization. Magnesia Specialties’ products are shipped to customers domestically and worldwide.
Consolidated Strategic Objectives
The Company’s strategic planning process, or Strategic Operating Analysis and Review (SOAR), provides the framework for execution of Martin Marietta’s long-term strategic plan. Guided by this framework and considering the cyclicality of the Building Materials business, the Company determines capital allocation priorities to maximize long-term shareholder value creation. The Company’s strategy includes ongoing evaluation of aggregates-led opportunities of scale in new domestic markets (i.e., platform acquisitions) and expansion through acquisitions that complement existing operations (i.e., bolt-on acquisitions). To that effect, the Company has invested nearly $8.0 billion in acquisitions since the launch of SOAR in 2010. The Company finances such opportunities with the goal of preserving its financial flexibility by having a leverage ratio (consolidated net debt-to-consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, or EBITDA) within a range of 2.0 times to 2.5 times within a reasonable period of time, typically within 18 months, following the completion of a debt-financed transaction. SOAR also includes the identification and potential disposition of assets that are not consistent with stated strategic goals. Notably, in 2022, the Company divested its Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses and certain West Coast cement and ready mixed concrete operations, refining its product mix and improving margin profile, while providing balance sheet flexibility.
The Company, by purposeful design, will continue to be an aggregates-led business that focuses on markets with strong, underlying growth fundamentals where it can sustain or achieve a leading market position. In fact, aggregates product gross profit represented 69% of 2022 total consolidated products and services gross profit. As part of its long-term strategic plan, the Company may also pursue strategic cement and targeted downstream opportunities. For Martin Marietta, strategic cement and targeted downstream operations are located in vertically-integrated markets where the Company has, or envisions, among other things, a clear path toward a leading aggregates position.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 36
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Generally, the Company’s building materials are both sourced and sold locally. As a result, geography is critically important when assessing market attractiveness and growth opportunities. Attractive geographies generally exhibit (a) population growth and/or high population density, both of which are drivers of heavy-side building materials consumption; (b) business and employment diversity, drivers of greater economic stability; and (c) a superior state financial position, a driver of public infrastructure investment.
Population growth and density are assessed based on a site’s proximity to one of the megaregions in the United States. Megaregions are large networks of metropolitan population centers covering thousands of square miles. According to America 2050, a planning and policy program of the Regional Plan Association, a majority of the nation’s population and economic growth through 2050 will occur in 11 megaregions. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten of the megaregions. As evidence of the successful execution of SOAR, the Company’s leading positions in the Texas Triangle, Colorado’s Front Range, northern and southern California and Arizona’s Sun Corridor megaregions, its growth platform in the southern portion of the Northeast megaregion and its enhanced position in the Piedmont Atlantic megaregion, primarily in the Atlanta area, are the results of acquisitions since 2011. The Company has a legacy presence in the southeastern portion of the Great Lakes megaregion, encompassing operations in Indiana and Ohio, as well as the Florida megaregion and the Gulf Coast megaregion in Texas.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 37
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
With respect to business and employment diversity, the Company focuses its geographic footprint along significant transportation and commerce corridors, particularly where land is readily available for the development of fulfillment and/or data centers. The retail sector (both e-commerce and brick and mortar) values transportation corridors, as logistics and distribution are critical considerations for construction supporting that industry. In addition, technology companies view these areas as attractive locations for data centers.
The Company considers a state’s financial health rating, as issued by S&P Global Ratings, in determining the opportunities and attractiveness of areas for expansion or development. The Company’s top ten revenue-generating states have been evaluated and scored a financial health rating of AA- or higher, where AAA is the highest score. The Company also reviews the state’s ability to secure additional infrastructure funding and financing.
In line with the Company’s strategic objectives, management’s overall focus includes:
•
Upholding the Company’s commitment to its Mission, Vision and Values
•
Navigating effectively through construction cycles to balance investment decisions against expected shipment volumes
•
Tracking shifts in population trends, as well as local, state and national economic conditions, to ensure changing trends are reflected against the execution of the strategic plan
•
Integrating acquired businesses efficiently to maximize the return on the investment
•
Allocating capital in a manner consistent with the following long-standing priorities while maintaining financial flexibility
─
Acquisitions
─
Organic capital investment
─
Return of cash to shareholders through both meaningful and sustainable dividends as well as share repurchases
Form 10-K ♦ Page 38
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
2022 Performance Highlights
Achieved Industry-Leading Safety Performance:
•
Record company-wide Lost-Time Incident Rate (LTIR) of 0.15, the sixth consecutive year of world-class or better LTIR thresholds
•
Record company-wide Total Injury Incident Rate (TIIR) of 0.78, the second consecutive year of world-class or better TIIR thresholds
Achieved Record Financial Performance:
The Company achieved record total revenues, products and services revenues, consolidated gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA (defined in Results of Operations section), benefiting from double-digit pricing growth across all product lines of the Building Materials business and contributions from acquired operations, which more than offset increased inflationary pressure from rising input costs and divestiture impacts on an absolute basis. Further, 2022 represented the eleventh consecutive year of annual growth for products and services revenues, adjusted gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA. The Company’s commitment to safety and operational and commercial excellence resulted in the following financial performance from continuing operations (comparisons with 2021):
•
Record consolidated total revenues of $6.16 billion compared with $5.41 billion, an increase of 13.8%
•
Record consolidated gross profit of $1.42 billion compared with $1.35 billion, an increase of 5.6%; 2021 consolidated gross profit was burdened by $30.6 million of costs related to the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting
•
Consolidated selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses representing 6.4% of total revenues
•
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $856.3 million compared with $702.0 million, an increase of 22.0%
•
Record consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations of $1.60 billion, an increase of 4.7%
•
Operating cash flow of $991.2 million, a decrease of 12.9%
Continued Disciplined Execution Against Capital Allocation Priorities:
•
Optimized portfolio with divestitures of the Company's Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses and certain West Coast cement and ready mixed concrete operations
•
Capital investments into operations of $481.8 million
•
Quarterly dividend increase of 8% in August 2022, resulting in total annual dividends paid of $159.1 million, or $2.54 per share
•
Repurchase of 0.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $150.0 million
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Building Materials Business
The Building Materials business serves customers in the construction marketplace. The business’ profitability is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and cyclical swings in construction spending, which are affected by fluctuations in levels of public-sector infrastructure funding; interest rates; access to capital markets; and demographic, geographic, employment and population dynamics.
The heavy-side construction business, inclusive of much of the Company’s operations, is conducted outdoors. Therefore, erratic weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions, including flooding, hurricanes, cold temperatures, earthquakes, droughts and wildfires, can significantly affect production schedules, shipments, costs, efficiencies and profitability. Generally, the financial results for the first and fourth quarters are most subject to the impacts of winter weather, while the second and third quarters can be subject to the impacts of heavy precipitation. The impacts of erratic weather patterns are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 39
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Product Lines
Aggregates are an engineered, granular material consisting of crushed stone, sand and gravel, manufactured to specific sizes, grades and chemistry for use primarily in construction applications. The Company’s operations consist mostly of open pit quarries; however, the Company is also the largest operator of underground aggregates mines in the United States, with 14 active underground mines located in the East Group. The Company’s aggregates reserves average approximately 75 years at the 2022 annual production level.
Cement is the basic agent used to bind coarse aggregates, sand and water in the production of ready mixed concrete. The Company has a strategic and leading cement position in the state of Texas, with production facilities in Midlothian, Texas, south of Dallas/Fort Worth, and Hunter, Texas, centrally located along I-35 between San Antonio and Austin. These two facilities produce Portland limestone and specialty cements, have a combined annual capacity of approximately 4.5 million tons and collectively operated at approximately 77% utilization for clinker production in 2022; clinker is the initial product of cement production. The Midlothian plant has a permit that allows for annual capacity expansion of 0.8 million tons. The Company is currently undertaking a finishing capacity expansion project at the Midlothian plant, which is expected to be completed in the middle of 2024 and will provide 0.5 million tons of incremental annual capacity. Further, the Company is nearing completion of converting its plants to manufacture a less carbon-intensive Portland limestone cement, known as Type 1L, that has been approved by the Texas Department of Transportation. In addition to the two production facilities, the Company operates several cement distribution terminals.
Calcium carbonate in the form of limestone is the principal raw material used in the production of cement. The Company owns more than 600 million tons of limestone reserves adjacent to its cement production plants in Texas. During 2021, the Company purchased two cement plants in Redding and Tehachapi, California, and related distribution facilities as part of the acquisition of Lehigh Hanson, Inc.'s West Region business (Lehigh West Region). The Redding plant and related distribution terminals were sold on June 30, 2022. The Tehachapi plant and related distribution terminals were classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. In August 2022, the Company announced a definitive agreement to sell the Tehachapi plant and related distribution terminals, subject to regulatory approval and customary closing conditions.
Ready mixed concrete is measured in cubic yards and specifically batched or produced for customers’ construction projects and then typically transported by mixer trucks and poured at the project site. The coarse aggregates used for ready mixed concrete are a washed material with limited amounts of fines (i.e., dirt and clay). The Company operates ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona, California and Texas. The California ready mixed concrete operations were classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Asphalt is most commonly used in surfacing roads and parking lots and consists of liquid asphalt, or bitumen, the binding medium, and aggregates. Similar to ready mixed concrete, each asphalt batch is produced to customer specifications. The Company’s asphalt operations are located in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota and paving services are offered in California and Colorado. Market dynamics for these downstream product lines include a highly competitive environment and lower barriers to entry compared with the Company’s upstream product lines of aggregates and cement.
End-Use Trends
•
According to the latest available data published by the U.S. Geological Survey, for the nine months ended September 30, 2022, estimated construction aggregates consumption increased 3.0% compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and for the eleven months ended November 30, 2022, cement consumption increased 4.4% versus the comparable prior-year period.
•
National not seasonally adjusted construction spending statistics for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, according to U.S. Census Bureau, reveal:
- Total value of construction put in place increased 10%
- Public construction spending increased 5%
- Private nonresidential construction market spending increased 9%
- Private residential construction market spending increased 13%
The principal end-use markets of the Building Materials business are public infrastructure (i.e., highways; streets; roads; bridges; and schools); nonresidential construction (i.e., manufacturing and distribution facilities; industrial complexes; office
Form 10-K ♦ Page 40
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
buildings; large retailers and wholesalers; healthcare; hospitality; and energy-related activity); and residential construction (i.e., subdivision development; and single- and multi-family housing). Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast, collectively comprising the ChemRock/Rail market.
Public infrastructure projects can require several years to complete, while residential and nonresidential construction projects are usually completed within one year. Generally, customer purchase orders do not contain firm quantity commitments, regardless of end-use market. Therefore, management does not utilize a Company backlog in managing its business.
Infrastructure
The public infrastructure market accounted for 35% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2022, a 5% volume increase from 2021 as a result of solid demand spurred by accelerating federal and state level investment. The Company’s shipments to this end-use market remain below the most recent five-year average of 36% and ten-year average of 39%.
Public construction projects, once awarded, are typically seen through to completion. Thus, delays from weather or other factors can serve to extend the duration of the construction cycle. While construction spending in the public and private market sectors is affected by economic cycles, public infrastructure spending has been comparatively more stable due to the predictability of funding from federal, state and local governments. The Infrastructure Investments and Jobs Act (IIJ Act) was signed into law on November 15, 2021 and contains a five-year surface transportation reauthorization plus $110 billion in new funding for roads, bridges and other hard infrastructure projects.
State and local initiatives that support infrastructure funding, including gas tax increases and other ballot initiatives, are increasing in size and number as these governments recognize the need for their expanded role in public infrastructure funding. In November 2022, 411 state and local ballot initiatives, or 87% of all infrastructure funding measures up for vote, were approved. These approved infrastructure initiatives are estimated to generate nearly $23 billion in one-time and recurring revenues, with initiatives in Texas, the Company’s largest revenue-generating state, accounting for over $15 billion of this total.
Nonresidential
The nonresidential construction market accounted for 36% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2022, a 3% volume increase over 2021, reflecting several large warehouse projects. Large industrial projects of scale led by energy, onshore manufacturing and data centers continue to lead the segment, accounting for the majority of total nonresidential shipments. Over the medium term, the Company expects enhanced federal investment from the Inflation Reduction Act and Creating Helpful Incentives to Produce Semiconductors Act will further support and accelerate post-pandemic secular growth trends, including restructured manufacturing and energy supply chains, electric vehicle transition and continued adoption of digital and cloud-based technologies, resulting in robust demand within the heavy nonresidential sector. The Dodge Momentum Index, a twelve-month leading indicator of construction spending for nonresidential building compiled by Dodge Construction Network, was 222.2 in December 2022, where the year 2000 serves as an index basis of 100. This represented an increase of 40% from December 2021, further suggesting positive momentum in the nonresidential construction sector at the onset of 2023.
Residential
The residential construction market accounted for 24% of the Company’s aggregates shipments in 2022 and was flat compared with strong 2021 activity. This end use typically moves in direct correlation with economic cycles. The Company’s exposure to residential construction is split between aggregates used in the construction of subdivisions (including streets, sidewalks, utilities and storm and sewage drainage), single-family homes and multi-family units. Construction of both subdivisions and single-family homes is nearly three times more aggregates intensive than construction of multi-family units. Therefore, the level of new subdivision starts, as well as new single-family housing permits, is a strong leading indicator of residential volumes. For the year ended December 31, 2022, not seasonally adjusted national housing starts decreased 3% to 1.55 million units compared with 2021 and not seasonally adjusted national housing permits decreased 5% versus 2021. Despite overall underbuilt conditions, several of the Company's markets experienced a slowdown in single-family demand due to affordability concerns, increased interest rates and logistical challenges.
ChemRock/Rail
The remaining 5% of the Company’s 2022 aggregates shipments was to the ChemRock/Rail market, which includes ballast and agricultural limestone. Ballast is an aggregates product used to stabilize railroad track beds. Agricultural lime, a high-calcium
Form 10-K ♦ Page 41
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
carbonate material, is used as a supplement in animal feed, a soil acidity neutralizer and agricultural growth enhancer. Additionally, ChemRock/Rail includes rip rap, which is used as a stabilizing material to control erosion caused by water runoff at embankments, ocean beaches, inlets, rivers and streams, and high-calcium limestone, which is used as filler in glass, plastic, paint, rubber, adhesives, grease and paper. Chemical-grade, high-calcium limestone is used as a desulfurization material in utility plants.
Pricing Trends
Materials pricing for construction projects is generally based on terms committing to the availability of specified products of a stated quantity at an agreed-upon price during a definitive period. Since infrastructure projects span multiple years, announced price changes can have a lag time before taking effect while the Company sells products under existing price agreements. Pricing escalators included in multi-year infrastructure contracts serve to somewhat mitigate this effect. However, during periods of sharp or rapid increases in production costs, multi-year infrastructure contract pricing may provide only nominal pricing growth. Additionally, the Company may implement multiple price increases throughout the year, on a market-by-market basis, where appropriate, as was done in 2022. Pricing is determined locally and is affected by supply and demand characteristics of the local market. For further information on pricing, see the discussion in the Financial Overview section.
Cost Structure
Costs of revenues for the Building Materials business are components of costs incurred at the quarries, mines, cement plants, ready mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants, paving operations and distribution yards and facilities. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of resale materials, freight expenses to transport materials from a producing quarry or cement plant to a distribution yard or facility and production overhead costs.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 42
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Generally, the significant components of costs of revenues for the aggregates product line are (1) labor and related benefits; (2) internal freight; (3) depreciation, depletion and amortization; (4) repairs and maintenance; (5) energy; (6) supplies; and (7) contract services. In 2022, these categories represented 82% of the aggregates product line's total costs of revenues.
Variable costs are expenses that fluctuate with the level of production volume, while fixed costs are expenses that do not vary based on production or sales volume. Production is the key driver in determining the levels of variable costs, as it affects the number of hourly employees and related labor hours. Further, components of energy, supplies and repairs and maintenance costs also increase in connection with higher production volumes. Accordingly, the Company’s operating leverage can be substantial.
Generally, when the Company invests capital in facilities and equipment, increased capacity and productivity reduce labor and repair costs, and can offset increased fixed depreciation costs. However, the increased productivity and related efficiencies may not be fully realized in a lower-demand environment, resulting in under-absorption of fixed costs.
Wage and benefit inflation and other increases in labor costs may be somewhat mitigated by enhanced productivity in an expanding economy. Further, workforce reductions resulting from process automation and mobile fleet right-sizing, primarily in the aggregates operations, have mitigated rising labor costs. During economic downturns, the Company reviews its operations and, where practical, temporarily idles certain sites. The Company is able to serve these markets with other open facilities that are in close proximity. In certain markets, management can create production “super crews” that work on a rotating basis at various locations. For example, within a market, a crew may work three days per week at one quarry and the other two workdays at another quarry. This has allowed the Company to responsibly manage headcount in periods of lower demand.
Cement production is a capital-intensive operation with high fixed costs to run plants that operate continuously with the exception of maintenance shutdowns. Kiln and finishing mill maintenance typically requires a plant to be shut down for a period of time as repairs are made. In 2022 and 2021, the cement operations incurred outage costs of $33.3 million and $23.6 million, respectively. The increase in outage costs in 2022 compared with 2021 is primarily attributable to the timing of planned and unplanned kiln outages. The Company adjusts production levels in anticipation of planned maintenance shutdowns.
The production of ready mixed concrete and asphalt requires the use of cement and liquid asphalt raw materials, respectively. Therefore, fluctuations in availability and prices for these raw materials directly affect the Company’s operating results.
Typically, diesel fuel represents the single-largest component of energy costs for the Building Materials business. The average cost per gallon was $4.01 and $2.36 in 2022 and 2021, respectively. Changes in energy costs also affect the prices that the Company pays for related supplies, including explosives, conveyor belting and tires. Further, the Company’s contracts of affreightment for shipping products on its rail and waterborne distribution network typically include provisions for escalations or reductions in the amounts paid by the Company if the price of fuel moves outside a stated range.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 43
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations
Growth markets with limited supply of indigenous stone must be served via a long-haul distribution network
The U.S. Department of the Interior identified possible sources of indigenous rock and documented its limited supply in certain areas of the United States, including the coastal areas from Virginia to Texas. Further, certain interior United States markets may experience limited availability of locally sourced aggregates resulting from increasingly restrictive zoning, permitting and/or environmental laws and regulations. The Company’s long-haul distribution network is used to supplement, or in many cases, wholly supply, the local crushed stone needs of these areas.
The long-haul distribution network can also diversify market risk for locations that engage in long-haul transportation of aggregates products. This is particularly true where a producing quarry serves a local market and transports products via rail, water and/or truck to be sold in other markets. The risk of a downturn in one market may be somewhat mitigated by other markets served by the location.
Product shipments are moved by rail, water and truck through the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Company’s rail network primarily serves its Texas, Florida, Colorado and Gulf Coast markets, while the Company’s Bahamas and Nova Scotia locations transport materials via oceangoing ships. The Company’s strategic focus includes expanding inland and offshore capacity and acquiring distribution yards and port locations to offload transported material. At December 31, 2022, the distribution network available to the Company consisted of 78 aggregates yards and 11 cement terminals, of which six cement terminals were classified as discontinued operations.
The Company’s increased rail shipments have made it more reliant on railroad operations, including track congestion, crew and locomotive availability, the effects of adverse weather conditions and the ability to negotiate favorable railroad shipping contracts. Further, changes in the operating strategy of rail transportation providers can create operational inefficiencies and increased costs from the Company’s rail network.
A portion of railcars and all ships of the Company’s long-haul distribution network are under short- and long-term leases, some with purchase options, and contracts of affreightment. The limited availability of water and rail transportation providers, coupled with limited distribution sites, can adversely affect lease rates for such services and ultimately the freight rates.
The Company has long-term agreements providing dedicated shipping capacity from its Bahamas and Nova Scotia operations to its coastal ports. These contracts of affreightment are take-or-pay contracts with minimum and maximum shipping requirements. The minimum requirements were met in 2022. The Company’s waterborne contracts of affreightment have varying expiration dates ranging from 2023 to 2027 and generally contain renewal options. However, there can be no assurance that such contracts can be renewed upon expiration or that terms will continue without significant increases.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 44
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The multiple transportation modes that have been developed with various rail carriers and deep-water ships provide the Company with the flexibility to effectively serve customers primarily in the Southwest and Southeast coastal markets.
Public infrastructure, historically, the Company’s largest end-use market, is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources
Transportation investments generally boost the national economy by enhancing mobility and access and creating jobs, which are priorities of many of the government’s economic plans. Public-sector construction related to transportation infrastructure is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources. The federal highway bill, currently the IIJ Act, provides annual funding for public-sector highway construction projects and includes spending authorizations, which represent the maximum financial obligation that will result from the immediate or future outlays of federal funds for highway and transit programs. The federal government’s surface transportation programs are funded mostly through the receipts of highway user taxes placed in the Highway Trust Fund, which is divided into the Highway Account and the Mass Transit Account. Revenues credited to the Highway Trust Fund are primarily derived from a federal gas tax, a federal tax on certain other motor fuels and interest on the accounts’ accumulated balances. Of the currently imposed federal gas tax of $0.184 per gallon, which has been static since 1993, $0.15 is allocated to the Highway Account of the Highway Trust Fund.
Since most states are required to balance their budgets, reductions in revenues generally require a reduction in states’ expenditures. However, the impact of state revenue reductions on highway investment will vary depending on whether the monies come from dedicated revenue sources, such as highway user fees, or whether portions are paid for with general funds.
In addition to federal appropriations, each state typically funds its infrastructure investment from specifically allocated amounts collected from various user fees, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees. Over the past several years, states have assumed a significantly larger role in funding infrastructure investment, including initiating special-purpose taxes and raising gas taxes. Management believes that financing at the state and local levels, such as bond issuances, toll roads, vehicle miles traveled fees and tax initiatives, will continue to grow and have a fundamental role in advancing infrastructure projects. State infrastructure investment generally leads to increased growth opportunities for the Company. The level of state public-works spending is varied across the nation and dependent upon individual state economies, and the degree to which the Company could be affected by a reduction or slowdown in infrastructure spending varies by state. The state economies of the Building Materials business’ ten largest revenue-generating states may disproportionately affect the Company’s financial performance.
Governmental appropriations and expenditures are typically less interest rate-sensitive than private-sector spending. Obligations of federal funds are a leading indicator of highway construction activity in the United States. Before a state or local department of transportation can solicit bids on an eligible construction project, it enters into an agreement with the Federal Highway Administration to obligate the federal government to pay its portion of the project cost. Federal obligations are subject to annual funding appropriations by Congress.
The need for surface transportation improvements continues to significantly outpace the amount of available funding. A large number of roads, highways and bridges built following the establishment of the Interstate Highway System in 1956 now require major repair or reconstruction. According to the latest information available from The Road Information Program (TRIP), a national transportation research group, vehicle travel on the nation's roads increased 26% from 2000 to 2019, while new lane road mileage increased only 9% over the same period. TRIP also reports that 40% of the nation’s major roads are in poor or mediocre condition, while 7% of the nation’s bridges are in poor/structurally deficient condition. Additionally, there is an estimated backlog of $123 billion of improvements to the nation’s highway system that requires an increase in annual investment of $23 billion to $57 billion for the next 20 years to address these improvements and meet mobility and modernization needs. Management believes infrastructure activity for 2023 and beyond should benefit from the IIJ Act and additional state and local infrastructure initiatives.
In addition to highways and bridges, transportation infrastructure includes aviation, mass transit, and ports and waterways. Railroad construction continues to benefit from economic growth, which ultimately generates a need for additional maintenance and improvements.
Erratic weather can significantly impact operations
Production and shipment levels for the Building Materials business correlate with general construction activity, most of which occurs outdoors and, as a result, is affected by erratic weather, seasonal changes and other climate-related conditions. Typically, due to a general slowdown in construction activity during winter months, the first and fourth quarters experience lower production and shipment activity. As such, temperatures in the months of March and November can meaningfully affect
Form 10-K ♦ Page 45
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
the Company’s first- and fourth-quarter results, respectively, where warm and/or moderate temperatures in March and November allow the construction season to start earlier and end later, respectively.
Excessive rainfall jeopardizes production efficiencies, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. In particular, the Company’s operations in the southeastern and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and The Bahamas are at risk for hurricane activity from June 1 through November 1, but most notably in August, September and October. The Company’s California operations are at risk for wildfire activity and water use restrictions in severe drought conditions. Increased intensity and frequency of extreme weather events have been linked to climate change, and further global warming may increase the risk of adverse weather conditions.
Capital investment decisions driven by capital intensity of the Building Materials business and focus on land
The Company’s organic capital program is designed to leverage construction market growth through investment in both permanent and portable facilities at the Company’s operations. Over an economic cycle, the Company typically invests organic capital at an annual level that approximates depreciation expense. At mid-cycle and through cyclical peaks, organic capital investment typically exceeds depreciation expense, as the Company supports current capacity needs and future growth. Conversely, at a cyclical trough, the Company may reduce levels of capital investment. Regardless of cycle, the Company sets a priority of investing capital to ensure safe, environmentally-sound and efficient operations, as well as to provide the highest quality of customer service and establish a foundation for future growth.
The Company is diligent in its focus on land opportunities, including potential new sites (greensites) and existing site expansion. Land purchases are usually opportunistic and can include contiguous property around existing quarry locations. Such property can serve as buffer property or additional mineral reserves, assuming regulatory hurdles can be cleared and the underlying geology supports economical aggregates mining. In either instance, the acquisition of additional property around an existing quarry typically allows the expansion of the quarry footprint and an extension of quarry life.
Magnesia Specialties Business
The Magnesia Specialties business manufactures magnesia-based chemicals products for industrial, agricultural and environmental applications at its Manistee, Michigan facility. The Magnesia Specialties business produces and sells dolomitic lime from its Woodville, Ohio facility. Of 2022 total Magnesia Specialties revenues, 72% was attributable to chemicals products, 27% was attributable to lime and 1% was attributable to stone.
In 2022, 74% of lime shipments was sold to third-party customers, while the remaining 26% was used internally as a raw material for the manufacturing of chemicals products. Dolomitic lime products sold to external customers are primarily used by the domestic steel industry and, overall, 31% of Magnesia Specialties’ 2022 total revenues was related to products used in the steel industry. Accordingly, a portion of the segment’s revenues and profits is affected by production and inventory trends within the steel industry, which are guided by the rate of consumer consumption, the flow of offshore imports and other economic factors. Domestic steel production averaged 81% of capacity in 2021, but declined in 2022, averaging 75%. The
Form 10-K ♦ Page 46
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
dolomitic lime business runs most profitably at 70% or greater steel capacity utilization. The chemical products business focuses on higher-margin specialty chemicals that can be produced at volumes that support efficient operations.
Total revenues of the Magnesia Specialties business were predominantly derived from domestic customers in 2022. Financial results can be affected by foreign currency exchange rates, increasing transportation costs or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. To mitigate the short-term effect of currency exchange rates, foreign transactions are denominated in United States dollars.
A significant portion of the Magnesia Specialties business’ costs is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. The production process requires the use of natural gas, coal and petroleum coke; therefore, fluctuations in their pricing directly affect operating results. To help mitigate this risk, the Company has fixed-price agreements for approximately 39% of its 2023 energy needs for coal and natural gas. For 2022, the segment’s average cost per MMBtu (1,000,000 British thermal units) of natural gas increased 47% versus 2021. Given high fixed costs, low capacity utilization can negatively affect the segment’s results of operations. Management expects future organic profitability growth to result from increased pricing, rationalization of the current product portfolio and/or further cost reductions.
The Magnesia Specialties business is highly dependent on rail transportation, particularly for movement of dolomitic lime from Woodville to Manistee and direct customer shipments of dolomitic lime and magnesia chemicals products from both Woodville and Manistee. The segment can be affected by the risks mentioned in the long-haul distribution discussion in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Environmental Regulation and Litigation
The expansion and growth of the aggregates industry is subject to increasing challenges from environmental and political advocates aiming to control the pace and direction of future development. Certain environmental groups have published lists of targeted municipal areas, including areas within the Company’s marketplace, for environmental and suburban growth control. The effect of these initiatives on the Company’s growth is typically localized. Further challenges are expected as the momentum of these initiatives ebb and flow across the United States. Rail and other transportation alternatives are being heralded by these special-interest groups as solutions to mitigate road traffic congestion and overcrowding.
The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. Certain of the Company’s operations may occasionally use substances classified as toxic or hazardous. The Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 47
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for certain of the Company’s operations; such permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. New permits are generally required for opening new sites or for expansion at existing operations and can take several years to obtain. Moreover, land use, rezoning and special or conditional use permits are increasingly difficult to obtain. Once a permit is issued, the location is required to generally operate in accordance with the approved site plan.
The Clean Air Act, originally passed in 1963 and periodically updated by amendments, is the United States’ national air pollution control program that granted the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) authority to set limits on the level of various air pollutants. To be in compliance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards, a defined geographic area must be below established limits for six pollutants. Environmental groups have been successful in lawsuits against the federal and certain state departments of transportation, delaying highway construction in municipal areas not in compliance with the Clean Air Act. The EPA designates geographic areas as nonattainment areas when the level of air pollutants exceeds the national standard. Nonattainment areas receive deadlines to reduce air pollutants by instituting various control strategies or otherwise face fines or control by the EPA. Included as nonattainment areas are several major metropolitan areas in the Company’s markets, such as Houston/Brazoria/Galveston, Texas; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Bexar County in San Antonio/New Braunfels, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Boulder, Colorado; Fort Collins/Greeley/Loveland, Colorado; Atlanta, Georgia; Baltimore, Maryland; Los Angeles-San Bernardino Counties, California; Los Angeles – South Coast Basin, California; Phoenix/Mesa, Arizona; San Diego County, California; San Francisco Bay Area, California; San Joaquin Valley, California; and Sacramento County, California. Federal transportation funding has been directly tied to compliance with the Clean Air Act.
Large emitters (facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more per year) of greenhouse gases (GHG) must report GHG generation to comply with the EPA’s Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Reporting Rule (GHG Rule). The Company files annual reports in accordance with the GHG Rule relating to operations at its three cement plants in Texas and California, as well as its Magnesia Specialties facilities in Woodville, Ohio, and Manistee, Michigan, each of which emit certain GHG, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide. If Congress passes additional legislation limiting GHG emissions, these operations will likely be subject to such legislation. The Company believes that any increased operating costs or taxes related to GHG emission limitations at its cement or Woodville operations would be passed on to its customers. The Manistee facility may have to absorb extra costs due to the regulation of GHG emissions in order to maintain competitive pricing in its markets. The Company cannot reasonably predict how much those increased costs may be.
The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings incidental to its normal business activities. In the opinion of management, based upon currently available facts, the likelihood is remote that the ultimate outcome of any litigation or other proceedings, including those pertaining to environmental matters, relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, will have a material adverse effect on the overall results of the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial position.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
In 2022, the Company achieved its eleventh consecutive year of growth for consolidated products and services revenues, gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA. This section presents metrics for continuing operations.
Results of Operations
The discussion and analysis that follow reflect management’s assessment of the financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements. As discussed in more detail, the Company’s operating results are highly dependent upon activity within the construction marketplace, economic cycles within the public and private business sectors, and seasonal and other weather-related conditions. Accordingly, financial results for any year presented, or year-to-year comparisons of reported results, may not be indicative of future operating results. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S-K, the Company has elected to omit the discussion of the earliest period (2020) presented as it was included in its MD&A in its 2021 Form 10-K filed on February 22, 2022, incorporated by reference from Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” thereto.
The Company’s Building Materials business generated the majority of consolidated total revenues and earnings from continuing operations. The following comparative analysis and discussion should be read within this context. Further, sensitivity analysis and certain other data are provided to enhance the reader’s understanding of MD&A and are not intended to be indicative of management’s judgment of materiality.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 48
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company’s consolidated operating results and operating results as a percentage of total revenues are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions, except for % of total revenues) | 2022 | % of Total revenues | 2021 | % of Total revenues | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Product and services revenues | $ | 5,730.5 | $ | 5,084.7 | |||||||||||
| Freight revenues | 430.2 | 329.3 | |||||||||||||
| Total Revenues | 6,160.7 | 100.0 | 5,414.0 | 100.0 | |||||||||||
| Cost of revenues - products and services | 4,304.6 | 3,735.7 | |||||||||||||
| Cost of revenues - freight | 432.8 | 329.9 | |||||||||||||
| Total cost of revenues | 4,737.4 | 76.9 | 4,065.6 | 75.1 | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,423.3 | 23.1 | 1,348.4 | 24.9 | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | 396.7 | 6.4 | 351.0 | 6.5 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition and integration expenses | 9.1 | 57.9 | |||||||||||||
| Other operating income, net | (189.2 | ) | (34.3 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from Operations | 1,206.7 | 19.6 | 973.8 | 18.0 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | 169.0 | 142.7 | |||||||||||||
| Other nonoperating income, net | (53.4 | ) | (24.4 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense | 1,091.1 | 855.5 | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 234.8 | 153.2 | |||||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations | 856.3 | 13.9 | 702.3 | 13.0 | |||||||||||
| Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | 10.5 | 0.5 | |||||||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings | 866.8 | 702.8 | |||||||||||||
| Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests | — | 0.3 | |||||||||||||
| Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 866.8 | 14.1 | $ | 702.5 | 13.0 |
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization; earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates; acquisition and integration expenses; the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting; and the nonrecurring gain on the divestiture of certain ready mixed concrete operations (Adjusted EBITDA) is an indicator used by the Company and investors to evaluate the Company’s operating performance from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and, as such, should not be construed as an alternative to net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta, earnings from operations or operating cash flow. However, the Company’s management believes that Adjusted EBITDA may provide additional information with respect to the Company’s performance. Since Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net earnings and may vary among companies, Adjusted EBITDA as presented by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 49
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following table presents a reconciliation of net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 856.3 | $ | 702.0 | |||
| Add back: | |||||||
| Interest expense, net of interest income | 155.4 | 142.4 | |||||
| Income tax expense for controlling interests | 234.8 | 153.1 | |||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates | 496.6 | 442.5 | |||||
| Acquisition and integration expenses | 9.1 | 57.9 | |||||
| Impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting | –– | 30.6 | |||||
| Nonrecurring gain on divestiture | (151.9 | ) | –– | ||||
| Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 1,600.3 | $ | 1,528.5 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 50
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Mix-Adjusted Average Selling Price
Mix-adjusted average selling price (mix-adjusted ASP) is a non-GAAP measure that excludes the impacts of period-over-period product, geographic and other mix on the average selling price. Mix-adjusted ASP is calculated by comparing current-period shipments to like-for-like shipments in the comparable prior period. Management uses this metric to evaluate the realization of pricing increases and believes this information is useful to investors. The following reconciles reported average selling price to mix-adjusted ASP and corresponding variances:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| East Group - Aggregates: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 17.19 | $ | 15.56 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.19 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 17.00 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 10.5 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 9.3 | % | |||||
| West Group - Aggregates: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 15.93 | $ | 14.25 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.06 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 15.87 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 11.9 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 11.4 | % | |||||
| Total Aggregates: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 16.68 | $ | 15.08 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.09 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 16.59 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 10.6 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 10.0 | % | |||||
| Cement - Continuing Operations: | |||||||
| Reported average selling price | $ | 142.83 | $ | 122.14 | |||
| Adjustment for impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.51 | ) | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $ | 142.32 | |||||
| Reported average selling price variance | 16.9 | % | |||||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 16.5 | % |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 51
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Total Revenues
The following table presents revenues data for the Company and its reportable segments by product line:
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | ||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||
| Products and services | ||||||||
| East Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 2,152.3 | $ | 2,011.0 | ||||
| Asphalt | 192.3 | 167.9 | ||||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (20.5 | ) | (17.3 | ) | ||||
| East Group Total | 2,324.1 | 2,161.6 | ||||||
| West Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | 1,353.7 | 1,047.5 | ||||||
| Cement | 602.3 | 494.5 | ||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 951.3 | 1,145.8 | ||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 583.1 | 346.3 | ||||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (362.0 | ) | (385.7 | ) | ||||
| West Group Total | 3,128.4 | 2,648.4 | ||||||
| Products and services | 5,452.5 | 4,810.0 | ||||||
| Freight | 404.2 | 305.3 | ||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 5,856.7 | 5,115.3 | ||||||
| Magnesia Specialties: | ||||||||
| Products | 278.0 | 274.7 | ||||||
| Freight | 26.0 | 24.0 | ||||||
| Total Magnesia Specialties | 304.0 | 298.7 | ||||||
| Total consolidated revenues | $ | 6,160.7 | $ | 5,414.0 |
Gross Profit
The following table presents gross profit and gross margin data for the Company by product line:
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| years ended December 31 (dollars in millions) | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | ||||||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 980.3 | 28.0 | % | $ | 904.8 | 29.6 | % | ||||||
| Cement | 204.4 | 33.9 | % | 157.0 | 31.8 | % | ||||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 69.6 | 7.3 | % | 95.6 | 8.3 | % | ||||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 81.9 | 10.6 | % | 79.2 | 15.4 | % | ||||||||
| Products and services | 1,336.2 | 24.5 | % | 1,236.6 | 25.7 | % | ||||||||
| Freight | 2.0 | NM | 3.3 | NM | ||||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,338.2 | 22.8 | % | 1,239.9 | 24.2 | % | ||||||||
| Magnesia Specialties: | ||||||||||||||
| Products and services | 95.5 | 34.4 | % | 110.4 | 40.2 | % | ||||||||
| Freight | (4.6 | ) | NM | (3.9 | ) | NM | ||||||||
| Total Magnesia Specialties | 90.9 | 29.9 | % | 106.5 | 35.6 | % | ||||||||
| Corporate | (5.8 | ) | NM | 2.0 | NM | |||||||||
| Total consolidated gross profit | $ | 1,423.3 | 23.1 | % | $ | 1,348.4 | 24.9 | % |
The increase in Building Materials business gross profit in 2022 compared with 2021 was primarily attributable to pricing growth and the accretive impacts of acquisitions, which more than offset historically high cost inflation and the divestiture of the Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete operations on an absolute basis. The Building Materials business gross margin was negatively impacted by inflationary cost increases throughout the year. While pricing increases were implemented during
Form 10-K ♦ Page 52
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
the year, the full benefits are achieved over time as existing contracts are replaced with new contracts with updated pricing. The decrease in gross profit in Magnesia Specialties was driven by lower demand from domestic steel industry customers for dolomitic lime products and higher energy and contract services costs.
Corporate gross profit includes intercompany royalty and rental revenue and expenses, depreciation and unallocated operational expenses excluded from the Company’s evaluation of business segment performance.
Aggregates. The average selling price per ton for aggregates was $16.68 and $15.08 for 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Aggregates average selling price increases compared to the prior year are as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| East Group | 10.5% | 1.6% | ||
| West Group | 11.9% | 3.1% | ||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 10.6% | 2.1% |
1.
Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal.
Aggregates pricing improved 10.6%, or 10.0% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2021. The East Group reported an increase of 10.5%, or 9.3% on a mix-adjusted basis, and West Group pricing increased 11.9%, or 11.4% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2021, reflecting multiple price actions implemented throughout the year.
The following presents aggregates shipments for each reportable segment of the Building Materials business:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tons (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| East Group | 124.0 | 128.5 | |||||
| West Group | 83.7 | 72.7 | |||||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 207.7 | 201.2 |
1.
Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal.
Aggregates shipments sold to external customers and internal tons used in other product lines are as follows:
.
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tons (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
| Tons to external customers | 192.3 | 184.2 | |||||
| Internal tons used in other product lines | 15.4 | 17.0 | |||||
| Aggregates tons | 207.7 | 201.2 |
Aggregates volume variance compared to the prior year by reportable segment is as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2022 | 2021 | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| East Group | (3.5%) | 8.3% | ||
| West Group | 15.2% | 7.2% | ||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 3.3% | 7.9% |
1.
Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal.
Aggregates volume increased in 2022, benefiting from contributions from acquired operations and solid construction activity across all three primary end-use markets.
Cement, Ready Mixed Concrete, Asphalt and Paving Services. Average selling prices for cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt are as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cement – per ton | $ | 142.83 | $ | 122.14 | |||
| Ready mixed concrete – per cubic yard | $ | 128.15 | $ | 115.14 | |||
| Asphalt – per ton | $ | 61.77 | $ | 49.96 |
Form 10-K ♦ Page 53
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Unit shipments for cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cement: | |||||||
| Tons to external customers | 2.9 | 2.5 | |||||
| Internal tons used in ready mixed concrete | 1.3 | 1.5 | |||||
| Total cement tons | 4.2 | 4.0 | |||||
| Ready mixed concrete – cubic yards | 7.4 | 10.0 | |||||
| Asphalt: | |||||||
| Tons to external customers | 6.8 | 5.1 | |||||
| Internal tons used in paving operations | 2.3 | 2.0 | |||||
| Total asphalt tons | 9.1 | 7.1 |
Cement shipments increased 4.7% in 2022 versus prior year from continued strong demand and tight supply in North and South Texas. Cement pricing improved 16.9%, or 16.5% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with the prior year, driven by the impact of multiple price increases during the year. Cement product gross margin expanded 210 basis points, as shipment and pricing growth more than offset higher energy, maintenance and raw materials costs.
Ready mixed concrete shipments decreased 25.4%, primarily reflecting the impact of divested operations, partially offset by the acquired Arizona operations and pricing increased 11.3%. In 2022, asphalt pricing increased 23.6% primarily attributable to price increases implemented throughout the year, following increases in raw material costs, while volumes improved 28.4%, driven by shipments from the acquired Lehigh West Region operations.
Magnesia Specialties. In 2022, Magnesia Specialties reported total revenues of $304.0 million, gross profit of $90.9 million and earnings from operations of $75.2 million, representing an increase of 1.8%, a decrease of 14.7% and a decrease of 17.1%, respectively, compared with 2021. The profitability decreases in 2022 were reflective of lower domestic steel production and demand for chemicals products, coupled with higher energy and maintenance costs.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2022 and 2021 were 6.4% and 6.5% of total revenues, respectively. The $45.7 million increase in total expense was primarily driven by a full year of expense for operations acquired in 2021.
Acquisition and Integration Expenses
The Company incurred $57.9 million of acquisition and integration expenses in 2021, primarily associated with the Tiller and Lehigh West Region acquisitions.
Other Operating Income, Net
Other operating income, net, is comprised generally of gains and losses on the sale of assets; recoveries and losses related to certain customer accounts receivable; rental, royalty and services income; accretion expense, depreciation expense and gains and losses related to asset retirement obligations. These net amounts represented income of $189.2 million in 2022 and $34.3 million in 2021. In 2022, other operating income, net, included a $151.9 million pretax gain on the divestiture of the Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete operations. For 2021, other operating income, net, included $21.6 million of nonrecurring gains on land sales and divested assets driven primarily by the sale of the Company’s former corporate headquarters.
Earnings from Operations
Consolidated earnings from operations were $1.21 billion and $973.8 million in 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 54
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $169.0 million in 2022 and $142.7 million in 2021. The increase reflected a full-year of interest on the $2.5 billion of publicly traded debt the Company issued in July 2021 to help finance acquisition activity.
Other Nonoperating Income, Net
Other nonoperating income, net, is comprised generally of interest income; foreign currency transaction gains and losses; pension and postretirement benefit cost (excluding service cost); net equity earnings from nonconsolidated investments and other miscellaneous income and expenses. Consolidated other nonoperating income, net, was $53.4 million in 2022 and $24.4 million in 2021. Other nonoperating income, net, for the year ended December 31, 2022 included a $12.0 million pretax gain related to the repurchase of the Company's debt, $8.2 million of third-party railroad track maintenance expense and a $13.3 million increase in interest income.
Income Tax Expense
Variances in the estimated effective income tax rates, when compared with the statutory corporate income tax rate, are due primarily to the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves, the effect of state income taxes, stock compensation deductions, and the impact of foreign income or losses for which no tax expense or benefit is recognized. Additionally, certain acquisition-related expenses have limited deductibility for income tax purposes.
The permanent benefit associated with the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves is typically the significant driver of the estimated effective income tax rate. The statutory depletion deduction is calculated as a percentage of revenues subject to certain limitations. Due to these limitations, changes in sales volumes and pretax earnings may not proportionately affect the statutory depletion deduction and the corresponding impact on the effective income tax rate. However, the impact of the depletion deduction on the estimated effective tax rate is inversely affected by increases or decreases in pretax earnings.
The Company’s estimated effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 was 21.5% and 17.9%, respectively. The higher 2022 effective income tax rate versus 2021 was primarily driven by the impact of the divestiture of the Colorado and Central Texas ready mixed concrete businesses.
The effective income tax rate for 2022 and 2021 included a $10.3 million and $9.7 million discrete benefit from financing third-party railroad track maintenance, respectively. In exchange, the Company received a federal income tax credit and deduction.
Discontinued Operations
The Company classified its Tehachapi cement plant, related cement terminals and its California ready mixed concrete businesses acquired as part of Lehigh West Region as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Additionally, the Redding cement plant, related cement terminals and 14 ready mixed concrete plants that were classified as discontinued operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 were sold in June 2022. The collective businesses generated earnings of $10.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, net of expenses associated with the planned disposal, the impact of selling acquired inventory after its step up to fair value as part of acquisition accounting and income tax expense.
Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta and Earnings Per Diluted Share
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $856.3 million, or $13.70 per diluted share, for 2022 and $702.0 million, or $11.21 per diluted share, for 2021.
Liquidity and Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Generally, the Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities. Operating cash flow is substantially derived from consolidated net earnings, before deducting depreciation, depletion and amortization, and offset by working capital requirements. Cash provided by operations was $991.2 million in 2022 and $1.14 billion in 2021. The primary drivers of the decrease in cash provided by operations in 2022 were increased cash taxes and changes in working capital.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 55
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2022 | 2021 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Depreciation | $ | 394.6 | $ | 362.2 | |||
| Depletion | 59.8 | 46.0 | |||||
| Amortization | 45.0 | 38.3 | |||||
| Total | $ | 499.4 | $ | 446.5 |
Investing Activities
Net cash used for investing activities was $483.8 million in 2022 and $3.47 billion in 2021. The decrease reflected lower acquisition activity in 2022 compared with $3.11 billion used to consummate acquisitions during 2021.
Cash paid for property, plant and equipment additions was $481.8 million in 2022 and $423.1 million in 2021.
Pretax proceeds from divestitures and sales of assets were $687.1 million in 2022 and $42.8 million in 2021.
The Company invested $704.6 million in restricted investments to satisfy discharged debt and related interest (see Capital Structure and Resources section).
Financing Activities
Net cash used for financing activities was $407.5 million in 2022 compared with net cash provided by financing activities of $2.29 billion in 2021. The 2021 cash provided reflected the issuance of $2.50 billion in publicly traded debt, primarily to finance acquisitions.
During 2022, the Company repurchased $67.7 million (par value) of its Senior Notes, resulting in a pretax gain of $12.0 million.
For the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Board of Directors approved total cash dividends on the Company’s common stock of $2.54 per share and $2.36 per share, respectively. Total cash dividends paid were $159.1 million in 2022 and $147.8 million in 2021.
In 2022, the Company repurchased 0.4 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $150.0 million, or $358.56 per share.
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-term debt, including current maturities of discharged debt, was $5.04 billion at December 31, 2022, and was in the form of publicly-issued long-term notes and debentures.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 56
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
On September 29, 2022, the Company satisfied and discharged its $700 million of 0.650% Senior Notes due 2023 (the 0.650% Senior Notes), which were issued in July 2021. In connection with the satisfaction and discharge, the Company irrevocably deposited funds in an amount sufficient to satisfy all remaining principal and interest payments on the 0.650% Senior Notes with Regions Bank (the Trustee). The funds are invested in a fund that invests exclusively in U.S. Treasury securities and are classified as Restricted investments (to satisfy discharged debt and related interest) on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022. Holders of the 0.650% Senior Notes will receive payment of principal on the scheduled maturity date and payment of interest at the per annum rate (and on the dates) set forth in the 0.650% Senior Notes indenture. The Company utilized existing cash resources to fund the satisfaction and discharge. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge, the obligations of the Company under the indenture with respect to the 0.650% Senior Notes have been terminated, except those provisions of the indenture that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge. The 0.650% Senior Notes remain on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022 and will continue to accrete to their par value over the period until maturity in July 2023.
In July 2021, the Company issued the 0.650% Senior Notes, $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.400% Senior Notes due 2031 (the 2.400% Senior Notes) and $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.200% Senior Notes due 2051 (the 3.200% Senior Notes). The Company used the net proceeds to pay the consideration for the acquisition of the Lehigh West Region business and for general corporate purposes. See Note C to the financial statements for more information on the Lehigh West Region acquisition, which was consummated on October 1, 2021.
The Company, through a wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, has a $400.0 million trade receivable securitization facility (the Trade Receivable Facility). In September 2022, the Company extended the maturity of the Trade Receivable Facility to September 21, 2023. The Trade Receivable Facility is backed by eligible trade receivables, as defined. Borrowings are limited to the lesser of the facility limit or the borrowing base, as defined. These receivables are originated by the Company and then sold or contributed to the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Company continues to be responsible for the servicing and administration of the receivables purchased by the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Trade Receivable Facility contains a cross-default provision to the Company’s other debt agreements. Subject to certain conditions, including lenders providing the requisite commitments, the Trade Receivable Facility may be increased to a borrowing base not to exceed $500 million. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Trade Receivable Facility as of December 31, 2022.
The Company has an $800.0 million five-year senior unsecured revolving facility (the Revolving Facility), which matures in December 2027. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Revolving Facility as of December 31, 2022. The Revolving Facility requires the Company’s ratio of consolidated net debt-to-consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the trailing-twelve months (the Ratio) to not exceed 3.50x as of the end of any fiscal quarter, provided that the Company may exclude from the Ratio debt incurred in connection with certain acquisitions during the quarter or the three preceding quarters so long as the Ratio calculated without such exclusion does not exceed 4.00x. Additionally, if there are no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and the Trade Receivable Facility, consolidated debt, including debt for which the Company is a guarantor, shall be reduced in an amount equal to the lesser of $500.0 million or the sum of the Company’s unrestricted cash and temporary investments, for purposes of the covenant calculation. The Company was in compliance with the Ratio and other requirements under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2022.
Total equity was $7.17 billion at December 31, 2022. At that date, the Company had an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $38.5 million, primarily resulting from unrecognized prior service cost and actuarial loss related to pension benefits.
Pursuant to authority granted by its Board of Directors, the Company can repurchase up to 20 million shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had 13.1 million shares remaining under the repurchase authorization. Future share repurchases are at the discretion of management.
At December 31, 2022, the Company had $358.0 million in unrestricted cash and short-term investments that are considered cash equivalents. The Company manages its cash and cash equivalents to ensure short-term operating cash needs are met and excess funds are managed efficiently. The Company funds shortages in operating cash through credit facilities. The Company utilizes excess cash to either pay down credit facility borrowings or invest in money market funds, money market demand deposit accounts or Eurodollar time deposit accounts. Money market demand deposits and Eurodollar time deposit accounts are exposed to bank solvency risk. Money market demand deposit accounts are FDIC insured up to $250,000. The Company’s investments in bank funds generally exceed the FDIC insurance limit.
Cash on hand, along with the Company’s projected internal cash flows and availability of financing resources, including its access to debt and equity capital markets, is expected to continue to be sufficient to provide the capital resources necessary to support anticipated operating needs, cover debt service requirements, meet capital expenditures and discretionary
Form 10-K ♦ Page 57
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
investment needs, fund certain acquisition opportunities that may arise and allow for payment of dividends for the foreseeable future. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are unsecured and may be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to borrow or issue securities is dependent upon, among other things, prevailing economic, financial and market conditions. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $1.20 billion of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
The Company may be required to obtain additional financing in order to fund certain strategic acquisitions or to refinance outstanding debt. Any strategic acquisition of size would likely require an appropriate balance of newly-issued equity with debt in order to maintain a composite investment-grade credit rating. The Company is exposed to credit markets through the interest cost related to borrowings under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
Contractual and Off Balance Sheet Obligations
Postretirement medical benefits will be paid from the Company’s assets. The obligation, if any, for retiree medical payments is subject to the terms of the plan. At December 31, 2022, the Company’s recorded benefit obligation related to these benefits totaled $8.9 million.
The Company has other retirement benefits related to pension plans. At December 31, 2022, the fair value of the qualified pension plans’ assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $295.3 million. The Company estimates that it will make contributions of $25.0 million to qualified pension plans in 2023. Any contributions beyond 2023 are currently undeterminable and will depend on the investment return on the related pension assets. At December 31, 2022, the Company had a total obligation of $85.8 million related to unfunded nonqualified pension plans and expects to make contributions of $11.5 million to these plans in 2023.
At December 31, 2022, the Company had $3.8 million accrued for uncertain tax positions, including interest of $0.2 million. Such liabilities may become payable if the tax positions are not sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.
In connection with normal, ongoing operations, the Company enters into market-rate leases for property, plant and equipment and royalty commitments principally associated with leased land and mineral reserves. Additionally, the Company enters into equipment rentals to meet shorter-term, nonrecurring and intermittent needs. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $388.0 million in operating lease obligations and $199.9 million in finance lease obligations, representing the present value of future payments. The Company also had $8.6 million of lease obligations classified as held for sale. The imputed interest on operating and finance lease obligations was $177.3 million. Management anticipates that, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will enter into additional royalty agreements for land and mineral reserves during 2023. As permitted, short-term leases are excluded from ASC 842 requirements and future noncancelable obligations for these leases as of December 31, 2022 are immaterial.
As of December 31, 2022, future interest payable on the Company’s publicly traded debt through the various maturity dates was $2.13 billion. The Company had obligations related to contracts of affreightment not accounted for as a lease and royalty agreements totaling $97.2 million and $156.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. The Company had purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment of $130.4 million as of December 31, 2022. In addition, during 2022, the Company entered into a commitment for 691 railcars at an aggregate value of $75.8 million. The Company also had other purchase obligations related to energy and service contracts which totaled $198.1 million as of December 31, 2022.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The Company has entered into standby letter of credit agreements relating to certain insurance claims, contract performance and permit requirements. At December 31, 2022, the Company had contingent liabilities guaranteeing its own performance under these outstanding letters of credit of $21.8 million.
In the normal course of business, at December 31, 2022, the Company was contingently liable for $678.5 million in surety bonds, which guarantee its own performance and are required by certain states and municipalities and their related agencies. The Company has indemnified the underwriting insurance companies against any exposure under the surety bonds. In the Company’s past experience, no material claims have been made against these financial instruments.
The Company is a guarantor with an unconsolidated affiliate for a $15.0 million revolving line of credit agreement with Truist Bank that has a maturity date of March 2024, of which $2.6 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2022. The affiliate has agreed to reimburse and indemnify the Company for any payments and expenses the Company may incur from this agreement.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 58
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company holds a lien on the affiliate’s membership interest in a joint venture as collateral for payment under the revolving line of credit.
Other Financial Information
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements include certain critical estimates regarding the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates require management’s subjective and complex judgments. Amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements could differ materially if management used different assumptions in making these estimates, resulting in actual results differing from those estimates. Methodologies used and assumptions selected by management in making these estimates, as well as the related disclosures, have been reviewed by and discussed with the Company’s Audit Committee. Management’s determination of the critical nature of accounting estimates and judgments may change from time to time depending on facts and circumstances that management cannot currently predict.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment. An interim review is performed between annual tests if facts and circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The Company performs its impairment evaluation as of October 1, which represents the annual evaluation date. The impairment review of goodwill is a critical accounting estimate because goodwill represented 24% (excluding goodwill allocated to assets held for sale) of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2022; the review requires management to apply judgment and make key assumptions; and an impairment charge could be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Certain operating segments within the Building Materials business meet the aggregation criteria and are consolidated into reportable segments for financial reporting. The Company’s reporting units, which represent the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment, are based on the operating segments of the Building Materials business. Goodwill is assigned to the respective reporting unit(s) based on the location of acquisitions at the time of consummation. If subsequent organizational changes result in operations being transferred to a different reporting unit, a proportionate amount of goodwill is transferred from the former to the new reporting unit. The Southwest Division is the most significant reporting unit and includes $1.8 billion of the Company’s goodwill. There is also $1.1 billion of goodwill in the West Division reporting unit. There is no goodwill related to the Magnesia Specialties business.
Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, which represents a Step-1 analysis. However, prior to Step 1, the Company may perform an optional qualitative assessment, or Step 0. As part of the qualitative assessment, the Company considers, among other things, the following events and circumstances: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other business or reporting unit-specific events. If the Company concludes it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that a reporting unit’s fair value is higher than its carrying value, the Company does not perform any further goodwill impairment testing for that reporting unit. Otherwise, it proceeds to Step 1 of its goodwill impairment analysis. If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its carrying value, no further calculation is necessary. A reporting unit with a carrying value in excess of its fair value constitutes a Step-1 failure and results in an impairment charge. When the Company validates its conclusion by measuring fair value, it may resume performing a qualitative assessment for a reporting unit in any subsequent period. The Company may bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly with the quantitative calculation in Step 1. The Company performs a Step-1 analysis for all its reporting units every three years.
For the 2022 annual impairment evaluation, the Company performed a Step-1 analysis for all reporting units. The fair values were calculated using a discounted cash flow model. Key assumptions included management’s estimates of changes in average selling price, shipment volumes and production costs as well as assumptions of future profitability, capital requirements, discount rates ranging from 10.0% to 10.25% and a terminal growth rate of 2.5%. The fair value of all reporting units exceeded the carrying value. For sensitivity purposes, a 100-basis-point increase in the discount rate, holding all other assumptions constant, would still result in all units passing the Step-1 analysis.
Future profitability and capital requirements are, by their nature, estimates. Price, cost and volume assumptions were based on various factors, including historical averages and current forecasts, external sources, and market conditions, while also considering any production capacity constraints. Capital requirements included maintenance-level needs and known efficiency- and capacity-increasing investments.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 59
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
A discount rate is calculated for each reporting unit that requires a Step-1 analysis and represents its weighted average cost of capital. The calculation of the discount rate includes the following components, which are primarily based on published sources: equity risk premium, historical beta, risk-free interest rate, small-stock premium and borrowing rate.
The terminal growth rate was based on anticipated average GDP increases post-2023.
Management believes that all assumptions used were reasonable based on historical operating results and expected future trends. However, if future operating results are unfavorable as compared with forecasts, the results of future goodwill impairment evaluations could be negatively affected. Further, mineral reserves, which represent underlying assets producing the reporting units’ cash flows for the aggregates product line, are depleting assets by their nature. Any potential impairment charges from future evaluations represent a risk to the Company.
Pension Benefit Obligation and Pension Expense – Selection of Assumptions
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that cover substantially all employees and a Supplemental Excess Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain retirees (see Note K to the consolidated financial statements). Annually, as of December 31, management remeasures the defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligation based on the present value of the projected future benefit payments to all participants for services rendered to date, reflecting expected future pay increases through the participants’ expected retirement dates. A discount rate assumption is selected annually based on corporate bond rates as of the measurement date to calculate the present value of the projected benefit obligation.
Annual pension expense, referred to as net periodic benefit cost within the consolidated financial statements, (inclusive of SERP expense) consists of several components:
•
Service Cost, which represents the present value of benefits attributed to services rendered in the current year, measured by expected future salary levels to assumed retirement dates;
•
Interest Cost, which represents one year’s additional interest on the projected benefit obligation;
•
Expected Return on Assets, which represents the expected investment return on pension plan assets; and
•
Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Actuarial Gains and Losses, which represents components that are recognized over time rather than immediately. Prior service cost represents credit given to employees for years of service already accrued. At December 31, 2022, unrecognized prior service cost was $48.2 million. Management currently expects to amortize $5.9 million of the unrecognized prior service cost in 2023. Actuarial gains and losses arise from changes in assumptions regarding future events, a change in the benefit obligation resulting from experience different from assumed or when actual returns on pension assets differ from expected returns. At December 31, 2022, the unrecognized actuarial loss was $43.2 million. Pension accounting rules currently allow companies to amortize the portion of the unrecognized actuarial loss that represents more than 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or pension plan assets, using the average remaining service life for the amortization period. The calculation is performed on a plan-by-plan basis. Management currently expects to amortize $0.4 million of the unrecognized actuarial loss in 2023.
The aforementioned components are calculated annually to determine the annual pension expense.
Management believes the selection of assumptions related to the annual pension expense and related projected benefit obligation is a critical accounting estimate due to the high degree of volatility in the expense and obligation dependent on selected assumptions. The key assumptions are as follows:
•
The discount rate is used to present value the projected benefit obligation and represents the current rate at which the projected benefit obligations could be effectively settled.
•
The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is used to estimate future asset returns and should reflect the average rate of long-term earnings on assets invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation.
•
The mortality table and mortality improvement scale represent published statistics on the expected lives of people.
•
The rate of increase in future compensation levels is used to project the pay-related pension benefit formula and should estimate actual future compensation levels.
Management’s selection of the discount rate is based on an analysis that estimates the current rate of return for high-quality, fixed-income investments with maturities matching the payment of pension benefits that could be purchased to settle the
Form 10-K ♦ Page 60
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
obligations. The Company selected a hypothetical portfolio of Moody’s Aa bonds, with maturities that match the benefit obligations, to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2022, the Company selected a discount rate assumption of 5.88%, a 265-basis-point increase compared with the December 31, 2021 assumption. Of the four key assumptions, the discount rate is generally the most volatile and sensitive estimate. Accordingly, a change in this assumption has the most significant impact on the annual pension expense and the projected benefit obligation.
Management’s selection of the rate of increase in future compensation levels, which reflects cost of living adjustments and merit and promotion increases, is generally based on the Company’s historical increases in pensionable earnings, while giving consideration to any future expectations. A higher rate of increase results in higher pension expense and a higher projected benefit obligation. The assumed long-term rate of increase is 4.50%.
Management’s selection of the expected long-term rate of return on pension fund assets is based on a building-block approach, whereby the components are weighted based on the allocation of pension plan assets. Based on the currently projected returns on these assets and related expenses, the Company selected an expected return on assets of 6.75%, the same as the prior-year rate. The following table presents the expected return on pension assets as compared with the actual return on pension assets:
| (in millions) | Expected Return on Pension Assets | Actual Return on Pension Assets | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2022 | $77.3 | ($171.4) | ||
| 2021 | $70.5 | $121.7 |
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension assets is included in actuarial gains and losses, which are amortized into annual pension expense as previously described.
At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company estimated the remaining lives of participants in the pension plans using the Society of Actuaries’ Pri-2012 Base Mortality Table. The no-collar table was used for salaried participants and the blue-collar table was used for hourly participants, both adjusted to reflect the historical experience of the Company’s participants. The Company selected the MP-2020 scale for mortality improvement at December 31, 2022 and 2021.
Assumptions are selected on December 31 to calculate the succeeding year’s expense. The assumptions selected at December 31, 2022 were as follows:
| Discount rate | 5.88% | |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in future compensation levels | 4.50% | |
| Expected long-term rate of return on assets | 6.75% | |
| Average remaining service period for participants | 10.2 years | |
| Mortality Tables: | ||
| Base Table | Pri-2012 | |
| Mortality Improvement Scale | MP-2020 |
Using these assumptions, pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2022 was $857.6 million and 2023 pension expense is expected to be approximately $16.6 million based on current demographics and structure of the plans. Changes in the underlying assumptions would have the following estimated impact on the obligation and expected expense:
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would have changed the December 31, 2022 pension benefit obligation by approximately $25.2 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would change the 2023 expected expense by approximately $0.9 million.
•
A 25-basis-point change in the expected long-term rate of return on assets would change the 2023 expected expense by approximately $2.6 million.
The Company made pension plan and SERP contributions of $90.2 million in 2022 and $482.6 million during the five-year period ended December 31, 2022. In total, the Company’s pension plans are overfunded (fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation) by $209.5 million at December 31, 2022. The Company’s projected benefit obligation was $857.6 million at December 31, 2022, a decrease of $277.8 million, or 24%, versus the prior year. This decrease was driven by an increased actuarial gain primarily attributable to a higher discount rate compared with the prior year. The Company expects to make pension plan and SERP contributions of $36.5 million in 2023, of which $25.0 million is voluntary.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 61
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Estimated Effective Income Tax Rate
The Company uses the liability method to determine its provision for income taxes. Accordingly, the annual provision for income taxes reflects estimates of the current liability for income taxes, estimates of the tax effect of financial reporting versus tax basis differences using statutory income tax rates and management’s judgment with respect to any valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and accruals for uncertain tax positions. The result is management’s estimate of the annual effective tax rate (the ETR).
Income for tax purposes is determined through the application of the rules and regulations under the United States Internal Revenue Code and the statutes of various foreign, state and local tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. Changes in the statutory tax rates and/or tax laws in these jurisdictions can have a material impact on the ETR. The effect of these changes, if material, is recognized when the change is enacted.
As prescribed by these tax regulations, as well as generally accepted accounting principles, the manner in which revenues and expenses are recognized for financial reporting and income tax purposes is not always the same. Therefore, these differences between the Company’s pretax income for financial reporting purposes and the amount of taxable income for income tax purposes are treated as either temporary or permanent, depending on their nature.
Temporary differences reflect revenues or expenses that are recognized in financial reporting in one period and taxable income in a different period. An example of a temporary difference is the use of the straight-line method of depreciation of machinery and equipment for financial reporting purposes and the use of an accelerated method for income tax purposes. Temporary differences result from differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of assets or liabilities and give rise to deferred tax assets or liabilities (i.e., future tax deductions or future taxable income). Therefore, when temporary differences occur, they are offset by a corresponding change in a deferred tax account. As such, total income tax expense as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings is not changed by temporary differences.
The Company has deferred tax liabilities, primarily for right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, employee pension and postretirement benefits and partnerships and joint ventures. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to property, plant and equipment relate to accelerated depreciation and depletion methods used for income tax purposes as compared with the straight-line and units-of-production methods used for financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences will reverse over the remaining useful lives of the related assets. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to goodwill arise as a result of amortizing goodwill for income tax purposes but not for financial reporting purposes. This temporary difference reverses when goodwill is written off for financial reporting purposes, either through divestitures or an impairment charge. The timing of such events cannot be estimated. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to employee pension and postretirement benefits relate to deductions as plans are funded for income tax purposes compared with deductions for financial reporting purposes based on accounting standards. The reversal of these differences depends on the timing of the Company’s contributions to the related benefit plans as compared to the annual expense for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to partnerships and joint ventures relate to the difference between the tax basis of the investments in partnerships and joint ventures when compared to the basis for financial reporting purposes. The temporary difference reverses through differences recognized over the life of the investment or through divestiture.
The Company has deferred tax assets, primarily for inventories, unrecognized losses related to the funded status of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, lease liabilities, valuation reserves, net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. The deferred tax assets attributable to inventories and valuation reserves relate to the deduction of estimated cost reserves and various period expenses for financial reporting purposes that are deductible in a later period for income tax purposes. The reversal of these differences depends on facts and circumstances, including the timing of deduction for income tax purposes for reserves previously established and the establishment of additional reserves for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards relate to differences in the timing of deductibility for financial reporting purposes versus income tax purposes. For financial reporting purposes, the fair value of the awards is deducted ratably over the requisite service period. For income tax purposes, no deduction is allowed until the award is vested or no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company reflects all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in income tax expense as a discrete event in the period in which the award vests or settles, increasing volatility in the income tax rate from period to period.
Business Combinations – Allocation of Purchase Price
The Company’s Board of Directors and management regularly review strategic long-term plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses, which would increase the Company’s market presence and/or are
Form 10-K ♦ Page 62
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
related to the Company’s existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings include the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets and equity interests given to the seller and any future obligations to the seller as of the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation is a critical accounting policy because the estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions. Further, the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets versus amounts assigned to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and for periods subsequent to a business combination.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and, therefore, represents an exit price. Fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. The Company assigns the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:
•
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities
•
Level 2 – Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets
•
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs, used to value the asset or liability which includes the use of valuation models
Level 1 fair values are used to value investments in publicly traded entities and assumed obligations for publicly traded long-term debt.
Level 2 fair values are typically used to value acquired receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment, land, buildings, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accruals for payables, asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations, and contingencies. Additionally, Level 2 fair values are typically used to value assumed contracts at other-than-market rates.
Level 3 fair values are used to value acquired mineral reserves and mineral interests produced and sold as final products, and separately-identifiable intangible assets. The fair values of mineral reserves and mineral interests are determined using an excess earnings approach, which requires significant judgment to estimate future cash flows, net of capital investments in the specific operation and contributory asset charges. The estimate of future cash flows is based on available historical information and future expectations and assumptions determined by management, but is inherently uncertain. Significant assumptions used to estimate future cash flows include changes in forecasted revenues based on sales price and shipment volumes as well as forecasted expenses inclusive of production costs and capital needs. The present value of the projected net cash flows represents the fair value assigned to mineral reserves and mineral interests. The discount rate is a significant assumption used in the valuation model and is based on the required rate of return that a hypothetical market participant would require if purchasing the acquired business, with an adjustment for the risk of these assets not generating the projected cash flows.
The Company values separately-identifiable acquired intangible assets which may include, but are not limited to, permits, customer relationships, water rights and noncompetition agreements. The fair values of these assets are typically determined by an excess earnings method, a replacement cost method or, in the case of water rights, a market approach.
The useful lives of amortizable intangible assets and the remaining useful lives for acquired machinery and equipment have a significant impact on earnings. The selected lives are based on the expected periods that the assets will provide value to the Company subsequent to the business combination.
The Company may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination during a measurement period after the acquisition date. Any such adjustments are based on the Company obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. Measurement-period adjustments are generally recorded as increases or decreases to the goodwill recognized in the transaction. The measurement period ends once the Company has obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded through earnings.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 63
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment (excluding the amount allocated to assets held for sale) represented 42% of total assets at December 31, 2022. Accordingly, accounting for these assets represents a critical accounting policy. Useful lives of the assets can vary depending on factors, including production levels, geographic location, portability and maintenance practices. Additionally, climate and inclement weather can reduce the useful life of an asset. Historically, the Company has not recognized significant losses on the disposal or retirement of fixed assets.
Aggregates mineral reserves and mineral interests are components within the plant, property and equipment balance on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates aggregates reserves, including those used in the cement manufacturing process, in several ways, depending on the geology at a particular location and whether the location is a greensite, an acquisition or an existing operation. Greensites require an extensive drilling program before any significant investment is made in terms of time, site development or efforts to obtain appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The depth of overburden and the quality and quantity of the aggregates reserves are significant factors in determining whether to pursue opening the site. Further, the estimated average selling price for products in a market is also a significant factor in concluding that reserves are economically mineable. If the Company’s analysis based on these factors is satisfactory, the total aggregates reserves available are calculated and a determination is made whether to open the location. Reserve evaluation at existing locations is typically performed to evaluate purchasing adjoining properties, for quality control, calculating overburden volumes and for mine planning. Reserve evaluation of acquisitions may require a higher degree of sampling to locate any problem areas that may exist and to verify the total reserves.
Well-ordered subsurface sampling of the underlying deposit is basic to determining reserves at any location. This subsurface sampling usually involves one or more types of drilling, determined by the nature of the material to be sampled and the particular objective of the sampling. The Company’s objectives are to ensure that the underlying deposit meets aggregates specifications and the total reserves on site are sufficient for mining and economically recoverable. Locations underlain with hard rock deposits, such as granite and limestone, are drilled using the diamond core method, which provides the most useful and accurate samples of the deposit. Selected core samples are tested for soundness, abrasion resistance and other physical properties relevant to the aggregates industry and depend on the aggregates use. The number and depth of the holes are determined by the size of the site and the complexity of the site-specific geology. Some geological factors that may affect the number and depth of holes include faults, folds, chemical irregularities, clay pockets, thickness of formations and weathering. A typical spacing of core holes on the area to be tested is one hole for every four acres, but wider spacing may be justified if the deposit is homogeneous.
Despite previous drilling and sampling, once accessed, the quality of reserves within a deposit can vary. Construction contracts, for the infrastructure market in particular, include specifications related to the aggregates material. If a flaw in the deposit is discovered, the aggregates material may not meet the required specifications. Although it is possible that the aggregates material can still be used for non-specification uses, this can have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to serve certain customers or on the Company’s profitability. In addition, other issues can arise that limit the Company’s ability to access reserves in a particular quarry, including geological occurrences, blasting practices and zoning issues.
Locations underlain with sand and gravel are typically drilled using the auger method, whereby a six-inch corkscrew brings up material from below the ground which is then sampled. Deposits in these locations are typically limited in thickness. Additionally, the quality and sand-to-gravel ratio of the deposit can vary both horizontally and vertically. Hole spacing at these locations is approximately one hole for every acre to ensure a representative sampling.
The geologist conducting the reserve evaluation makes the decision as to the number of holes and the spacing in accordance with standards and procedures established by the Company. Further, the anticipated heterogeneity of the deposit, based on U.S. geological maps, also dictates the number of holes drilled.
The generally accepted reserve categories for the aggregates industry and the designations the Company uses for reserve categories are summarized as follows:
Proven Reserves – These reserves are designated using closely spaced drill data as described above and a determination by a professional geologist that the deposit is relatively homogeneous based on the drilling results and exploration data provided in U.S. geologic maps, the U.S. Department of Agriculture soil maps, aerial photographs and/or electromagnetic, seismic or other surveys conducted by independent geotechnical engineering firms. The proven reserves that are recorded reflect reductions incurred through quarrying that result from leaving ramps, safety benches, pillars (underground) and the fines (small particles) that will be generated during processing. Proven reserves
Form 10-K ♦ Page 64
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
are further reduced by reserves that are under the plant and stockpile areas, as well as setbacks from neighboring property lines. The Company typically assumes a loss factor of 25%. However, the assumed loss factor at coastal operations is approximately 40% due to the nature of the material. The assumed loss factor for underground operations is 35% primarily due to pillars.
Probable Reserves – These reserves are inferred utilizing fewer drill holes and/or assumptions about the economically recoverable reserves based on local geology or drill results from adjacent properties.
The Company’s proven and probable reserves reflect reasonable economic and operating constraints as to maximum depth of overburden and stone excavation, and also include reserves at the Company’s inactive and undeveloped sites, including some sites where permitting and zoning applications will not be filed until warranted by expected future growth. The Company has historically been successful in obtaining and maintaining appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section).
Mineral reserves and mineral interests, when acquired in connection with a business combination, are valued using an excess earnings approach for the life of the proven and probable reserves.
The Company uses proven and probable reserves as the denominator in its units-of-production calculation to record depletion expense for its mineral reserves and mineral interests. For 2022, depletion expense was $59.8 million.
The Company begins capitalizing quarry development costs at a point when reserves are determined to be proven or probable, economically mineable and when demand supports investment in the market. Capitalization of these costs ceases when production commences. Capitalized quarry development costs are classified as land improvements.
New mining areas may be developed at existing quarries in order to access additional reserves. When this occurs, management reviews the facts and circumstances of each situation in making a determination as to the appropriateness of capitalizing or expensing the related pre-production development costs. If the additional mining location operates in a separate and distinct area of a quarry, the costs are capitalized as quarry development costs and depreciated over the life of the uncovered reserves. Further, a separate asset retirement obligation is created for additional mining areas when the liability is incurred. Once a new mining area enters the production phase, all post-production stripping costs are expensed as incurred as periodic inventory production costs.
Forward-Looking Statements – Safe Harbor Provisions Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
If you are interested in Martin Marietta stock, management recommends that, at a minimum, you read the Company’s current annual report and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the past year. The Company’s recent proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders also contains important information. These and other materials that have been filed with the SEC are accessible through the Company’s website at www.martinmarietta.com and are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also write or call the Company’s Corporate Secretary, who will provide copies of such reports.
Investors are cautioned that all statements in this Annual Report that relate to the future involve risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that the Company believes in good faith are reasonable but which may be materially different from actual results. These statements, which are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, provide the investor with the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. They may use words such as “anticipate,” “may,” “expect,” “should,” “believe,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with future events or future operating or financial performance. In addition to the statements included in this report, we may from time to time make other oral or written forward-looking statements in other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in other public disclosures. Any or all of management’s forward-looking statements here and in other publications may turn out to be wrong.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that may be materially different from actual results, and include, but are not limited to:
•
the ability of the Company to face challenges, including shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company's control;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 65
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
a widespread decline in aggregates pricing, including a decline in aggregates shipment volume negatively affecting aggregates price;
•
the history of both cement and ready mixed concrete being subject to significant changes in supply, demand and price fluctuations;
•
the termination, capping and/or reduction or suspension of the federal and/or state gasoline tax(es) or other revenue related to public construction;
•
the level and timing of federal, state or local transportation or infrastructure or public projects funding, most particularly in Texas, Colorado, North Carolina, Minnesota, California, Georgia, Arizona, Iowa, Florida and Indiana;
•
the United States Congress’ inability to reach agreement among themselves or with the Administration on policy issues that impact the federal budget;
•
the ability of states and/or other entities to finance approved projects either with tax revenues or alternative financing structures;
•
levels of construction spending in the markets the Company serves;
•
a reduction in defense spending and the subsequent impact on construction activity on or near military bases;
•
a decline in energy-related construction activity resulting from a sustained period of low global oil prices or changes in oil production patterns or capital spending in response to this decline, particularly in Texas and West Virginia;
•
increasing residential mortgage rates and other factors that could result in a slowdown in residential construction;
•
unfavorable weather conditions, particularly Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Mexico storm and hurricane activity, the late start to spring or the early onset of winter and the impact of a drought or excessive rainfall in the markets served by the Company, any of which can significantly affect production schedules, volumes, product and/or geographic mix and profitability;
•
the volatility of fuel costs and energy, particularly diesel fuel, electricity, natural gas and the impact on the cost, or the availability generally, of other consumables, namely steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts, and with respect to the Company’s Magnesia Specialties business, natural gas;
•
continued increases in the cost of other repair and supply parts;
•
construction labor shortages and/or supply chain challenges;
•
unexpected equipment failures, unscheduled maintenance, industrial accident or other prolonged and/or significant disruption to production facilities;
•
the resiliency and potential declines of the Company's various construction end-use markets;
•
the potential negative impacts of a global health crisis such as COVID-19 and its variants;
•
increasing governmental regulation, including environmental laws and climate change regulations;
•
transportation availability or a sustained reduction in capital investment by the railroads, notably the availability of railcars, locomotive power and the condition of rail infrastructure to move trains to supply the Company’s Texas, Colorado, Florida, Carolinas and the Gulf Coast markets, including the movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan and its customers;
•
increased transportation costs, including increases from higher or fluctuating passed-through energy costs or fuel surcharges, and other costs to comply with tightening regulations, as well as higher volumes of rail and water shipments;
•
availability of trucks and licensed drivers for transport of the Company’s materials;
•
availability and cost of construction equipment in the United States;
•
weakening in the steel industry markets served by the Company’s dolomitic lime products;
•
trade disputes with one or more nations impacting the U.S. economy, including the impact of tariffs on the steel industry;
•
unplanned changes in costs or realignment of customers that introduce volatility to earnings, including that of the Magnesia Specialties business that is running at capacity;
•
proper functioning of information technology and automated operating systems to manage or support operations;
Form 10-K ♦ Page 66
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
•
inflation and its effect on both production and interest costs;
•
the concentration of customers in construction markets and the increased risk of potential losses on customer receivables;
•
the impact of the level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and management of production costs on the operating leverage and therefore profitability of the Company;
•
the possibility that the expected synergies from acquisitions will not be realized or will not be realized within the expected time period, including achieving anticipated profitability to maintain compliance with the Company’s leverage ratio debt covenant;
•
changes in tax laws, the interpretation of such laws and/or administrative practices, including acquisitions and divestitures, that would increase the Company’s tax rate;
•
violation of the Company’s debt covenant if price and/or volumes return to previous levels of instability;
•
downward pressure on the Company’s common stock price and its impact on goodwill impairment evaluations;
•
the possibility of a reduction of the Company’s credit rating to non-investment grade; and
•
other risk factors listed from time to time found in the Company’s filings with the SEC.
Further, increased highway construction funding pressures resulting from either federal or state issues can affect profitability. If these negatively affect transportation budgets more than in the past, construction spending could be reduced. Cement is subject to cyclical supply and demand and price fluctuations.
The Company’s principal business serves customers in construction markets. This concentration could increase the risk of potential losses on customer receivables; however, payment bonds normally posted on public projects, together with lien rights on private projects, mitigate the risk of uncollectible receivables. The level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and the management of production costs will affect the operating leverage of the Building Materials business and, therefore, profitability. Production costs in the Building Materials business are also sensitive to energy and raw material prices, both directly and indirectly. Diesel fuel, coal and other consumables change production costs directly through consumption or indirectly by increased energy-related input costs, such as steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts. Fluctuating diesel fuel pricing also affects transportation costs, primarily through fuel surcharges in the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Magnesia Specialties business is sensitive to changes in domestic steel capacity utilization as well as the absolute price and fluctuation in the cost of natural gas.
Transportation in the Company’s long-haul network, particularly the supply of railcars and locomotive power and condition of rail infrastructure to move trains, affects the Company’s efficient transportation of aggregates products in certain markets, most notably Texas, Colorado, Florida, North Carolina and the Gulf Coast. In addition, availability of railcars and locomotives affects the Company’s movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to both the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan, and its customers. The availability of trucks, drivers and railcars to transport the Company’s product, particularly in markets experiencing high growth and increased demand, is also a risk and pressures the associated costs.
All of the Company’s businesses are also subject to weather-related risks that can significantly affect production schedules and profitability. The first and fourth quarters are most adversely affected by winter weather. Hurricane and cyclone activity in the Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean and Gulf Coast generally is most active during the second, third and fourth quarters.
Risks also include shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company’s control.
In addition to the foregoing, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include but are not limited to those listed above in Item 1, “Business – Competition,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note A: Accounting Policies” and “Note O: Commitments and Contingencies” of the “Notes to Financial Statements” of the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
You should consider these forward-looking statements in light of risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 and other filings made with the SEC. All of the Company’s forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company considers immaterial could affect the accuracy of its forward-looking statements, or adversely affect or be material to the Company. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of filing or publication and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
Form 10-K ♦ Page 67
Part II ♦ Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
FY 2021 10-K MD&A
SEC filing source: 0001564590-22-005965.
ITEM 7 – MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTORY OVERVIEW
Martin Marietta Materials, Inc. (the Company or Martin Marietta) is a natural resource-based building materials company, with 2021 total revenues of $5.41 billion and net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta of $702.0 million. These results were achieved by supplying aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel) through its network of approximately 350 quarries, mines and distribution yards in 28 states, Canada and The Bahamas. Martin Marietta also provides cement and downstream products, namely ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving services, in certain markets where the Company has a leading aggregates position. Specifically, the Company has two cement plants in Texas and ready mixed concrete and asphalt operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Minnesota, Texas and Wyoming. Paving services are in California and Colorado. The Company also has two cement plants, cement distribution terminals and ready mixed concrete operations in California that are classified as assets held for sale and reported as discontinued operations as of December 31, 2021. The Company’s heavy-side building materials are used in infrastructure, nonresidential and residential construction projects. Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast. The aggregates, cement, ready mixed concrete, asphalt and paving product lines are reported collectively as the “Building Materials” business.
As more fully discussed in the Consolidated Strategic Objectives section, geography is critically important for the Building Materials business. The Company conducts its Building Materials business through two reportable segments, organized by geography: East Group and West Group. The East Group consists of the East and Central divisions. The West Group is comprised of the Southwest and West divisions.
The East Group provides aggregates and asphalt products. The West Group provides aggregates, cement and downstream products and services. Further, the following five states accounted for 68% of the Building Materials business 2021 total revenues: Texas, Colorado, North Carolina, Georgia and Minnesota.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 34 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties
The Company operates a Magnesia Specialties business with production facilities in Michigan and Ohio. The Magnesia Specialties business produces magnesia-based chemicals products used in industrial, agricultural and environmental applications. It also produces dolomitic lime sold primarily to customers for steel production and soil stabilization. Magnesia Specialties’ products are shipped to customers worldwide.
Consolidated Strategic Objectives
The Company’s strategic planning process, or Strategic Operating Analysis and Review (SOAR), provides the framework for execution of Martin Marietta’s long-term strategic plan. Guided by this framework and considering the cyclicality of the Building Materials business, the Company determines capital allocation priorities to maximize long-term shareholder value creation. The Company’s strategy includes ongoing evaluation of aggregates-led opportunities of scale in new domestic markets (i.e., platform acquisitions), expansion through acquisitions that complement existing operations (i.e., bolt-on acquisitions) and divestitures of assets that are not consistent with stated strategic goals. To that effect, the Company invested $3.1 billion in acquisitions during 2021, the largest of which was completed on October 1, 2021, providing platform positions for future growth in California and Arizona. The Company finances such opportunities with the goal of preserving its financial flexibility by having a leverage ratio (consolidated debt-to-consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA) within a range of 2.0 times to 2.5 times within a reasonable period of time following the completion of a debt-financed transaction.
The Company, by purposeful design, will continue to be an aggregates-led business (aggregates product gross profit represented 67% of 2021 total consolidated product and services gross profit) that focuses on markets with strong, underlying growth fundamentals where it can sustain or achieve a leading market position. As part of its long-term strategic plan, the Company may also pursue strategic cement and targeted downstream opportunities. For Martin Marietta, strategic cement and targeted downstream operations are located in vertically-integrated markets where the Company has, or envisions, a clear path toward a leading aggregates position.
Generally, the Company’s building materials products are both sourced and sold locally. As a result, geography is critically important when assessing market attractiveness and growth opportunities. Attractive geographies generally exhibit (a) population growth and/or population density, both of which are drivers of heavy-side building materials consumption; (b) business and employment diversity, drivers of greater economic stability; and (c) a superior state financial position, a driver of public infrastructure investment.
In order to assess population growth and density, the Company focuses on the megaregions of the United States. Megaregions are large networks of metropolitan population centers covering thousands of square miles. According to America 2050, a planning and policy program of the Regional Plan Association, a majority of the nation’s population and economic growth through 2050 will occur in 11 megaregions. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten of the megaregions. As evidence of the successful execution of SOAR, the Company’s leading positions in the Texas Triangle, Colorado’s Front Range, northern and southern California and Arizona’s Sun Corridor megaregions, its growth platform in the southern portion of the Northeast megaregion and its enhanced position in the Piedmont Atlantic megaregion, primarily in the Atlanta area, are the results of acquisitions since 2011. The Company has a legacy presence in the southeastern portion of the Great Lakes megaregion, encompassing operations in Indiana and Ohio. The megaregions and the Company’s key states are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 35 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
In considering business and employment diversity, the Company focuses its geographic footprint along significant transportation and commerce corridors, particularly where land is readily available for the construction of fulfillment and/or data centers. The retail sector (both e-commerce and brick and mortar) values transportation corridors, as logistics and distribution are critical considerations for construction supporting that industry. In addition, technology companies view these areas as attractive locations for data centers.
Additionally, the Company considers a state’s financial position in determining the opportunities and attractiveness of areas for expansion or development. In this assessment, the Company reviews a state’s financial health rating, issued by S&P Global Ratings and where AAA is the highest score. The Company’s top ten revenue-generating states have been evaluated and scored a financial health rating of AA or AAA. The Company also reviews the state’s ability to secure additional infrastructure funding and financing.
In line with the Company’s strategic objectives, management’s overall focus includes the following items:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Upholding the Company’s commitment to its Mission, Vision and Values |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Navigating effectively through construction cycles to balance investment and cost decisions against expected shipment volumes |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Tracking shifts in population trends, as well as local, state and national economic conditions, to ensure changing trends are reflected against the execution of the strategic plan |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Integrating acquired businesses efficiently to maximize the return on the investment |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Allocating capital in a manner consistent with the following long-standing priorities while maintaining financial flexibility |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| ─ | Acquisitions |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| ─ | Organic capital investment |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| ─ | Return of cash to shareholders through both meaningful and sustainable dividends as well as share repurchases |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 36 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
2021 Performance Highlights
Achieved Industry-Leading Safety Performance:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Record company-wide Lost-Time Incident Rate (LTIR) of 0.17, the fifth consecutive year of world-class or better LTIR thresholds |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Record company-wide total Injury Incident Rate (TIIR) of 0.84, compared with 0.93 in 2020, better than world-class TIIR thresholds |
Achieved Record Financial Performance:
The Company achieved record products and services revenues, consolidated gross profit, adjusted net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta and Adjusted EBITDA (defined in Results of Operations section), driven by resilient customer demand and improved pricing and profitability across all product lines of the Building Materials business. Further, 2021 capped a decade of annual growth for products and services revenues, adjusted gross profit and Adjusted EBITDA. The Company’s commitment to safety, operational and commercial excellence resulted in the following financial performance from continuing operations (comparisons with 2020):
• Record consolidated total revenues of $5.41 billion compared with $4.73 billion, an increase of 14.5%
• Record consolidated gross profit of $1.35 billion compared with $1.25 billion, an increase of 7.6%; 2021 consolidated gross profit was burdened by $30.6 million of costs related to the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting
• Consolidated selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses representing 6.5% of total revenues
• Record consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations of $1.53 billion, an increase of 9.7%
• Record operating cash flow of $1.14 billion, an increase of 8.3%
Continued Disciplined Execution Against Capital Allocation Priorities:
• Invested $3.11 billion for acquisitions, including the platform positions in California and Arizona; issued $2.50 billion of publicly traded long-term debt with a weighted-average interest rate of 2.2% to fund acquisitions
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Capital investments into operations of $423.1 million |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Quarterly dividend increase of 7% in August 2021, resulting in total annual dividends paid of $147.8 million, or $2.36 per share |
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Building Materials Business
The Building Materials business serves customers in the construction marketplace. The business’ profitability is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and cyclical swings in construction spending, which are affected by fluctuations in levels of public-sector infrastructure funding; interest rates; access to capital markets; and demographic, geographic, employment and population dynamics.
The heavy-side construction business, inclusive of much of the Company’s operations, is conducted outdoors. Therefore, erratic weather patterns, precipitation and other weather-related conditions, including flooding, hurricanes, precipitation, cold temperatures, earthquakes, droughts and wildfires, can significantly affect production schedules, shipments, costs, efficiencies and profitability. Generally, the financial results for the first and fourth quarters are subject to the impacts of winter weather, while the second and third quarters can be subject to the impacts of heavy precipitation. The impacts of erratic weather patterns are more fully discussed in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Product Lines
Aggregates are an engineered, granular material consisting of crushed stone, sand and gravel, manufactured to specific sizes, grades and chemistry for use primarily in construction applications. The Company’s operations consist mostly of open pit quarries; however, the Company is also the largest operator of underground aggregates mines in the United States, with 14 active underground mines located in the East Group. The Company’s aggregates reserves average approximately 78 years at the 2021 annual production level.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 37 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Cement is the basic agent used to bind coarse aggregates, sand and water in the production of ready mixed concrete. The Company has a strategic and leading cement position in the state of Texas, with production facilities in Midlothian, Texas, south of Dallas/Fort Worth, and Hunter, Texas, centrally located along 1-35 between San Antonio and Austin. These two facilities produce Portland and specialty cements, have a combined annual capacity of approximately 4.5 million tons, and collectively operated at approximately 76% utilization for clinker production in 2021. The Midlothian plant has a permit that allows for annual capacity expansion of 0.8 million tons. In addition to the two production facilities, the Company operates several cement distribution terminals. Calcium carbonate in the form of limestone is the principal raw material used in the production of cement. The Company owns more than 600 million tons of limestone reserves adjacent to its cement production plants in Texas. During 2021, the Company purchased two cement plants in California and related distribution facilities as part of the Lehigh West Region acquisition, which are classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as of December 31, 2021.
Ready mixed concrete, a mixture primarily of cement, sand, coarse aggregates and water, is measured in cubic yards and specifically batched or produced for customers’ construction projects and then transported and poured at the project site. The coarse aggregates used for ready mixed concrete are a washed material with limited amounts of fines (i.e., dirt and clay). The Company operates ready mixed concrete plants in Arizona, California, Colorado, Texas and Wyoming. The California ready mixed concrete operations are classified as assets held for sale and discontinued operations as of December 31, 2021. Asphalt is most commonly used in surfacing roads and parking lots and consists of liquid asphalt, or bitumen, the binding medium, and aggregates. Similar to ready mixed concrete, each asphalt batch is produced to customer specifications. The Company’s asphalt operations are located in Arizona, California, Colorado and Minnesota and paving services are located in California and Colorado. Market dynamics for these downstream product lines include a highly competitive environment and lower barriers to entry compared with the Company’s upstream product lines of aggregates and cement.
End-Use Trends
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | According to the latest available data published by the U.S. Geological Survey, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, estimated construction aggregates consumption increased 5% compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and for the ten months ended October 31, 2021, cement consumption increased 3.5% versus the comparable prior-year period. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | National not seasonally adjusted construction spending statistics for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 versus the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, according to U.S. Census Bureau reveal: |
♦Total value of construction put in place increased 8%
♦Public construction spending decreased 4%
♦Private nonresidential construction market spending decreased 2%
♦Private residential construction market spending increased 23%
The principal end-use markets of the Building Materials business are public infrastructure (i.e., highways; streets; roads; bridges; and schools); nonresidential construction (i.e., manufacturing and distribution facilities; industrial complexes; office buildings; large retailers and wholesalers; healthcare, hospitality and energy-related activity); and residential construction (i.e., subdivision development; and single- and multi-family housing). Aggregates are also used in agricultural, utility and environmental applications and as railroad ballast, collectively comprising the ChemRock/Rail market.
Public infrastructure projects can require several years to complete, while residential and nonresidential construction projects are usually completed within one year. Generally, customer purchase orders do not contain firm quantity commitments, regardless of end-use market. Therefore, management does not utilize a Company backlog in managing its business.
The public infrastructure market accounted for 34% of the Company’s organic aggregates shipments in 2021. Contractor capacity constraints, project delays in several markets and weather were primary factors for the 2% shipment decline to this end use. The Company’s shipments to this end-use market remain below the most recent five-year average of 37% and ten-year average of 40%.
While construction spending in the public and private market sectors is affected by economic cycles, the historic level of spending on public infrastructure projects has been comparatively more stable due to the predictability of funding from
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 38 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
federal, state and local governments. The Infrastructure Investments and Jobs Act (IIJ Act) was signed into law on November 15, 2021 and contains a five-year surface transportation reauthorization plus $110 billion in new funding for roads, bridges and other hard infrastructure projects.
Public construction projects, once awarded, are typically seen through to completion. Thus, delays from weather or other factors can serve to extend the duration of the construction cycle. State and local initiatives that support infrastructure funding, including gas tax increases and other ballot initiatives, are increasing in size and number as these governments recognize the need to play an expanded role in public infrastructure funding. In November 2021, 245 state and local ballot initiatives, or 89% of all infrastructure funding measures up for vote, were approved. The approved infrastructure initiatives are estimated to generate nearly $7 billion in one-time and recurring revenues, with initiatives in Texas, the Company’s largest revenue-generating state, accounting for over $5 billion of this total.
The nonresidential construction market accounted for 35% of the Company’s organic aggregates shipments in 2021 which increased 8% over 2020, reflecting increased distribution center/warehouse projects. The Dodge Momentum Index, a twelve-month leading indicator of construction spending for nonresidential building compiled by McGraw-Hill Construction and where the year 2000 serves as an index basis of 100, was 166.4 in December 2021, an increase of 23% from December 2020. This represented the strongest annual gain since 2005, suggesting positive momentum in the nonresidential construction sector at the onset of 2022.
The residential construction market accounted for 25% of the Company’s organic aggregates shipments in 2021, and increased 8% compared with 2020. This end use typically moves in direct correlation with economic cycles. The Company’s exposure to residential construction is split between aggregates used in the construction of subdivisions (including streets, sidewalks, utilities and storm and sewage drainage), single-family homes and multi-family units. Construction of both subdivisions and single-family homes is nearly three times more aggregates intensive than construction of multi-family units. Therefore, the timing of new subdivision starts, as well as new single-family housing permits, are strong indicators of residential volumes. For the year ended December 31, 2021, not seasonally adjusted residential housing starts increased 16% to 1.6 million units compared with 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2021, not seasonally adjusted national housing permits increased 17% versus 2020. The Company expects continued growth in the residential market driven by undersupply, favorable demographics driven by millennials entry into the housing market, job growth, deurbanization, land availability and efficient permitting.
The remaining 6% of the Company’s 2021 organic aggregates shipments was to the ChemRock/Rail market, which includes ballast and agricultural limestone. Ballast is an aggregates product used to stabilize railroad track beds and, increasingly, concrete rail ties are being used as a substitute for wooden ties. Agricultural lime, a high-calcium carbonate material, is used as a supplement in animal feed, a soil acidity neutralizer and agricultural growth enhancer. Additionally, ChemRock/Rail includes rip rap, which is used as a stabilizing material to control erosion caused by water runoff at embankments, ocean beaches, inlets, rivers and streams, and high-calcium limestone, which is used as filler in glass, plastic, paint, rubber, adhesives, grease and paper. Chemical-grade, high-calcium limestone is used as a desulfurization material in utility plants.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 39 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Pricing Trends
Materials pricing for construction projects is generally based on terms committing to the availability of specified products of a stated quantity at an agreed-upon price during a definitive period. Since infrastructure projects span multiple years, announced price changes can have a lag time before taking effect while the Company sells products under existing price agreements. Pricing escalators included in multi-year infrastructure contracts serve to somewhat mitigate this effect. However, during periods of sharp or rapid increases in production costs, multi-year infrastructure contract pricing may provide only nominal pricing growth. Additionally, the Company may implement mid-year price increases, on a market-by-market basis, where appropriate. Pricing is determined locally and is affected by supply and demand characteristics of the local market. For further information on pricing, see the discussion below in the “Financial Overview” section.
Cost Structure
Direct production costs for the Building Materials business are components of cost of revenues incurred at the quarries, mines, cement plants, ready mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants and paving operations and distribution yards and facilities. Cost of revenues also includes the cost of resale materials, freight expenses to transport materials from a producing quarry or cement plant to a distribution yard or facility and production overhead costs.
Generally, the significant components of direct production costs for the Building Materials business are (1) labor and related benefits; (2) raw materials; (3) depreciation, depletion and amortization; (4) repairs and maintenance; (5) contract services; (6) supplies; and (7) energy. In 2021, these categories represented 90% of the Building Materials business’ total direct production costs.
Production is the key driver in determining the levels of variable costs, as it affects the number of hourly employees and related labor hours. Further, components of energy, supplies and repairs and maintenance costs also increase in connection with higher production volumes. Variable costs are expenses that fluctuate with the level of production volume, while fixed costs are expenses that do not vary based on production or sales volume. Accordingly, the Company’s operating leverage can be substantial.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 40 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Generally, when the Company invests capital in facilities and equipment, increased capacity and productivity, along with reduced labor and repair costs, can offset increased fixed depreciation costs. However, the increased productivity and related efficiencies may not be fully realized in a lower-demand environment, resulting in under absorption of fixed costs.
Wage and benefit inflation and increases in labor costs may be somewhat mitigated by enhanced productivity in an expanding economy. Further, workforce reductions resulting from process automation and mobile fleet right-sizing, primarily in the aggregates operations, have mitigated rising labor costs. During economic downturns, the Company reviews its operations and, where practical, temporarily idles certain sites. The Company is able to serve these markets with other open facilities that are in close proximity. In certain markets, management can create production “super crews” that work on a rotating basis at various locations. For example, within a market, a crew may work three days per week at one quarry and the other two workdays at another quarry. This has allowed the Company to responsibly manage headcount in periods of lower demand.
The production of ready mixed concrete and asphalt requires the use of cement and liquid asphalt raw materials, respectively. Therefore, fluctuations in availability and prices for these raw materials directly affect the Company’s operating results.
Cement production is a capital-intensive operation with high fixed costs to run plants that operate continuously with the exception of maintenance shutdowns. Kiln and finishing mill maintenance typically requires a plant to be shut down for a period of time as repairs are made. In 2021 and 2020, the cement operations incurred outage costs of $23.6 million and $19.7 million, respectively. The increase in outage costs in 2021 compared with 2020 is primarily attributable to the timing of planned kiln outages. The Company adjusts production levels in anticipation of planned maintenance shutdowns.
Typically, diesel fuel represents the single largest component of energy costs for the Building Materials business. The average cost per gallon was $2.36 and $1.49 in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Changes in energy costs also affect the prices that the Company pays for related supplies, including explosives, conveyor belting and tires. Further, the Company’s contracts of affreightment for shipping products on its rail and waterborne distribution network typically include provisions for escalations or reductions in the amounts paid by the Company if the price of fuel moves outside a stated range.
Historically, the Company has achieved pricing growth in periods of inflation based on its ability to increase its selling prices in a normal economic environment.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 41 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations
Geography is critically important as products are sourced and sold locally
The Company’s geographic footprint is primarily in attractive markets with strong, underlying growth characteristics, including population growth and/or population density and business and economic diversity, both of which generate demand for construction and the Company’s Building Materials products. The Company has a meaningful presence in ten of the 11 megaregions of the United States, notably: Texas Triangle, Gulf Coast, Piedmont Atlantic, Front Range, Florida, Arizona Sun Corridor, Northern and Southern California, each of which is discussed below. Additionally, Iowa is discussed below as a top ten revenue-generating state and, while not part of a megaregion, is an attractive market with a diversified economy that provides stability through economic cycles.
Texas Triangle and Gulf Coast
The Texas Triangle is primarily defined by the anchoring metropolises of Dallas/Fort Worth, San Antonio and Houston. Approximately two-thirds of Texans call the Texas Triangle home, and the three anchoring cities had an estimated population of nearly 18 million as of July 1, 2020 as reported by the U.S. Census Bureau. The megaregion’s population is expected to exceed 35 million by 2050. The Texas Triangle contains the headquarters of 53 Fortune 500 companies and represents a diverse economy, including the finance, technology, transportation and goods and services sectors.
Uniquely, Houston, which represents nearly 28% of Texas’ gross domestic product (GDP), is considered part of both the Gulf Coast and the Texas Triangle megaregions. In addition to Houston, cities in the Gulf Coast megaregion include Beaumont, Texas, New Orleans and Baton Rouge, Louisiana. The Gulf Coast megaregion’s population is expected to exceed 16 million in 2025 and 23 million in 2050. The economy is driven by the energy, chemical and transportation sectors.
The Texas market remains one of the strongest in the United States and, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, as of September 30, 2021, the state’s GDP comprised nearly 9% of the nation’s $23.2 trillion GDP. Texas continues to lead the nation in population growth, and its population is estimated to increase 37% from 2020 to 2040. Houston, San Antonio and Dallas are ranked as the fourth, seventh and ninth, respectively, most populous cities in the United States as of July 1, 2020, the latest available information from the U.S. Census Bureau. Over the ten-year period ended November 2021 and as reported by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the metropolitan areas of Austin, Dallas/Fort Worth, San Antonio and Houston have experienced employment growth of 43%, 29%, 25% and 17%, respectively. Supported by population growth, Texas leads the country in total housing permits for the year ended December 31, 2021.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 42 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The state’s Department of Transportation (TxDOT) let $8.3 billion in construction projects in fiscal year 2021 and has a budget of $15.3 billion for fiscal year 2022. In 2019, TxDOT announced the 2020 Unified Transportation Program, identifying planned investments totaling over $74 billion of infrastructure projects over the next ten years. Funding for highway construction comes from dedicated sources, including Propositions 1 and 7, as opposed to the use of general funds. Proposition 1, which passed in 2015, takes a portion of the oil and gas severance tax revenues and allocates them to the state highway fund. Proposition 7 is funded by state sales and use taxes and motor vehicle sales and rental taxes and is used for non-toll roads and certain transportation-related debt. For fiscal years 2021 and 2020, these propositions provided $4.2 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, to the state highway fund. Additionally, in November 2021, voters approved 88% of ballot measures that will provide an additional $5.1 billion of infrastructure funding. Though the COVID-19 pandemic slowed economic advancement temporarily, construction activity is recovering, as evidenced by developers and businesses planning expansion throughout Texas. Samsung, Texas Industries, Tesla, CBRE and the Texas Medical Center have announced plans for significant new projects in or around Austin, Dallas/Fort Worth and Houston. In March 2021, Dallas/Fort Worth, Houston, and Austin were ranked 2nd, 3rd and 6th, respectively, for total number of economic development projects for metro areas with populations exceeding one million.
Piedmont Atlantic
The Piedmont Atlantic megaregion generally follows the Interstate 85/20 corridor, spanning across North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee and Alabama, and includes four primary metropolitan areas: Raleigh-Durham, Charlotte, Atlanta and Birmingham. The Piedmont Atlantic is a fast-growing megaregion; however, it is facing challenges that accompany a growing population, including increased traffic congestion and inadequate infrastructure.
North Carolina continues to demonstrate strong population trends, ranking eleventh in states for percentage population growth for the twelve months ended July 1, 2021, the last annual estimate by the U.S. Census Bureau. North Carolina’s population is estimated to grow from approximately 10.5 million in 2010 to 14 million by 2050. Employment growth in North Carolina has been steady and consistent. Further, in 2021, CNBC ranked North Carolina as the second best state for business. During 2021, Apple, Toyota and Red Bull announced plans to invest more than $3.0 billion in North Carolina. In January 2021, the North Carolina Future Investment Resources for Sustainable Transportation, or NC FIRST, Commission issued an extensive report to the state’s transportation secretary, projecting an additional transportation investment need of $20 billion over the next decade. The state’s 2020-2029 Statewide Transportation Improvement Program, or STIP, reflects investment of approximately $23.7 billion for approximately 1,700 projects, including fiscal year 2022 overall spending of $6.4 billion. In August 2021, the state authorized the North Carolina Department of Transportation to issue $300 million of Grant Anticipation Revenue Vehicle, or GARVEE, Bonds to fund transportation initiatives.
South Carolina ranked fifth in the nation for percentage population growth for the twelve months ended July 1, 2021. Enacted in 2016, the state’s infrastructure program is supported by Senate Bill 1258, also known as Act No. 275, allowing up to $4.2 billion to be devoted to highway spending over a ten-year period. The South Carolina Department of Transportation’s (SCDOT) fiscal year 2022 budget is $2.5 billion. The SCDOT’s longer-term plan includes 1,000 miles of upgrades to rural roads and improvements to 140 miles of interstate highways. To fund infrastructure needs, the state passed House Bill 3516 in June 2017, which increased the state’s gas tax $0.02 per gallon per year for six years. During fiscal year 2021, the gas tax generated approximately $796 million for road and bridge work. Additionally, since 2010, voters approved 78% of ballot measures for transportation funding totaling $3.6 billion. The nonresidential market will benefit from recent announcements by businesses planning to expand their operations in South Carolina, including BMW, DHL, Arthrex and The Keith Corporation.
With approximately 3% of the nation’s GDP, Georgia continues to be a top-performing state with headquarters for 18 Fortune 500 companies. In December 2021, Rivian Automotive, Inc. announced a $5 billion investment for construction of a carbon-conscious manufacturing campus just east of Atlanta. Georgia has consistently ranked as one of the top states for employment and population growth. Georgia’s Major Mobility Investment Program, announced in 2017 and updated in 2019, will invest $11 billion over a ten-year period in 14 highway projects. Additionally, since 2010, Georgia voters approved more than two-thirds of ballot measures to collectively provide $8.2 billion for road and transit projects.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 43 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Front Range
Through a platform and several subsequent bolt-on acquisitions since 2011, the Company has built a leading position to serve the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains. Extending from the southern portion of Wyoming near Cheyenne, following Interstate 25 through Colorado into New Mexico, and incorporating Santa Fe and Albuquerque, the Front Range megaregion is one of the nation’s fastest-growing megaregions. The Front Range contains approximately 85% of Colorado’s population and represented 95% of the population growth in Colorado from 2010 to 2020. By 2050, the Front Range population is estimated to increase more than 50% over the 2010 population.
The Colorado economy includes a diverse economic base, leading to strong employment and population growth. Senate Bill 260, enacted in 2021, includes $5.0 billion in revenue generated from increased gasoline taxes and other fees to Colorado DOT (CDOT) for state road and transit projects over a ten-year period. For fiscal year 2021-2022, CDOT has a spending budget of $2.5 billion.
Florida
Spanning nearly the entire state, the Florida megaregion is rapidly expanding. Florida is the country’s third-most populous state according to the Census Bureau. Further, the state’s population is estimated to increase six million, or 27%, from 2020 to 2045. The state’s GDP represents 5% of the nation’s GDP.
Florida has a $10.3 billion DOT budget for fiscal year 2021-2022 and a five-year adopted work plan of $52.9 billion through 2026.
Arizona Sun Corridor
During 2021, the Company established a presence to serve the Arizona Sun Corridor megaregion (Sun Corridor) as part of the Lehigh West Region platform acquisition. This megaregion is comprised of five metropolitan areas, Phoenix, Tucson, Prescott, Sierra Vista-Douglas and Nogales. The Sun Corridor is home to over 86% of Arizona’s population and is one of the nation’s fastest-growing megaregions, predicted to double its population by 2040. Arizona ranked fifth in the nation for population growth for the ten years ended July 1, 2020.
The Arizona economy includes a diverse economic base, including aerospace, manufacturing, bioscience and technology leading to strong employment and population growth. Arizona was ranked the seventh best state for economy by US News & World Report in 2021 based on the business environment, employment, and growth. In addition, during June 2021, the Arizona State Transportation Board approved its five-year construction program for 2022 to 2026, which includes $5.7 billion in spending to widen highways, improve safety and preserve existing roads and bridges.
Northern and Southern California
Through the Lehigh West Region platform acquisition in 2021, the Company established positions in both the Northern and Southern California megaregions.
The Northern California megaregion encompasses San Francisco, Sacramento, San Jose and Oakland and represents one of the fastest-growing economies in the United States since 2010 driven by Silicon Valley, home to some of the world’s most valuable companies, including Apple, Alphabet and Meta Platforms (formerly Facebook). This megaregion is home to approximately 13 million people.
The Southern California megaregion includes Los Angeles and San Diego and is home to approximately 22 million people. In fact, Los Angeles County is the largest county in the United States and accounts for more than 10 million residents. Key industries in this megaregion include high-technology, entertainment, aviation/aerospace and banking.
California is the nation’s most populous state. Generating $3.35 trillion GDP in 2021, California represents the largest economy in the U.S. and the fifth-largest economy in the world. The state is making substantial investment in its infrastructure, as the majority of its highways are deemed to be in fair or bad condition. The California Department of Transportation (CALTRANS) budget for fiscal year 2021-2022 is $17 billion. In addition, Senate Bill 1 provides more than $50 billion of transportation spending through 2030, of which $3.7 billion is directed annually to highways, streets and bridges. During 2021, CALTRANS also adopted the California Transportation Plan 2050 (CTP). The CTP is a long-range transportation roadmap aimed to invest in repairs of current roads, improving the infrastructure for moving goods and seeking long-term sustainable funding mechanisms. California also has 25 “Self Help” counties which raise more than $6 billion annually in transportation funding for local projects through local sales tax measures.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 44 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Iowa
Iowa has been a top and steady Martin Marietta revenue-generating state for decades and has historically experienced a stable and resilient economy. Iowa is the nation’s largest corn- and pork-producing state and provides approximately 9% of America’s food supply. The Company’s agricultural lime shipments are dependent on, among other things, weather, demand for agricultural commodities (including corn and soybeans), commodity prices and farm and land values. The Iowa economy has become consistently more diverse over the past several years, in part due to both its low cost and ease of doing business. The state is attractive for starting and expanding businesses due to enticing tax incentives. Meta Platforms (formerly Facebook) is in the process of expanding its data center, estimated to be 4.1 million square feet when completed in 2023. During fall 2021, Microsoft Corporation began building one of two new data centers in West Des Moines. Additionally, Apple is set to begin construction of a $1.3 billion data center near Des Moines during 2022. Iowa is the first state to produce more than 30% of its electricity with wind power, enhancing its resilience and use of durable construction materials.
Growth markets with limited supply of indigenous stone must be served via a long-haul distribution network
The U.S. Department of the Interior identified possible sources of indigenous rock and documents its limited supply in certain areas of the United States, including the coastal areas from Virginia to Texas. Further, certain interior United States markets may experience limited availability of locally sourced aggregates resulting from increasingly restrictive zoning, permitting and/or environmental laws and regulations. The Company’s long-haul distribution network is used to supplement, or in many cases wholly supply, the local crushed stone needs of these areas.
The long-haul distribution network can diversify market risk for locations that engage in long-haul transportation of aggregates products. This is particularly true where a producing quarry serves a local market and transports products via rail, water and/or truck to be sold in other markets, the risk of a downturn in one market may be somewhat mitigated by other markets served by the location.
Product shipments are moved by rail, water and truck through the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Company’s rail network primarily serves its Texas, Florida, Colorado and Gulf Coast markets, while the Company’s Bahamas and Nova Scotia locations transport materials via oceangoing ships. The Company’s strategic focus includes expanding inland and offshore capacity and acquiring distribution yards and port locations to offload transported material. At December 31, 2021, the distribution network available to the Company consisted of 84 aggregates yards and 16 cement terminals, of which 11 cement terminals are classified as discontinued operations.
The Company’s increased rail shipments has made it more reliant on railroad performance issues, including track congestion, crew and availability, the effects of adverse weather conditions and the ability to negotiate favorable railroad shipping contracts. Further, changes in the operating strategy of rail transportation providers can create operational inefficiencies and increased costs from the Company’s rail network.
A portion of railcars and all ships of the Company’s long-haul distribution network are under short- and long-term leases, some with purchase options, and contracts of affreightment. The limited availability of water and rail transportation providers, coupled with limited distribution sites, can adversely affect lease rates for such services and ultimately the freight rates.
The Company has long-term agreements providing dedicated shipping capacity from its Bahamas and Nova Scotia operations to its coastal ports. These contracts of affreightment are take-or-pay contracts with minimum and maximum shipping requirements. The minimum requirements were met in 2021. The Company’s waterborne contracts of affreightment have
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 45 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
varying expiration dates ranging from 2023 to 2027 and generally contain renewal options. However, there can be no assurance that such contracts can be renewed upon expiration or that terms will continue without significant increases.
The multiple transportation modes that have been developed with various rail carriers and deep-water ships provide the Company with the flexibility to effectively serve customers primarily in the Southwest and Southeast coastal markets.
Public Infrastructure, historically, the Company’s largest end-use market, is funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources
Transportation investments generally boost the national economy by enhancing mobility and access and by creating jobs; priorities of many of the government’s economic plans. Public-sector construction related to transportation infrastructure can be aggregates intensive and funded through a combination of federal, state and local sources. The federal highway bill, currently the IIJ Act, provides annual funding for public-sector highway construction projects and includes spending authorizations, which represent the maximum financial obligation that will result from the immediate or future outlays of federal funds for highway and transit programs. The federal government’s surface transportation programs are funded mostly through the receipts of highway user taxes placed in the Highway Trust Fund, which is divided into the Highway Account and the Mass Transit Account. Revenues credited to the Highway Trust Fund are primarily derived from a federal gas tax, a federal tax on certain other motor fuels and interest on the accounts’ accumulated balances. Of the currently imposed federal gas tax of $0.184 per gallon, which has been static since 1993, $0.15 is allocated to the Highway Account of the Highway Trust Fund.
Since most states are required to balance their budgets, reductions in revenues generally require a reduction in states’ expenditures. However, the impact of state revenue reductions on highway investment will vary depending on whether the monies come from dedicated revenue sources, such as highway user fees, or whether portions are paid for with general funds.
In addition to federal appropriations, each state typically funds its infrastructure investment from specifically allocated amounts collected from various user fees, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees. Over the past several years, states have assumed a significantly larger role in funding infrastructure investment, including initiating special-purpose taxes and raising gas taxes. Management believes that financing at the state and local levels, such as bond issuances, toll roads, vehicle miles traveled fees and tax initiatives, will continue to grow and have a fundamental role in advancing infrastructure projects. State infrastructure investment generally leads to increased growth opportunities for the Company. The level of state public-works spending is varied across the nation and dependent upon individual state economies. The degree to which the Company could be affected by a reduction or slowdown in infrastructure spending varies by state. The state economies of the Building Materials business’ ten largest revenue-generating states may disproportionately affect the Company’s financial performance.
Governmental appropriations and expenditures are typically less interest rate-sensitive than private-sector spending. Obligations of federal funds are a leading indicator of highway construction activity in the United States. Before a state or local DOT can solicit bids on an eligible construction project, it enters into an agreement with the Federal Highway Administration to obligate the federal government to pay its portion of the project cost. Federal obligations are subject to annual funding appropriations by Congress.
The need for surface transportation improvements continues to significantly outpace the amount of available funding. A large number of roads, highways and bridges built following the establishment of the Interstate Highway System in 1956 are now in need of major repair or reconstruction. According to The Road Information Program (TRIP), a national transportation research group, vehicle travel on United States highways increased 26% from 2000 to 2019, while new lane road mileage increased only 9% over the same period. TRIP also reports that 41% of the nation’s major roads are in poor or mediocre condition while 7% of the nation’s bridges are in poor/structurally deficient condition. The 2021 TRIP report additionally stated an estimated backlog of $123 billion of improvements to the nation’s highway system exists and an increase of annual investment from $23 billion to $57 billion for the next 20 years is needed to address these improvements and meet mobility needs. Management believes infrastructure activity for 2022 and beyond should benefit from the IIJ Act, additional state and local infrastructure initiatives and the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
In addition to highways and bridges, transportation infrastructure includes aviation, mass transit, and ports and waterways. Railroad construction continues to benefit from economic growth, which ultimately generates a need for additional maintenance and improvements.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 46 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Erratic weather can significantly impact operations
Production and shipment levels for the Building Materials business correlate with general construction activity, most of which occurs outdoors and, as a result, is affected by erratic weather, seasonal changes and other climate-related conditions which can significantly affect the business. Typically, due to a general slowdown in construction activity during winter months, the first and fourth quarters experience lower production and shipment activity. As such, temperature plays a significant role in the months of March and November, meaningfully affecting the Company’s first- and fourth-quarter results, respectively, where warm and/or moderate temperatures in March and November allow the construction season to start earlier and end later, respectively.
Excessive rainfall jeopardizes production efficiencies, shipments and profitability in all markets served by the Company. In particular, the Company’s operations in the southeastern and Gulf Coast regions of the United States and The Bahamas are at risk for hurricane activity, most notably in August, September and October, though the hurricane season formally starts and ends on June 1 and November 1, respectively.
Capital investment decisions driven by capital intensity of the Building Materials business and focus on land
The Company’s organic capital program is designed to leverage construction market growth through investment in both permanent and portable facilities at the Company’s operations. Over an economic cycle, the Company typically invests organic capital at an annual level that approximates depreciation expense. At mid-cycle and through cyclical peaks, organic capital investment typically exceeds depreciation expense, as the Company supports current capacity needs and future growth. Conversely, at a cyclical trough, the Company may reduce levels of capital investment. Regardless of cycle, the Company sets a priority of investing capital to ensure safe, environmentally-sound and efficient operations, as well as to provide the highest quality of customer service and establish a foundation for future growth.
The Company is diligent in its focus on land opportunities, including potential new sites (greensites) and expanding locations. Land purchases are usually opportunistic and can include contiguous property around existing quarry locations. Such property can serve as buffer property or additional mineral reserve capacity, assuming regulatory hurdles can be cleared and the underlying geology supports economical aggregates mining. In either instance, the acquisition of additional property around an existing quarry typically allows the expansion of the quarry footprint and an extension of quarry life.
Magnesia Specialties Business
The Magnesia Specialties business manufactures magnesia-based chemicals products for industrial, agricultural and environmental applications at its Manistee, Michigan facility. The Magnesia Specialties business produces and sells dolomitic lime from its Woodville, Ohio facility. Of 2021 total Magnesia Specialties revenues, 69% were attributable to chemicals products, 30% were attributable to lime and 1% was attributable to stone.
In 2021, 76% of the lime produced was sold to third-party customers, while the remaining 24% was used internally as a raw material for the business’ manufacturing of chemicals products. Dolomitic lime products sold to external customers are primarily used by the steel industry and, overall, 34% of Magnesia Specialties’ 2021 total revenues was related to products used in the steel industry. Accordingly, a portion of the segment’s revenues and profits is affected by production and inventory trends within the steel industry, which are guided by the rate of consumer consumption, the flow of offshore imports and other economic factors. Steel production was adversely affected in 2020 by COVID-19, notably when domestic auto manufacturers shutdown due to the pandemic. Steel capacity utilization recovered in 2021, averaging 81%, and reached 84% as of December 2021. The dolomitic lime business runs most profitably at 70% or greater steel capacity utilization. The chemical products business focuses on higher-margin specialty chemicals that can be produced at volumes that support efficient operations.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 47 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Total revenues of the Magnesia Specialties business in 2021 were predominantly derived from domestic customers, and no single foreign country accounted for 10% or more of the total revenues for the business. Financial results can be affected by foreign currency exchange rates, increasing transportation costs or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. To mitigate the short-term effect of currency exchange rates, foreign transactions are denominated in United States dollars.
A significant portion of the Magnesia Specialties business’ costs is of a fixed or semi-fixed nature. The production process requires the use of natural gas, coal and petroleum coke. Therefore, fluctuations in their pricing directly affect operating results. To help mitigate this risk, the Company has fixed-price agreements for approximately 64% of its 2022 energy needs for coal, natural gas, petroleum coke and electricity. For 2021, the segment’s average cost per MCF (thousand cubic feet) of natural gas increased 21% versus 2020. Given high fixed costs, low capacity utilization can negatively affect the segment’s results of operations. Management expects future organic profitability growth to result from increased pricing, rationalization of the current product portfolio and/or further cost reductions.
The Magnesia Specialties business is highly dependent on rail transportation, particularly for movement of dolomitic lime from Woodville to Manistee and direct customer shipments of dolomitic lime and magnesia chemicals products from both Woodville and Manistee. The segment can be affected by the risks mentioned in the long-haul distribution discussion in the Building Materials Business’ Key Considerations section.
Environmental Regulation and Litigation
The expansion and growth of the aggregates industry is subject to increasing challenges from environmental and political advocates aiming to control the pace and direction of future development. Certain environmental groups have published lists of targeted municipal areas, including areas within the Company’s marketplace, for environmental and suburban growth control. The effect of these initiatives on the Company’s growth is typically localized. Further challenges are expected as the momentum of these initiatives ebb and flow across the United States. Rail and other transportation alternatives are being heralded by these special-interest groups as solutions to mitigate road traffic congestion and overcrowding.
The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. Certain of the Company’s operations may occasionally use substances classified as toxic or hazardous. The Company regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s businesses, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses.
Environmental operating permits are, or may be, required for certain of the Company’s operations; such permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. New permits are generally required for opening new sites or for expansion at existing operations and can take several years to obtain. Moreover, land use, rezoning and special or conditional use permits are increasingly difficult to obtain. Once a permit is issued, the location is required to generally operate in accordance with the approved site plan.
The Clean Air Act, originally passed in 1963 and periodically updated by amendments, is the United States’ national air pollution control program that granted the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) authority to set limits on the level of various air pollutants. To be in compliance with National Ambient Air Quality Standards, a defined geographic area must be below established limits for six pollutants. Environmental groups have been successful in lawsuits against the federal and certain state departments of transportation, delaying highway construction in municipal areas not in compliance with the Clean Air Act. The EPA designates geographic areas as nonattainment areas when the level of air pollutants exceeds the national standard. Nonattainment areas receive deadlines to reduce air pollutants by instituting various control strategies or otherwise face fines or control by the EPA. Included as nonattainment areas are several major metropolitan areas in the Company’s markets, such as Houston/Brazoria/Galveston, Texas; Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas; Bexar County in San Antonio/New
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 48 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Braunfels, Texas; Denver, Colorado; Boulder, Colorado; Fort Collins/Greeley/Loveland, Colorado; Atlanta, Georgia; Baltimore, Maryland; Los Angeles-San Bernardino Counties, California; Los Angeles – South Coast Basin, California; Phoenix/Mesa, Arizona; San Diego County, California; San Francisco Bay Area, California; and Sacramento County, California. Federal transportation funding has been directly tied to compliance with the Clean Air Act.
Large emitters (facilities that emit 25,000 metric tons or more per year) of greenhouse gases (GHG) must report GHG generation to comply with the EPA’s Mandatory Greenhouse Gases Reporting Rule (GHG Rule). The Company files annual reports in accordance with the GHG Rule relating to operations at its four cement plants in Texas and California, as well as its Magnesia Specialties facilities in Woodville, Ohio, and Manistee, Michigan, each of which emit certain GHG, including carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide. If Congress passes additional legislation on GHG, these operations will likely be subject to the new program. The Company believes that any increased operating costs or taxes related to GHG emission limitations at its cement or Woodville operations would be passed on to its customers. The Manistee facility may have to absorb extra costs due to the regulation of GHG emissions in order to maintain competitive pricing in its markets. The Company cannot reasonably predict how much those increased costs may be.
The Company is engaged in certain legal and administrative proceedings incidental to its normal business activities. In the opinion of management, based upon currently available facts, the likelihood is remote that the ultimate outcome of any litigation or other proceedings, including those pertaining to environmental matters, relating to the Company and its subsidiaries, will have a material adverse effect on the overall results of the Company’s operations, cash flows or financial position.
FINANCIAL OVERVIEW
In 2021, the Company achieved its tenth consecutive year of growth for products and services revenues, consolidated adjusted gross profit, Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted earnings per diluted share. This section presents metrics for continuing operations.
Results of Operations
The discussion and analysis that follow reflect management’s assessment of the financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements. As discussed in more detail, the Company’s operating results are highly dependent upon activity within the construction marketplace, economic cycles within the public and private business sectors and seasonal and other weather-related conditions. Accordingly, financial results for any year presented, or year-to-year comparisons of reported results, may not be indicative of future operating results. As permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the FAST Act Modernization and Simplification of Regulation S-K, the Company has elected to omit the discussion of the earliest period (2019) presented as it was included in its MD&A in its 2020 Form 10-K filed on February 19, 2021, incorporated by reference from Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” thereto.
The Company’s Building Materials business generated the majority of consolidated total revenues and earnings from continuing operations. The following comparative analysis and discussion should be read within this context. Further, sensitivity analysis and certain other data are provided to enhance the reader’s understanding of MD&A and are not intended to be indicative of management’s judgment of materiality.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 49 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The Company’s consolidated operating results and operating results as a percentage of total revenues are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions, except for % of total revenues) | 2021 | % of Total revenues | 2020 | % of Total revenues | |||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Product and services revenues | $ | 5,084.7 | $ | 4,432.1 | |||||||||||
| Freight revenues | 329.3 | 297.8 | |||||||||||||
| Total Revenues | 5,414.0 | 100.0 | 4,729.9 | 100.0 | |||||||||||
| Cost of revenues - products and services | 3,735.7 | 3,175.6 | |||||||||||||
| Cost of revenues - freight | 329.9 | 301.5 | |||||||||||||
| Total cost of revenues | 4,065.6 | 75.1 | 3,477.1 | 73.5 | |||||||||||
| Gross Profit | 1,348.4 | 24.9 | 1,252.8 | 26.5 | |||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative expenses | 351.0 | 6.5 | 305.9 | 6.5 | |||||||||||
| Acquisition-related expenses | 57.9 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||
| Other operating income, net | (34.3 | ) | (59.8 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from Operations | 973.8 | 18.0 | 1,005.4 | 21.3 | |||||||||||
| Interest expense | 142.7 | 118.1 | |||||||||||||
| Other nonoperating income, net | (24.4 | ) | (2.0 | ) | |||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations before income tax expense | 855.5 | 889.3 | |||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 153.2 | 168.2 | |||||||||||||
| Earnings from continuing operations | 702.3 | 13.0 | 721.1 | 15.2 | |||||||||||
| Earnings from discontinued operations, net of income tax expense | 0.5 | — | |||||||||||||
| Consolidated net earnings | 702.8 | 721.1 | |||||||||||||
| Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests | 0.3 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||
| Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 702.5 | 13.0 | $ | 721.0 | 15.2 |
Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Earnings from continuing operations before interest; income taxes; depreciation, depletion and amortization, the earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates, acquisition-related expenses; and the impact of selling acquired inventory after its markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting (Adjusted EBITDA) is an indicator used by the Company and investors to evaluate the Company’s operating performance from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is not defined by generally accepted accounting principles and, as such, should not be construed as an alternative to net earnings attributable to Martin Marietta, earnings from operations or operating cash flow. However, the Company’s management believes that Adjusted EBITDA may provide additional information with respect to the Company’s performance. Since Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net earnings and may vary among companies, Adjusted EBITDA as presented by the Company may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
The following table presents a reconciliation of net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta | $ | 702.0 | $ | 721.0 | |||
| Add back: | |||||||
| Interest expense, net of interest income | 142.4 | 117.6 | |||||
| Income tax expense for controlling interests | 153.1 | 168.2 | |||||
| Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and earnings/loss from nonconsolidated equity affiliates | 442.5 | 386.0 | |||||
| Acquisition-related expenses | 57.9 | –– | |||||
| Impact of selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting | 30.6 | –– | |||||
| Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA | $ | 1,528.5 | $ | 1,392.8 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 50 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Mix-Adjusted Average Selling Price
Mix-adjusted average selling price (mix-adjusted ASP) is a non-GAAP measure that excludes the impacts of period-over-period product, geographic and other mix on the average selling price. Mix-adjusted ASP is calculated by comparing current-period shipments to like-for-like shipments in the comparable prior period. Management uses this metric to evaluate the realization of pricing increases and believes this information is useful to investors. The following reconciles reported average selling price to mix-adjusted ASP and corresponding variances.
| years ended December 31 | ||||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | ||
| East Group - Aggregates: | ||||
| Reported average selling price | $15.56 | $15.31 | ||
| Adjustment for unfavorable impact of product, geographic and other mix | 0.18 | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $15.74 | |||
| Reported average selling price variance | 1.6% | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 2.7% | |||
| West Group - Aggregates: | ||||
| Reported average selling price | $14.25 | $13.82 | ||
| Adjustment for favorable impact of product, geographic and other mix | (0.06) | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $14.19 | |||
| Reported average selling price variance | 3.1% | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 2.6% | |||
| Total Aggregates: | ||||
| Reported average selling price | $15.08 | $14.77 | ||
| Adjustment for unfavorable impact of product, geographic and other mix | 0.09 | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $15.17 | |||
| Reported average selling price variance | 2.1% | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 2.7% | |||
| Cement - Continuing Operations: | ||||
| Reported average selling price | $122.14 | $113.88 | ||
| Adjustment for favorable impact of product, geographic and other mix | (1.50) | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP | $120.64 | |||
| Reported average selling price variance | 7.3% | |||
| Mix-adjusted ASP variance | 5.9% |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 51 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Total Revenues
The following table presents revenues data for the Company and its reportable segments by product line for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
| years ended December 31 | ||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||
| Products and services | ||||||||
| East Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 2,011.0 | $ | 1,826.6 | ||||
| Asphalt | 167.9 | — | ||||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (17.3 | ) | — | |||||
| East Group Total | 2,161.6 | 1,826.6 | ||||||
| West Group: | ||||||||
| Aggregates | 1,047.5 | 942.7 | ||||||
| Cement | 494.5 | 452.5 | ||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 1,145.8 | 952.1 | ||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 346.3 | 331.7 | ||||||
| Less: Interproduct revenues | (385.7 | ) | (294.4 | ) | ||||
| West Group Total | 2,648.4 | 2,384.6 | ||||||
| Products and services | 4,810.0 | 4,211.2 | ||||||
| Freight | 305.3 | 276.0 | ||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 5,115.3 | 4,487.2 | ||||||
| Magnesia Specialties: | ||||||||
| Products | 274.7 | 220.9 | ||||||
| Freight | 24.0 | 21.8 | ||||||
| Total Magnesia Specialties | 298.7 | 242.7 | ||||||
| Total consolidated revenues | $ | 5,414.0 | $ | 4,729.9 |
Gross Profit
The following table presents gross profit and gross margin data for the Company by product line for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
| 2021 | 2020 | |||||||||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| years ended December 31 (dollars in millions) | Amount | % of Revenues | Amount | % of Revenues | ||||||||||
| Building Materials business: | ||||||||||||||
| Aggregates | $ | 904.8 | 29.6 | % | $ | 848.5 | 30.6 | % | ||||||
| Cement | 157.0 | 31.8 | % | 170.9 | 37.8 | % | ||||||||
| Ready mixed concrete | 95.6 | 8.3 | % | 79.6 | 8.4 | % | ||||||||
| Asphalt and paving services | 79.2 | 15.4 | % | 60.4 | 18.2 | % | ||||||||
| Products and services | 1,236.6 | 25.7 | % | 1,159.4 | 27.5 | % | ||||||||
| Freight | 3.3 | NM | 0.4 | NM | ||||||||||
| Total Building Materials business | 1,239.9 | 24.2 | % | 1,159.8 | 25.8 | % | ||||||||
| Magnesia Specialties: | ||||||||||||||
| Products and services | 110.4 | 40.2 | % | 89.6 | 40.6 | % | ||||||||
| Freight | (3.9 | ) | NM | (4.1 | ) | NM | ||||||||
| Total Magnesia Specialties | 106.5 | 35.6 | % | 85.5 | 35.2 | % | ||||||||
| Corporate | 2.0 | NM | 7.5 | NM | ||||||||||
| Total consolidated gross profit | $ | 1,348.4 | 24.9 | % | $ | 1,252.8 | 26.5 | % |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 52 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following presents a rollforward of the Company’s consolidated gross profit:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Consolidated gross profit, prior year | $ | 1,252.8 | $ | 1,179.0 | ||||
| Organic Aggregates: | ||||||||
| Pricing | 82.8 | 81.8 | ||||||
| Volume | 64.6 | (36.8 | ) | |||||
| Operational performance1 | (77.3 | ) | (4.4 | ) | ||||
| Change in organic aggregates gross profit | 70.1 | 40.6 | ||||||
| Organic cement and downstream operations products and services | (14.4 | ) | 38.0 | |||||
| Magnesia Specialties products | 20.8 | (9.8 | ) | |||||
| Corporate | (5.5 | ) | 4.5 | |||||
| Acquisitions2 | 21.5 | — | ||||||
| Freight | 3.1 | 0.5 | ||||||
| Change in consolidated gross profit | 95.6 | 73.8 | ||||||
| Consolidated gross profit, current year | $ | 1,348.4 | $ | 1,252.8 | ||||
| 1 Inclusive of cost increases/decreases, product and geographic mix and other operating impacts. | ||||||||
| 2 Inclusive of a $30.6 million charge for selling acquired inventory after markup to fair value as part of acquisition accounting. |
The increase in Building Materials business gross profit in 2021 compared with 2020 is primarily attributable to increased pricing, favorable weather conditions that extended 2021 construction activity and the accretive impacts of acquisitions, partially offset by higher energy and raw material costs. The increase in gross profit in Magnesia Specialties is driven by robust domestic and global demand, partially offset by higher energy, raw material and contract services costs.
Corporate gross profit includes intercompany royalty and rental revenue and expenses, depreciation and unallocated operational expenses excluded from the Company’s evaluation of business segment performance.
Aggregates. The average selling price per ton for aggregates was $15.08 and $14.77 for 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Aggregates average selling price increases compared to the prior year are as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2021 | 2020 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| East Group | 1.6% | 3.8% | |||
| West Group | 3.1% | 1.7% | |||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 2.1% | 3.1% | |||
| Organic aggregates operations | 2.9% | 3.1% |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| 1 | Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal. |
Aggregates pricing improved 2.1%, or 2.7% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2020. The East Group reported a modest increase of 1.6% resulting from more shipments of lower-priced base stone as well as the acquired Tiller operations having selling prices lower than the company average. West Group pricing increased 3.1%, or 2.6% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with 2020, reflecting more long-haul shipments from higher-priced distribution yards.
The following presents aggregates shipments for each reportable segment of the Building Materials business:
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tons (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| East Group | 128.5 | 118.7 | |||||
| West Group | 72.7 | 67.8 | |||||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 201.2 | 186.5 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 |
|---|---|
| 1 | Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 53 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Aggregates shipments sold to external customers and internal tons used in other product lines are as follows:
.
| years ended December 31 | |||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Tons (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
| Tons to external customers | 184.2 | 173.9 | |||||
| Internal tons used in other product lines | 17.0 | 12.6 | |||||
| Aggregates tons | 201.2 | 186.5 |
Aggregates volume variance compared to the prior year by reportable segment is as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2021 | 2020 | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| East Group | 8.3% | (3.0%) | |||
| West Group | 7.2% | (1.4%) | |||
| Total aggregates operations1 | 7.9% | (2.4%) | |||
| Organic aggregates operations | 3.8% | (2.5%) |
1Total aggregates operations include acquisitions from the date of acquisition and divestitures through the date of disposal.
Aggregates volume increased in 2021, benefitting from contributions from acquired operations and robust construction activity across all three primary end-use markets.
Cement, Ready Mixed Concrete, Asphalt and Paving Services. Average selling prices for cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt are as follows:
| years ended December 31 | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cement – per ton | $ | 122.14 | $ | 113.88 | |||
| Ready mixed concrete – per cubic yard | $ | 115.14 | $ | 113.57 | |||
| Asphalt – per ton | $ | 49.96 | $ | 48.00 |
Unit shipments for cement, ready mixed concrete and asphalt are as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Cement: | |||||||
| Tons to external customers | 2.5 | 2.7 | |||||
| Internal tons used in ready mixed concrete | 1.5 | 1.3 | |||||
| Total cement tons | 4.0 | 4.0 | |||||
| Ready mixed concrete – cubic yards | 10.0 | 8.4 | |||||
| Asphalt: | |||||||
| Tons to external customers | 5.1 | 0.8 | |||||
| Internal tons used in paving operations | 2.0 | 2.5 | |||||
| Total asphalt tons | 7.1 | 3.3 |
Cement shipments increased slightly in 2021 versus prior year, continuing to reflect strong demand in North and South Texas, with improving energy-sector demand. Organic cement pricing improved 7.3%, or 5.9% on a mix-adjusted basis, compared with the prior year, reflecting favorable Texas market dynamics. Cement product gross margin declined 600 basis points as higher energy, maintenance and raw materials costs outpaced shipment and pricing gains.
Ready mixed concrete pricing improved 1.4% and shipment volume increased 18.8% in 2021, reflecting robust demand in Texas and contributions from the Lehigh West Region operations. In 2021, asphalt pricing increased 4.1% and volumes improved 113.3%, attributable to shipments from the acquired Tiller and Lehigh West Region operations, offset by weather-impeded shipments for the majority of the year and liquid supply disruptions in Colorado.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 54 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Magnesia Specialties. In 2021, Magnesia Specialties reported total revenues of $298.7 million, gross profit of $106.5 million and earnings from operations of $90.8 million, representing increases of 23%, 24% and 28%, respectively, compared with 2020. The increase in 2021 compared with prior year is reflective of strong domestic and global demand for chemical and lime products which rebounded from 2020 COVID-impacted levels.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2021 and 2020 were 6.5% of total revenues. The $45.1 million increase in total expense is primarily driven by incremental SG&A related to acquired operations, higher stock compensation expense and the impacts of higher salary costs.
Acquisition-Related Expenses
Acquisition-related expenses of $57.9 million were incurred in 2021, primarily associated with the Tiller and Lehigh West Region acquisitions.
Other Operating Income, Net
Other operating income, net, is comprised generally of gains and losses on the sale of assets; recoveries and losses related to certain customer accounts receivable; rental, royalty and services income; accretion expense, depreciation expense and gains and losses related to asset retirement obligations. These net amounts represented income of $34.3 million in 2021 and $59.8 million in 2020. For 2021, other operating income, net included $21.6 million of nonrecurring gains on land sales and divested assets driven primarily by the sale of the Company’s former corporate headquarters land and buildings. The 2020 amount included $69.9 million of nonrecurring gains on the sales of investment land and divested assets in Austin, Texas; Riverside, California; and Augusta, Kansas. These gains were recorded in the West Group. These asset sales collectively generated net cash proceeds of $122.8 million.
Earnings from Operations
Consolidated earnings from operations were $973.8 million and $1.01 billion in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Interest Expense
Interest expense was $142.7 million in 2021 and $118.1 million in 2020. The increase reflected higher average outstanding debt during 2021 compared with 2020, as the Company issued $2.5 billion of publicly traded debt in July 2021 to help finance acquisition activity.
Other Nonoperating (Income) and Expenses, Net
Other nonoperating (income) and expenses, net, is comprised generally of interest income; foreign currency transaction gains and losses; pension and postretirement benefit cost (excluding service cost); net equity earnings from nonconsolidated investments and other miscellaneous income and expenses. Consolidated other nonoperating income and expenses, net, was income of $24.4 million in 2021 and income of $2.0 million in 2020. The 2021 amount reflected a $19.4 million reduction in pension expense compared with 2020. The Company financed $7.7 million and $11.4 million of third-party railroad track maintenance expense in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Income Tax Expense
Variances in the estimated effective income tax rates, when compared with the statutory corporate income tax rate, are due primarily to the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves, the effect of state income taxes, stock compensation deductions, and the impact of foreign income or losses for which no tax expense or benefit is recognized. Additionally, certain acquisition-related expenses have limited deductibility for income tax purposes.
The permanent benefit associated with the statutory depletion deduction for mineral reserves is typically the significant driver of the estimated effective income tax rate. The statutory depletion deduction is calculated as a percentage of revenues subject to certain limitations. Due to these limitations, changes in sales volumes and pretax earnings may not proportionately affect the statutory depletion deduction and the corresponding impact on the effective income tax rate. However, the impact of the depletion deduction on the estimated effective tax rate is inversely affected by increases or decreases in pretax earnings.
The Company’s estimated effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 17.9% and 18.9%, respectively.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 55 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The effective income tax rates for 2021 and 2020 included a $9.7 million and a $14.2 million discrete benefit, respectively, from financing third-party railroad track maintenance. In exchange, the Company received a federal income tax credit and deduction.
Discontinued Operations
The Company classified the cement and California ready mixed concrete businesses acquired as part of Lehigh West Region as assets held for sale and discontinued operations for 2021. The collective businesses generated income of $0.5 million, net of expenses associated with the planned disposal, the impact of selling acquired inventory after its step up to fair value as part of acquisition accounting and income tax expense.
Net Earnings Attributable to Martin Marietta and Earnings Per Diluted Share
Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to Martin Marietta were $702.0 million, or $11.22 per diluted share, for 2021 and $721.0 million, or $11.54 per diluted share, for 2020.
Liquidity and Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Generally, the Company’s primary source of liquidity is cash generated from operating activities. Operating cash flow is substantially derived from consolidated net earnings, before deducting depreciation, depletion and amortization, and offset by working capital requirements. Cash provided by operations was $1.14 billion in 2021 and $1.05 billion in 2020. The primary driver of the increase in cash provided by operations in 2021 was higher earnings before noncash gains and expenses.
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense were as follows:
| years ended December 31 (in millions) | 2021 | 2020 | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Depreciation | $ | 362.2 | $ | 336.8 | |||
| Depletion | 46.0 | 35.9 | |||||
| Amortization | 38.3 | 17.0 | |||||
| Total | $ | 446.5 | $ | 389.7 |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 56 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Investing Activities
Net cash used for investing activities was $3.47 billion in 2021 and $409.7 million in 2020. The increase reflected $3.11 billion used to consummate acquisitions during 2021 versus $65.1 million for acquisitions in 2020.
Cash paid for property, plant and equipment additions was $423.1 million in 2021 and $359.7 million in 2020.
Pretax proceeds from divestitures and sales of the Company’s former headquarters land and buildings, nonoperating land and equipment were $42.8 million in 2021 and $142.3 million in 2020. The prior-year amount included divestitures of investment land and assets in Austin, Texas; Riverside, California; and Augusta, Kansas.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.29 billion in 2021 and net cash used was $357.0 million for 2020. The 2021 cash provided reflected the issuance of $2.50 billion in publicly traded debt, primarily to finance acquisitions. In 2020, the Company made net debt repayments of long-term debt of $149.0 million.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Board of Directors approved total cash dividends on the Company’s common stock of $2.36 per share and $2.24 per share, respectively. Total cash dividends paid were $147.8 million in 2021 and $140.3 million in 2020.
In 2020, the Company repurchased 0.2 million shares of its common stock for a total cost of $50.0 million, or $237.40 per share.
Capital Structure and Resources
Long-term debt, including current maturities, was $5.10 billion at December 31, 2021, and was predominantly in the form of publicly-issued long-term notes and debentures.
On July 2, 2021, the Company issued $700.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.650% Senior Notes due 2023 (the 0.650% Senior Notes), $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.400% Senior Notes due 2031 (the 2.400% Senior Notes) and $900.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.200% Senior Notes due 2051 (the 3.200% Senior Notes), pursuant to a base indenture, dated as of May 22, 2017 (the Base Indenture), as amended and supplemented from time to time, including by the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2021 and, together with the Base Indenture (the Indenture) between the Company and Regions Bank, as trustee, governing these notes. On the consolidated balance sheets, these notes are carried net of original issue discount, which will be amortized using the effective interest method over the lives of the issues. The Company used the net proceeds of the 2.400% Senior Notes, the 3.200% Senior Notes and the 0.650% Senior Notes to pay the consideration for the acquisition of the Lehigh West Region business, and for general corporate purposes. See Note D to the financial statements for more information on the Lehigh West Region acquisition, which was consummated on October 1, 2021.
On March 5, 2020, the Company issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 2.500% Senior Notes due 2030 (the 2.500% Senior Notes). The 2.500% Senior Notes are carried net of original issue discount, which is being amortized by the effective interest method over the life of the issue. The 2.500% Senior Notes are redeemable prior to December 15, 2029 at their make-whole redemption price at a discount rate of the U.S. Treasury Rate plus 30 basis points, or on or after December 15, 2029 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The Company used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of $300.0 million of floating rate senior notes at maturity in May 2020.
The Company, through a wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary, has a $400.0 million trade receivable securitization facility (the Trade Receivable Facility). In September 2021, the Company extended the maturity of the Trade Receivable Facility to September 21, 2022. The Trade Receivable Facility is backed by eligible trade receivables, as defined. Borrowings are limited to the lesser of the facility limit or the borrowing base, as defined. These receivables are originated by the Company and then sold to the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Company continues to be responsible for the servicing and administration of the receivables purchased by the wholly-owned special-purpose subsidiary. The Trade Receivable Facility contains a cross-default provision to the Company’s other debt agreements. There were no outstanding borrowings on the Trade Receivable Facility as of December 31, 2021.
The Company has an $800.0 million five-year senior unsecured revolving facility (the Revolving Facility), which matures in December 2026. The Revolving Facility requires the Company’s ratio of consolidated net debt-to-consolidated EBITDA, as defined, for the trailing-twelve month period (the Ratio) to not exceed 3.50x as of the end of any fiscal quarter, provided that
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 57 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
the Company may exclude from the Ratio debt incurred in connection with certain acquisitions during the quarter or the three preceding quarters so long as the Ratio calculated without such exclusion does not exceed 4.00x. Additionally, if there are no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility and the Trade Receivable Facility, consolidated debt, including debt for which the Company is a co-borrower, shall be reduced in an amount equal to the lesser of $500.0 million or the sum of the Company’s unrestricted cash and temporary investments, for purposes of the covenant calculation. The Company was in compliance with the Ratio at December 31, 2021.
Total equity was $6.54 billion at December 31, 2021. At that date, the Company had an accumulated other comprehensive loss of $97.6 million, primarily resulting from the unrecognized actuarial loss related to pension benefits.
Pursuant to authority granted by its Board of Directors, the Company can repurchase up to 20 million shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 13.5 million shares remaining under the repurchase authorization. Future share repurchases are at the discretion of management.
At December 31, 2021, the Company had $258.4 million in unrestricted cash and short-term investments that are considered cash equivalents. The Company manages its cash and cash equivalents to ensure short-term operating cash needs are met and excess funds are managed efficiently. The Company funds shortages in operating cash through credit facilities. The Company utilizes excess cash to either pay-down credit facility borrowings or invest in money market funds, money market demand deposit accounts or offshore time deposit accounts. Money market demand deposits and offshore time deposit accounts are exposed to bank solvency risk. Money market demand deposit accounts are FDIC insured up to $250,000. The Company’s investments in bank funds generally exceed the FDIC insurance limit.
Cash on hand, along with the Company’s projected internal cash flows and availability of financing resources, including its access to debt and equity capital markets, is expected to continue to be sufficient to provide the capital resources necessary to support anticipated operating needs, cover debt service requirements, meet capital expenditures and discretionary investment needs, fund certain acquisition opportunities that may arise and allow for payment of dividends for the foreseeable future. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are unsecured and may be used for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to borrow or issue securities is dependent upon, among other things, prevailing economic, financial and market conditions. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $1.20 billion of unused borrowing capacity under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
The Company may be required to obtain additional financing in order to fund certain strategic acquisitions or to refinance outstanding debt. Any strategic acquisition of size would likely require an appropriate balance of newly-issued equity with debt in order to maintain a composite investment-grade credit rating. The Company is exposed to credit markets through the interest cost related to borrowings under its Revolving Facility and Trade Receivable Facility.
The Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) was signed into law in March 2020 and provides liquidity support for businesses. The CARES Act allowed the Company to defer the payment of the 6.2% employer share of Social Security taxes for the period from March 27, 2020 through December 31, 2020. The Company deferred payment of $27.6 million under this provision. Half of the deferred obligation was paid December 31, 2021 and the remaining half is due December 31, 2022. There will be no interest assessed on amounts deferred.
Contractual and Off Balance Sheet Obligations
Postretirement medical benefits will be paid from the Company’s assets. The obligation, if any, for retiree medical payments is subject to the terms of the plan. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s recorded benefit obligation related to these benefits totaled $11.4 million.
The Company has other retirement benefits related to pension plans. At December 31, 2021, the fair value of the qualified pension plans’ assets exceeded the projected benefit obligation by $179.0 million. The Company estimates that it will make contributions of $75.0 million to qualified pension plans in 2022. Any contributions beyond 2022 are currently undeterminable and will depend on the investment return on the related pension assets. However, management’s practice is to fund at least the service cost annually. At December 31, 2021, the Company had a total obligation of $114.2 million related to unfunded nonqualified pension plans and expects to make contributions of $18.5 million to these plans in 2022.
At December 31, 2021, the Company had $5.6 million accrued for uncertain tax positions, including interest of $0.2 million. Such liabilities may become payable if the tax positions are not sustained upon examination by a taxing authority.
In connection with normal, ongoing operations, the Company enters into market-rate leases for property, plant and equipment and royalty commitments principally associated with leased land and mineral reserves. Additionally, the Company
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 58 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
enters into equipment rentals to meet shorter-term, nonrecurring and intermittent needs. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $433.3 million in operating lease obligations and $204.4 million in finance lease obligations, representing the present value of future payments. The Company also had $29.5 million of lease obligations classified as held for sale. The imputed interest on operating and finance lease obligations was $202.6 million. Management anticipates that, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will enter into additional royalty agreements for land and mineral reserves during 2022. As permitted, short-term leases are excluded from ASC 842 requirements and future noncancelable obligations for these leases as of December 31, 2021 are immaterial.
As of December 31, 2021, future interest payable on the Company’s publicly traded debt through the various maturity dates was $2.31 billion. The Company had obligations related to contracts of affreightment not accounted for as a lease and royalty agreements totaling $162.5 million and $145.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. The Company had purchase commitments for property, plant and equipment of $101.7 million as of December 31, 2021. The Company also had other purchase obligations related to energy and service contracts which totaled $194.7 million as of December 31, 2021.
Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
The Company has entered into standby letter of credit agreements relating to certain insurance claims, contract performance and permit requirements. At December 31, 2021, the Company had contingent liabilities guaranteeing its own performance under these outstanding letters of credit of $17.2 million.
In the normal course of business, at December 31, 2021, the Company was contingently liable for $419.7 million in surety bonds, which guarantee its own performance and are required by certain states and municipalities and their related agencies. The Company has indemnified the underwriting insurance companies against any exposure under the surety bonds. In the Company’s past experience, no material claims have been made against these financial instruments.
The Company is a co-borrower with an unconsolidated affiliate for a $12.5 million revolving line of credit agreement with Truist Bank. The affiliate has agreed to reimburse and indemnify the Company for any payments and expenses the Company may incur from this agreement. The Company holds a lien on the affiliate’s membership interest in a joint venture as collateral for payment under the revolving line of credit.
Other Financial Information
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements include certain critical estimates regarding the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates require management’s subjective and complex judgments. Amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements could differ materially if management used different assumptions in making these estimates, resulting in actual results differing from those estimates. Methodologies used and assumptions selected by management in making these estimates, as well as the related disclosures, have been reviewed by and discussed with the Company’s Audit Committee. Management’s determination of the critical nature of accounting estimates and judgments may change from time to time depending on facts and circumstances that management cannot currently predict.
Impairment Review of Goodwill
Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment. An interim review is performed between annual tests if facts and circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The impairment review of goodwill is a critical accounting estimate because goodwill represented 24% (excluding goodwill allocated to assets held for sale) of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2021; the review requires management to apply judgment and make key assumptions; and an impairment charge could be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company performs its impairment evaluation as of October 1, which represents the annual evaluation date.
The Company’s reporting units, which represent the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment, are based on the operating segments of the Building Materials business. The Southwest Division is the most significant reporting unit and includes $1.7 billion of the Company’s goodwill. There is no goodwill related to the Magnesia Specialties business.
Certain of the aforementioned reporting units within the Building Materials business meet the aggregation criteria and are consolidated into reportable segments for financial reporting.
Goodwill is assigned to the respective reporting unit(s) based on the location of acquisitions at the time of consummation. If subsequent organizational changes result in operations being transferred to a different reporting unit, a proportionate amount of goodwill is transferred from the former to the new reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 59 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value, which represents a Step-1 analysis. However, prior to Step 1, the Company may perform an optional qualitative assessment, or Step 0. As part of the qualitative assessment, the Company considers, among other things, the following events and circumstances: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance and other business or reporting unit-specific events. If the Company concludes it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that a reporting unit’s fair value is higher than its carrying value, the Company does not perform any further goodwill impairment testing for that reporting unit. Otherwise, it proceeds to Step 1 of its goodwill impairment analysis. The Company may bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly with the quantitative calculation in Step 1. When the Company validates its conclusion by measuring fair value, it may resume performing a qualitative assessment for a reporting unit in any subsequent period. If the reporting unit’s fair value exceeds its carrying value, no further calculation is necessary. A reporting unit with a carrying value in excess of its fair value constitutes a Step-1 failure and results in an impairment charge.
For the 2021 annual impairment evaluation, the Company performed a Step-0 analysis for all reporting units and concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the reporting units’ fair values exceed their carrying values.
Any potential impairment charges from future evaluations represent a risk to the Company.
Pension Benefit Obligation and Pension Expense – Selection of Assumptions
The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans that cover substantially all employees and a Supplemental Excess Retirement Plan (SERP) for certain retirees (see Note K to the consolidated financial statements). Annually, as of December 31, management remeasures the defined benefit pension plans’ projected benefit obligation based on the present value of the projected future benefit payments to all participants for services rendered to date, reflecting expected future pay increases through the participants’ expected retirement dates. A discount rate assumption is selected annually based on corporate bond rates as of the measurement date to calculate the present value of the projected benefit obligation.
Annual pension expense, referred to as net periodic benefit cost within the consolidated financial statements, (inclusive of SERP expense) consists of several components:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Service Cost, which represents the present value of benefits attributed to services rendered in the current year, measured by expected future salary levels to assumed retirement dates; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Interest Cost, which represents one year’s additional interest on the projected benefit obligation; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Expected Return on Assets, which represents the expected investment return on pension plan assets; and |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Actuarial Gains and Losses, which represents components that are recognized over time rather than immediately. Prior service cost represents credit given to employees for years of service already accrued, of which there is an insignificant amount at December 31, 2021. Actuarial gains and losses arise from changes in assumptions regarding future events, a change in the benefit obligation resulting from experience different from assumed or when actual returns on pension assets differ from expected returns. At December 31, 2021, the unrecognized actuarial loss was $166.2 million. Pension accounting rules currently allow companies to amortize the portion of the unrecognized actuarial loss that represents more than 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or pension plan assets, using the average remaining service life for the amortization period. Therefore, the $166.2 million unrecognized actuarial loss consisted of $46.2 million currently subject to amortization in 2022 and $120.0 million not subject to amortization in 2022. |
These components are calculated annually to determine the annual pension expense.
Management believes the selection of assumptions related to the annual pension expense and related projected benefit obligation is a critical accounting estimate due to the high degree of volatility in the expense and obligation dependent on selected assumptions. The key assumptions are as follows:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | The discount rate is used to present value the projected benefit obligation and represents the current rate at which the projected benefit obligations could be effectively settled. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | The expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets is used to estimate future asset returns and should reflect the average rate of long-term earnings on assets invested to provide for the benefits included in the projected benefit obligation. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | The mortality table and mortality improvement scale represent published statistics on the expected lives of people. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 60 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | The rate of increase in future compensation levels is used to project the pay-related pension benefit formula and should estimate actual future compensation levels. |
Management’s selection of the discount rate is based on an analysis that estimates the current rate of return for high-quality, fixed-income investments with maturities matching the payment of pension benefits that could be purchased to settle the obligations. The Company selected a hypothetical portfolio of Moody’s Aa bonds, with maturities that match the benefit obligations, to determine the discount rate. At December 31, 2021, the Company selected a discount rate assumption of 3.23%, a 7-basis-point increase compared with the prior-year assumption. Of the four key assumptions, the discount rate is generally the most volatile and sensitive estimate. Accordingly, a change in this assumption has the most significant impact on the annual pension expense and the projected benefit obligation.
Management’s selection of the rate of increase in future compensation levels, which reflects cost of living adjustments and merit and promotion increases, is generally based on the Company’s historical increases in pensionable earnings, while giving consideration to any future expectations. A higher rate of increase results in higher pension expense and a higher projected benefit obligation. The assumed long-term rate of increase is 4.5%.
Management’s selection of the expected long-term rate of return on pension fund assets is based on a building-block approach, whereby the components are weighted based on the allocation of pension plan assets. Based on the currently projected returns on these assets and related expenses, the Company selected an expected return on assets of 6.75%, the same as the prior-year rate. The following table presents the expected return on pension assets as compared with the actual return on pension assets:
| (in millions) | Expected Return on Pension Assets | Actual Return on Pension Assets | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2021 | $70.5 | $121.7 | ||
| 2020 | $58.4 | $127.7 |
The difference between the expected return and the actual return on pension assets is included in actuarial gains and losses, which are amortized into annual pension expense as previously described.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company estimated the remaining lives of participants in the pension plans using the Society of Actuaries’ Pri-2012 Base Mortality Table. The no-collar table was used for salaried participants and the blue-collar table was used for hourly participants, both adjusted to reflect the historical experience of the Company’s participants. The Company selected the MP-2020 scale for mortality improvement at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Assumptions are selected on December 31 to calculate the succeeding year’s expense.
The assumptions selected at December 31, 2021 were as follows:
| Discount rate | 3.23% | |
|---|---|---|
| Rate of increase in future compensation levels | 4.50% | |
| Expected long-term rate of return on assets | 6.75% | |
| Average remaining service period for participants | 10 years | |
| Mortality Tables: | ||
| Base Table | Pri-2012 | |
| Mortality Improvement Scale | MP-2020 |
Using these assumptions, pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2021 was $1.14 billion and 2022 pension expense is expected to be approximately $10.7 million based on current demographics and structure of the plans. Changes in the underlying assumptions would have the following estimated impact on the obligation and expected expense:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would have changed the December 31, 2021 pension benefit obligation by approximately $41.7 million. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | A 25-basis-point change in the discount rate would change the 2022 expected expense by approximately $2.9 million. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | A 25-basis-point change in the expected long-term rate of return on assets would change the 2022 expected expense by approximately $3.0 million. |
The Company made pension plan contributions of $82.8 million in 2021 and $423.3 million during the five-year period ended December 31, 2021. In total, the Company’s pension plans are overfunded (fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation) by $64.8 million at December 31, 2021. The Company’s projected benefit obligation was $1.14 billion at
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 61 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
December 31, 2021, an increase of $23.6 million, or 2%, versus the prior year. The Company expects to make pension plan and SERP contributions of $93.5 million in 2022, of which $75.0 million are voluntary.
Estimated Effective Income Tax Rate
The Company uses the liability method to determine its provision for income taxes. Accordingly, the annual provision for income taxes reflects estimates of the current liability for income taxes, estimates of the tax effect of financial reporting versus tax basis differences using statutory income tax rates and management’s judgment with respect to any valuation allowances on deferred tax assets. The result is management’s estimate of the annual effective tax rate (the ETR).
Income for tax purposes is determined through the application of the rules and regulations under the United States Internal Revenue Code and the statutes of various foreign, state and local tax jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business. Changes in the statutory tax rates and/or tax laws in these jurisdictions can have a material effect on the ETR. The effect of these changes, if material, is recognized when the change is enacted.
As prescribed by these tax regulations, as well as generally accepted accounting principles, the manner in which revenues and expenses are recognized for financial reporting and income tax purposes is not always the same. Therefore, these differences between the Company’s pretax income for financial reporting purposes and the amount of taxable income for income tax purposes are treated as either temporary or permanent, depending on their nature.
Temporary differences reflect revenues or expenses that are recognized in financial reporting in one period and taxable income in a different period. An example of a temporary difference is the use of the straight-line method of depreciation of machinery and equipment for financial reporting purposes and the use of an accelerated method for income tax purposes. Temporary differences result from differences between the financial reporting basis and tax basis of assets or liabilities and give rise to deferred tax assets or liabilities (i.e., future tax deductions or future taxable income). Therefore, when temporary differences occur, they are offset by a corresponding change in a deferred tax account. As such, total income tax expense as reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings is not changed by temporary differences.
The Company has deferred tax liabilities, primarily for right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, employee pension and postretirement benefits and partnerships and joint ventures. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to property, plant and equipment relate to accelerated depreciation and depletion methods used for income tax purposes as compared with the straight-line and units-of-production methods used for financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences will reverse over the remaining useful lives of the related assets. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to goodwill arise as a result of amortizing goodwill for income tax purposes but not for financial reporting purposes. This temporary difference reverses when goodwill is written off for financial reporting purposes, either through divestitures or an impairment charge. The timing of such events cannot be estimated. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to employee pension and postretirement benefits relate to deductions as plans are funded for income tax purposes compared with deductions for financial reporting purposes based on accounting standards. The reversal of these differences depends on the timing of the Company’s contributions to the related benefit plans as compared to the annual expense for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax liabilities attributable to partnerships and joint ventures relate to the difference between the tax basis of the investments in partnerships and joint ventures when compared to the basis for financial reporting purposes. The temporary difference reverses through differences recognized over the life of the investment or through divestiture.
The Company has deferred tax assets, primarily for inventories, unvested stock-based compensation awards, unrecognized losses related to the funded status of the pension and postretirement benefit plans, lease liabilities, valuation reserves, net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. The deferred tax assets attributable to inventories and valuation reserves relate to the deduction of estimated cost reserves and various period expenses for financial reporting purposes that are deductible in a later period for income tax purposes. The reversal of these differences depends on facts and circumstances, including the timing of deduction for income tax purposes for reserves previously established and the establishment of additional reserves for financial reporting purposes. The deferred tax assets attributable to unvested stock-based compensation awards relate to differences in the timing of deductibility for financial reporting purposes versus income tax purposes. For financial reporting purposes, the fair value of the awards is deducted ratably over the requisite service period. For income tax purposes, no deduction is allowed until the award is vested or no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture. The Company reflects all excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies in income tax expense as a discrete event in the period in which the award vests or settles, increasing volatility in the income tax rate from period to period.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 62 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Business Combinations – Allocation of Purchase Price
The Company’s Board of Directors and management regularly review strategic long-term plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses, which would increase the Company’s market presence and/or are related to the Company’s existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings include the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets and equity interests given to the seller and any future obligations to the seller as of the date of acquisition. The Company allocates the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation is a critical accounting policy because the estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions. Further, the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets versus amounts assigned to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and for periods subsequent to a business combination.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and, therefore, represents an exit price. Fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. The Company assigns the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Level 2 – Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | Level 3 – Unobservable inputs, used to value the asset or liability which includes the use of valuation models |
Level 1 fair values are used to value investments in publicly traded entities and assumed obligations for publicly traded long-term debt.
Level 2 fair values are typically used to value acquired receivables, inventories, machinery and equipment, land, buildings, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and accruals for payables, asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations, and contingencies. Additionally, Level 2 fair values are typically used to value assumed contracts at other-than-market rates.
Level 3 fair values are used to value acquired mineral reserves and mineral interests produced and sold as final products, and separately-identifiable intangible assets. The fair values are determined using an excess earnings approach, which requires significant judgment to estimate future cash flows, net of capital investments in the specific operation and contributory asset charges. The estimate of future cash flows is based on available historical information and future expectations and assumptions determined by management, but is inherently uncertain. Significant assumptions used to estimate future cash flows include changes in forecasted revenues based on sales price and shipment volumes as well as forecasted expenses inclusive of production costs and capital needs. The present value of the projected net cash flows represents the fair value assigned to mineral reserves and mineral interests. The discount rate is a significant assumption used in the valuation model and is based on the required rate of return that a hypothetical market participant would require if purchasing the acquired business, with an adjustment for the risk of these assets not generating the projected cash flows.
The Company values separately-identifiable acquired intangible assets which may include, but are not limited to, permits, customer relationships, water rights and noncompetition agreements. The fair values of these assets are typically determined by an excess earnings method, a replacement cost method or, in the case of water rights, a market approach.
The useful lives of amortizable intangible assets and the remaining useful lives for acquired machinery and equipment have a significant impact on earnings. The selected lives are based on the expected periods that the assets will provide value to the Company subsequent to the business combination.
The Company may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination during a measurement period after the acquisition date. Any such adjustments are based on the Company obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. Measurement-period adjustments are generally recorded as increases or decreases to the goodwill recognized in the transaction. The measurement period ends once the Company has obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded through earnings.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 63 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Property, Plant and Equipment
Net property, plant and equipment represented 44% (excluding the amount allocated to assets held for sale) of total assets at December 31, 2021. Accordingly, accounting for these assets represents a critical accounting policy. Useful lives of the assets can vary depending on factors, including production levels, geographic location, portability and maintenance practices. Additionally, climate and inclement weather can reduce the useful life of an asset. Historically, the Company has not recognized significant losses on the disposal or retirement of fixed assets.
Aggregates mineral reserves and mineral interests are components within the plant, property and equipment balance on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company evaluates aggregates reserves, including those used in the cement manufacturing process, in several ways, depending on the geology at a particular location and whether the location is a greensite, an acquisition or an existing operation. Greensites require an extensive drilling program before any significant investment is made in terms of time, site development or efforts to obtain appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section). The depth of overburden and the quality and quantity of the aggregates reserves are significant factors in determining whether to pursue opening the site. Further, the estimated average selling price for products in a market is also a significant factor in concluding that reserves are economically mineable. If the Company’s analysis based on these factors is satisfactory, the total aggregates reserves available are calculated and a determination is made whether to open the location. Reserve evaluation at existing locations is typically performed to evaluate purchasing adjoining properties, for quality control, calculating overburden volumes and for mine planning. Reserve evaluation of acquisitions may require a higher degree of sampling to locate any problem areas that may exist and to verify the total reserves.
Well-ordered subsurface sampling of the underlying deposit is basic to determining reserves at any location. This subsurface sampling usually involves one or more types of drilling, determined by the nature of the material to be sampled and the particular objective of the sampling. The Company’s objectives are to ensure that the underlying deposit meets aggregates specifications and the total reserves on site are sufficient for mining and economically recoverable. Locations underlain with hard rock deposits, such as granite and limestone, are drilled using the diamond core method, which provides the most useful and accurate samples of the deposit. Selected core samples are tested for soundness, abrasion resistance and other physical properties relevant to the aggregates industry and depend on the aggregates use. The number and depth of the holes are determined by the size of the site and the complexity of the site-specific geology. Some geological factors that may affect the number and depth of holes include faults, folds, chemical irregularities, clay pockets, thickness of formations and weathering. A typical spacing of core holes on the area to be tested is one hole for every four acres, but wider spacing may be justified if the deposit is homogeneous.
Despite previous drilling and sampling, once accessed, the quality of reserves within a deposit can vary. Construction contracts, for the infrastructure market in particular, include specifications related to the aggregates material. If a flaw in the deposit is discovered, the aggregates material may not meet the required specifications. Although it is possible that the aggregates material can still be used for non-specification uses, this can have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to serve certain customers or on the Company’s profitability. In addition, other issues can arise that limit the Company’s ability to access reserves in a particular quarry, including geological occurrences, blasting practices and zoning issues.
Locations underlain with sand and gravel are typically drilled using the auger method, whereby a six-inch corkscrew brings up material from below the ground which is then sampled. Deposits in these locations are typically limited in thickness. Additionally, the quality and sand-to-gravel ratio of the deposit can vary both horizontally and vertically. Hole spacing at these locations is approximately one hole for every acre to ensure a representative sampling.
The geologist conducting the reserve evaluation makes the decision as to the number of holes and the spacing in accordance with standards and procedures established by the Company. Further, the anticipated heterogeneity of the deposit, based on U.S. geological maps, also dictates the number of holes drilled.
The generally accepted reserve categories for the aggregates industry and the designations the Company uses for reserve categories are summarized as follows:
Proven Reserves – These reserves are designated using closely spaced drill data as described above and a determination by a professional geologist that the deposit is relatively homogeneous based on the drilling results and exploration data provided in U.S. geologic maps, the U.S. Department of Agriculture soil maps, aerial photographs and/or electromagnetic, seismic or other surveys conducted by independent geotechnical engineering firms. The proven reserves that are recorded reflect reductions incurred through quarrying that result from leaving ramps, safety benches, pillars (underground) and the fines (small particles) that will be generated during processing. Proven reserves are further reduced by reserves that are under the plant and stockpile areas, as well as setbacks from neighboring property lines. The Company typically assumes a loss factor of 25%. However, the assumed loss
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 64 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
factor at coastal operations is approximately 40% due to the nature of the material. The assumed loss factor for underground operations is 35% primarily due to pillars.
Probable Reserves – These reserves are inferred utilizing fewer drill holes and/or assumptions about the economically recoverable reserves based on local geology or drill results from adjacent properties.
The Company’s proven and probable reserves reflect reasonable economic and operating constraints as to maximum depth of overburden and stone excavation, and also include reserves at the Company’s inactive and undeveloped sites, including some sites where permitting and zoning applications will not be filed until warranted by expected future growth. The Company has historically been successful in obtaining and maintaining appropriate zoning and permitting (see Environmental Regulation and Litigation section).
Mineral reserves and mineral interests, when acquired in connection with a business combination, are valued using an excess earnings approach for the life of the proven and probable reserves.
The Company uses proven and probable reserves as the denominator in its units-of-production calculation to record depletion expense for its mineral reserves and mineral interests. For 2021, depletion expense was $46.0 million.
The Company begins capitalizing quarry development costs at a point when reserves are determined to be proven or probable, economically mineable and when demand supports investment in the market. Capitalization of these costs ceases when production commences. Capitalized quarry development costs are classified as land improvements.
New mining areas may be developed at existing quarries in order to access additional reserves. When this occurs, management reviews the facts and circumstances of each situation in making a determination as to the appropriateness of capitalizing or expensing the related pre-production development costs. If the additional mining location operates in a separate and distinct area of a quarry, the costs are capitalized as quarry development costs and depreciated over the life of the uncovered reserves. Further, a separate asset retirement obligation is created for additional mining areas when the liability is incurred. Once a new mining area enters the production phase, all post-production stripping costs are expensed as incurred as periodic inventory production costs.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 65 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements – Safe Harbor Provisions Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
If you are interested in Martin Marietta stock, management recommends that, at a minimum, you read the Company’s current annual report and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) over the past year. The Company’s recent proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders also contains important information. These and other materials that have been filed with the SEC are accessible through the Company’s website at www.martinmarietta.com and are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also write or call the Company’s Corporate Secretary, who will provide copies of such reports.
Investors are cautioned that all statements in this Annual Report that relate to the future involve risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that the Company believes in good faith are reasonable but which may be materially different from actual results. These statements, which are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, provide the investor with the Company’s expectations or forecasts of future events. You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. They may use words such as “anticipate,” “may,” “expect,” “should,” “believe,” “project,” “intend,” “will,” and other words of similar meaning in connection with future events or future operating or financial performance. In addition to the statements included in this report, we may from time to time make other oral or written forward-looking statements in other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or in other public disclosures. Any or all of management’s forward-looking statements here and in other publications may turn out to be wrong.
These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are based on assumptions that may be materially different from actual results, and include, but are not limited to:
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the ability of the Company to face challenges, including those posed by the COVID-19 pandemic and implementation of any such related response plans; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the fluctuations in COVID-19 cases in the United States and the extent that geography of outbreak primarily matches the regions in which the Company’s Building Materials business principally operates; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the resiliency and potential declines of the Company’s various construction end-use markets; the potential negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s ability to continue supplying heavy-side building materials and related services at normal levels or at all in the Company’s key regions; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the duration, impact and severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company, including the markets in which the Company does business, its suppliers, customers or other business partners as well as the Company’s employees; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the economic impact of government responses to the pandemic; the performance of the United States economy, including the impact on the economy of the COVID-19 pandemic and governmental orders restricting activities imposed to prevent further outbreak of COVID-19; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the impact of governmental orders restricting activities imposed to prevent further outbreak of COVID-19 on travel, potentially reducing state fuel tax revenues used to fund highway projects; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | a decline in the commercial component of the nonresidential construction market, notably office and retail space, including a decline resulting from economic distress related to the COVID-19 pandemic; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | whether the Company’s operations will continue to be treated as “essential” operations under applicable government orders restricting business activities imposed to prevent further outbreak of COVID-19 or, even if so treated, whether site-specific health and safety concerns might otherwise require certain of the Company’s operations to be halted for some period of time; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company’s control; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | a widespread decline in aggregates pricing, including a decline in aggregates shipment volume negatively affecting aggregates price; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the history of both cement and ready mixed concrete being subject to significant changes in supply, demand and price fluctuations; the termination, capping and/or reduction or suspension of the federal and/or state gasoline tax(es) or other revenue related to public construction; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the level and timing of federal, state or local transportation or infrastructure or public projects funding, most particularly in Texas, Colorado, California, North Carolina, Georgia, Minnesota Iowa, Florida, Indiana and Maryland; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 66 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the United States Congress’ inability to reach agreement among themselves or with the Administration on policy issues that impact the federal budget; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the ability of states and/or other entities to finance approved projects either with tax revenues or alternative financing structures; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | levels of construction spending in the markets the Company serves; a reduction in defense spending and the subsequent impact on construction activity on or near military bases; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | a decline in energy-related construction activity resulting from a sustained period of low global oil prices or changes in oil production patterns or capital spending in response to this decline, particularly in Texas and West Virginia; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | increasing residential mortgage rates and other factors that could result in a slowdown in residential construction; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | unfavorable weather conditions, particularly Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico hurricane activity, the late start to spring or the early onset of winter and the impact of a drought or excessive rainfall in the markets served by the Company, any of which can significantly affect production schedules, volumes, product and/or geographic mix and profitability; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the volatility of fuel costs and energy, particularly diesel fuel, electricity, natural gas and the impact on the cost, or the availability generally, of other consumables, namely steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts, and with respect to the Company’s Magnesia Specialties business, natural gas; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | continued increases in the cost of other repair and supply parts; construction labor shortages and/or supply‐chain challenges; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | unexpected equipment failures, unscheduled maintenance, industrial accident or other prolonged and/or significant disruption to production facilities; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | increasing governmental regulation, including environmental laws; the failure of relevant government agencies to implement expected regulatory reductions; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | transportation availability or a sustained reduction in capital investment by the railroads, notably the availability of railcars, locomotive power and the condition of rail infrastructure to move trains to supply the Company’s Texas, Colorado, Florida, Carolinas and the Gulf Coast markets, including the movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan and its customers; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | increased transportation costs, including increases from higher or fluctuating passed-through energy costs or fuel surcharges, and other costs to comply with tightening regulations, as well as higher volumes of rail and water shipments; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | availability of trucks and licensed drivers for transport of the Company’s materials; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | availability and cost of construction equipment in the United States; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | weakening in the steel industry markets served by the Company’s dolomitic lime products; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | trade disputes with one or more nations impacting the U.S. economy, including the impact of tariffs on the steel industry; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | unplanned changes in costs or realignment of customers that introduce volatility to earnings, including that of the Magnesia Specialties business that is running at capacity; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | proper functioning of information technology and automated operating systems to manage or support operations; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | inflation and its effect on both production and interest costs; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the concentration of customers in construction markets and the increased risk of potential losses on customer receivables; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the impact of the level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and management of production costs on the operating leverage and therefore profitability of the Company; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the possibility that the expected synergies from acquisitions will not be realized or will not be realized within the expected time period, including achieving anticipated profitability to maintain compliance with the Company’s leverage ratio debt covenant; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | changes in tax laws, the interpretation of such laws and/or administrative practices, including acquisitions and divestitures, that would increase the Company’s tax rate; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | violation of the Company’s debt covenant if price and/or volumes return to previous levels of instability; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | downward pressure on the Company’s common stock price and its impact on goodwill impairment evaluations; |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | the possibility of a reduction of the Company’s credit rating to non-investment grade; and |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| • | other risk factors listed from time to time found in the Company’s filings with the SEC. |
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| SOAR to a Sustainable Future | Form 10-K ♦ Page 67 |
Part II ♦ Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Further, increased highway construction funding pressures resulting from either federal or state issues can affect profitability. If these negatively affect transportation budgets more than in the past, construction spending could be reduced. Cement is subject to cyclical supply and demand and price fluctuations.
The Company’s principal business serves customers in construction markets. This concentration could increase the risk of potential losses on customer receivables; however, payment bonds normally posted on public projects, together with lien rights on private projects, mitigate the risk of uncollectible receivables. The level of demand in the Company’s end-use markets, production levels and the management of production costs will affect the operating leverage of the Building Materials business and, therefore, profitability. Production costs in the Building Materials business are also sensitive to energy and raw material prices, both directly and indirectly. Diesel fuel, coal and other consumables change production costs directly through consumption or indirectly by increased energy-related input costs, such as steel, explosives, tires and conveyor belts. Fluctuating diesel fuel pricing also affects transportation costs, primarily through fuel surcharges in the Company’s long-haul distribution network. The Magnesia Specialties business is sensitive to changes in domestic steel capacity utilization as well as the absolute price and fluctuation in the cost of natural gas.
Transportation in the Company’s long-haul network, particularly the supply of railcars and locomotive power and condition of rail infrastructure to move trains, affects the Company’s efficient transportation of aggregates products in certain markets, most notably Texas, Colorado, Florida, North Carolina and the Gulf Coast. In addition, availability of railcars and locomotives affects the Company’s movement of essential dolomitic lime for magnesia chemicals to both the Company’s plant in Manistee, Michigan, and its customers. The availability of trucks, drivers and railcars to transport the Company’s product, particularly in markets experiencing high growth and increased demand, is also a risk and pressures the associated costs.
All of the Company’s businesses are also subject to weather-related risks that can significantly affect production schedules and profitability. The first and fourth quarters are most adversely affected by winter weather. Hurricane activity in the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf Coast generally is most active during the third and fourth quarters.
Risks also include shipment declines resulting from economic events beyond the Company’s control.
In addition to the foregoing, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include but are not limited to those listed above in Item 1, “Business – Competition,” Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Note A: Accounting Policies” and “Note O: Commitments and Contingencies” of the “Notes to Financial Statements” of the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.
You should consider these forward-looking statements in light of risk factors discussed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 and other filings made with the SEC. All of the Company’s forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors. In addition, other risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that the Company considers immaterial could affect the accuracy of its forward-looking statements, or adversely affect or be material to the Company. All forward-looking statements are made as of the date of filing or publication and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.
| Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
|---|---|---|
| Form 10-K ♦ Page 68 | SOAR to a Sustainable Future |
Part II ♦ Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk